Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10‑K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from          to        

 

Commission file number 1‑12297

Penske Automotive Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

22‑3086739
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

2555 Telegraph Road
Bloomfield Hills, Michigan
(Address of principal executive offices)

48302‑0954
(Zip Code)

 

(248) 648‑2500
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Voting Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   None.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐   No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S‑T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S‑K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10‑K or any amendment to this Form 10‑K. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☒

Accelerated filer ☐

Non‑accelerated filer ☐

Smaller reporting company ☐

 

 

 

Emerging growth company ☐

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐  No ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non‑affiliates as of June 30, 2017 was $1,573,072,588. As of February 16, 2018, there were 85,787,007 shares of voting common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Certain portions, as expressly described in this report, of the registrant’s proxy statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of the Stockholders to be held May 10, 2018 are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10‑14.

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Item

 

Page

PART I  

 

1  

Business  

1

1A.  

Risk Factors  

22

1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments  

29

2  

Properties  

29

3  

Legal Proceedings  

30

4  

Mine Safety Disclosures

30

PART II  

 

5  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  

31

6  

Selected Financial Data  

33

7  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

34

7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  

60

8  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

61

9  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

61

9A.  

Controls and Procedures  

61

9B.  

Other Information  

62

PART III  

 

10  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

63

11  

Executive Compensation

63

12  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

63

13  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

63

14  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

63

PART IV  

 

15  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

63

16  

Form 10-K Summary

63

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Item 1.   Business

 

We are a diversified international transportation services company that operates automotive and commercial truck dealerships principally in the United States, Canada and Western Europe, and distributes commercial vehicles, diesel engines, gas engines, power systems and related parts and services principally in Australia and New Zealand. We employ more than 26,000 people worldwide.

 

In 2017, our business generated $21.4 billion in total revenue, which is comprised of approximately $19.8 billion from retail automotive dealerships, $1.0 billion from retail commercial truck dealerships and $0.5 billion from commercial vehicle distribution and other operations. We generated $3.2 billion in gross profit, which is comprised of $2.9 billion from retail automotive dealerships, $165.8 million from retail commercial truck dealerships and $131.9 million from commercial vehicle distribution and other operations.

 

Retail Automotive Dealership.  We believe we are the second largest automotive retailer headquartered in the U.S. as measured by the $19.8 billion in total retail automotive dealership revenue we generated in 2017. As of December 31, 2017, we operated 343 retail automotive franchises, of which 155 franchises are located in the U.S. and 188 franchises are located outside of the U.S. The franchises outside the U.S. are located primarily in the U.K. In 2017, we retailed and wholesaled more than 618,900 vehicles. We are diversified geographically, with 59% of our total retail automotive dealership revenues in 2017 generated in the U.S. and Puerto Rico and 41% generated outside the U.S. We offer over 40 vehicle brands, with 70% of our retail automotive dealership revenue in 2017 generated from premium brands, such as Audi, BMW, Mercedes-Benz and Porsche. Each of our dealerships offers a wide selection of new and used vehicles for sale. In addition to selling new and used vehicles, we generate higher-margin revenue at each of our dealerships through maintenance and repair services and the sale and placement of third-party finance and insurance products, third-party extended service and maintenance contracts, and replacement and aftermarket automotive products. 

 

In the first quarter of 2017, we acquired CarSense in the U.S. and CarShop in the U.K., both businesses representing stand-alone used vehicle dealerships, which we believe complement our existing franchised retail automotive dealership operations and provide scalable opportunities across our market areas. Our CarSense operations consist of five locations operating in the Philadelphia and Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania market areas, including southern New Jersey. Our CarShop operations consist of five retail locations and a vehicle preparation center operating principally throughout Southern England. In January 2018, we expanded our U.K. stand-alone used vehicle dealerships by acquiring The Car People, one of the U.K.’s leading retailers of used vehicles. The Car People has four retail locations operating across Northern England, which complements CarShop’s locations principally in Southern England.

 

Retail automotive dealerships represented 92.7% of our total revenues and 90.8% of our total gross profit in 2017.  

 

1


 

Table of Contents

We believe our diversified retail automotive income streams help to mitigate the historical cyclicality found in some elements of the automotive sector. Revenues from higher margin service and parts sales include warranty work, customer paid work, collision repair services, and wholesale parts sales. Service and parts sales are typically less cyclical than retail vehicle sales and generate the largest part of our retail automotive gross profit. The following graphics show the percentage of our total retail automotive dealership revenues by product area and their respective contribution to our retail automotive gross profit:

 

 

 

Revenue Mix

Gross Profit Mix

 

 

PICTURE 7

PICTURE 8

 

Retail Commercial Truck Dealership. We operate a heavy and medium-duty truck dealership group known as Premier Truck Group (“PTG”) with locations in Texas, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Georgia, and Canada. As of December 31, 2017, PTG operated twenty locations, including fourteen full-service dealerships and six collision centers, offering primarily Freightliner and Western Star branded trucks. Four of these locations were acquired in April 2016 in the greater Toronto, Canada market area, and two of these locations were acquired in December 2016 in the Niagara Falls, Canada market area. PTG also offers a full range of used trucks available for sale as well as service and parts departments, providing a full range of maintenance and repair services.

 

T his business represented 4.9% of our total revenues and 5.1% of our total gross profit in 2017.  

 

Our retail commercial truck business also benefits from diversified income streams similar to those of the retail automotive sector. The following graphics show the percentage of our total retail commercial truck dealership revenues by product area and their respective contribution to our retail commercial truck gross profit:

 

We believe our diversified retail automotive income streams help to mitigate the historical cyclicality found in some elements of the automotive sector. Revenues from higher margin service and parts sales include warranty work, customer paid work, collision repair services, and wholesale parts sales. Service and parts sales are typically less cyclical than retail vehicle sales and generate the largest part of our retail automotive gross profit. The following graphics show the percentage of our total retail automotive dealership revenues by product area and their respective contribution to our retail automotive gross profit:

 

 

Revenue Mix

Gross Profit Mix

 

 

PICTURE 9

PICTURE 10

 

2


 

Table of Contents

Commercial Vehicle Distribution. We are the exclusive importer and distributor of Western Star heavy-duty trucks (a Daimler brand), MAN heavy and medium-duty trucks and buses (a VW Group brand), and Dennis Eagle refuse collection vehicles, together with associated parts, across Australia, New Zealand and portions of the Pacific. This business, known as Penske Commercial Vehicles Australia (“PCV Australia”), distributes commercial vehicles and parts to a network of more than 70 dealership locations, including eight company-owned retail commercial vehicle dealerships.

 

We are also a leading distributor of diesel and gas engines and power systems, principally representing MTU, Detroit Diesel, Mercedes-Benz Industrial, Allison Transmission and MTU Onsite Energy. This business, known as Penske Power Systems (“PPS”), offers products across the on- and off-highway markets in Australia, New Zealand and portions of the Pacific and supports full parts and aftersales service through a network of branches, field locations and dealers across the region. The on-highway portion of this business complements our PCV Australia distribution business, including integrated operations at retail locations selling PCV brands. 

 

These businesses represented 2.4% of our total revenues and 4.1% of our total gross profit in 2017.

 

Penske Truck Leasing.  We currently hold a 28.9% ownership interest in Penske Truck Leasing Co., L.P. (“PTL”), a leading provider of transportation services and supply chain management. PTL is capable of meeting customers’ needs across the supply chain with a broad product offering that includes full-service truck leasing, truck rental and contract maintenance, along with logistic services such as dedicated contract carriage, distribution center management, transportation management and lead logistics provider. On July 27, 2016, we acquired an additional 14.4% ownership interest in PTL from subsidiaries of GE Capital Global Holdings, LLC (collectively, “GE Capital”) for approximately $498.5 million in cash to bring our ownership interest to 23.4%. Prior to this acquisition, we held a 9.0% ownership interest in PTL. On September 7, 2017, we acquired an additional 5.5% ownership interest from GE Capital for approximately $239.1 million in cash. At the same time, affiliates of Mitsui & Co., Ltd. (“Mitsui”), our second largest shareholder, acquired an additional 10.0% ownership interest in PTL at the same valuation. PTL is currently owned 41.1% by Penske Corporation, 28.9% by us, and 30.0% by Mitsui. GE Capital no longer owns any ownership interests in PTL. We account for our investment in PTL under the equity method, and we therefore record our share of PTL’s earnings on our statements of income under the caption “Equity in earnings of affiliates,” which also includes the results of our other equity method investments.

 

2017 & 2018 Key Developments

 

Retail Automotive Franchised Dealership Acquisitions and Dispositions. In 2017,  we acquired or were granted open points (new franchises awarded from the automotive manufacturer) representing thirteen   automotive franchises, which represented approximately $500.0 million in annualized revenue. Of the retail automotive franchises acquired, two are located in New Jersey and represent the Jaguar and Land Rover brands, two are located in Arizona and represent the Mercedes-Benz and Sprinter brands, two are located in the U.K. and represent the BMW and MINI brands, and two are located in Germany and represent the Audi and Volkswagen brands. In 2017, we disposed of twenty-five retail automotive franchises, which represented approximately $270.0 million in annualized revenue. Of the franchises disposed of, nine represented franchises in Puerto Rico, five represented smart franchises in the U.S. and five represented BMW, MINI, and Lexus franchises in the U.K.

 

Acquisition of Stand-Alone Used Vehicle Dealerships.   In the first quarter of 2017, we acquired CarSense in the U.S. and CarShop in the U.K., both businesses representing stand-alone used vehicle dealerships, which we believe complement our existing franchised retail automotive dealership operations and provide scalable opportunities across our market areas. Our CarSense operations consist of five locations operating in the Philadelphia and Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania market areas, including southern New Jersey. Our CarShop operations consist of five retail locations and a vehicle preparation center operating principally throughout Southern England. These businesses generated approximately $710.0 million in revenue in 2017.

 

In January 2018, we acquired The Car People, which has four large-scale retail locations operating across Northern England. Prior to our acquisition, The Car People sold approximately 18,000 vehicles per year and is expected to represent approximately $300.0 million in annualized revenue, which would bring our total projected annualized revenues from our fourteen stand-alone used vehicle locations to approximately $1.0 billion.

3


 

Table of Contents

 

Investment in PTL. In September 2017, we acquired an additional 5.5% ownership interest in PTL, a leading provider of transportation services and supply chain management, from GE Capital for approximately $239.1 million in cash. Prior to this acquisition, we held a 23.4% ownership interest in PTL. PTL is currently owned 41.1% by Penske Corporation, 28.9% by us, and 30.0% by Mitsui.   GE Capital no longer owns any ownership interests in PTL. We account for our investment in PTL under the equity method. 

 

Issuance of 3.75% Senior Subordinated Notes. In August 2017, we issued $300.0 million of 3.75% senior subordinated notes due 2020. We used the proceeds of the 3.75% notes to repay amounts outstanding under our U.S. credit agreement and floor plan credit agreements, leaving us with additional flexibility to continue our acquisition strategy.

 

Shareholder Dividends and Stock Repurchases.  We increased our quarterly stock dividend each quarter in 2017. Our latest declared dividend is $0.34 per share payable March 1, 2018, which represents a dividend yield of 2.6% using our January 31, 2018 closing stock price. We repurchased 302,000 shares of our common stock in 2017 for $12.7 million, which, together with quarterly dividends, represents a return to shareholders of approximately $121.1 million. 

 

Company and Dealership Awards. Twenty of our dealerships in the U.S. were named by Automotive News as among the 100 “Best Dealerships to Work For” in 2017. In addition, our U.K. dealerships, collectively known as the Sytner Group, were ranked in the U.K. by the London Sunday Times as the “Best Big Company to Work For” in 2017. We believe these awards reflect our ongoing commitment to our valuable dealership employees, which enhances customer satisfaction and may result in improved sales over time. Additionally, in January 2018, PAG was named one of the “World’s Most Admired Companies” by Fortune Magazine.

 

Outlook

 

Retail Automotive Dealership. In 2017, U.S. light vehicle sales declined 1.8%, as compared to last year, to 17.2 million units, with passenger car sales declining 11.2%, while sales of trucks, crossovers and sport utility vehicles increased 4.4%. We believe the sales of trucks, crossovers and sport utility vehicles will continue to outperform passenger car sales, largely due to consumer preference. We believe the U.S. market for new light vehicle sales has plateaued and will be impacted by the level of OEM incentives, increasing lease returns, generally low interest rates, strong credit availability, low levels of unemployment, the age of vehicles on the road, vehicle innovation, and tax reform, although actual sales may differ materially. We also expect to see strength across the used vehicle market into 2018, as the number of lease returns increases providing customers with an additional supply of affordable late model, low mileage vehicles from which to choose.

 

In 2017, U.K. new vehicle registrations declined 5.7%, as compared to last year, to 2.5 million registrations. The U.K. market is represented 44% by the private market and 56% by business/fleet. Private market registrations decreased 6.8%, while business/fleet registrations decreased 4.7%. Although new vehicle sales declined in 2017, sales of the premium brands we represent outperformed these figures. U.K. sales are being negatively affected by the uncertainty of residual values and future tax rates on diesel powered vehicles, as the U.K. and Western European countries consider the ramifications of diesel engines on the environment. Sales of diesel powered vehicles experienced a 17% decline in sales in 2017. The March 2019 planned exit from the European Union (“Brexit”) may be causing and may continue to cause economic and political uncertainty, potentially impacting the economic environment, which may lead to further declines in new vehicle registrations in future periods. Since no country has previously left the European Union, the outcome of any future negotiations between the U.K. and the European Union is uncertain and may affect the timing, terms of trade, and the level of new vehicle registrations in those markets.

 

Retail Commercial Truck Dealership. In 2017, North American sales of Class 5-8 heavy and medium-duty trucks, the principal vehicles for our PTG business, were 499,932 units, an increase of 3.3% from 2016. The Class 5-7 medium-duty truck market increased 6.0% to 248,138 units from 234,163 units in 2016. The largest North American market, Class 8 heavy-duty trucks, increased 0.7% to 251,794 units from 249,952 units in 2016. According to ACT Research (“ACT”), retail sales of Class 8 heavy-duty trucks were generally expected to decline in 2017; however, generally strong economic conditions, the stabilization in the values of used trucks, improved freight metrics, and increased utilization pushed the

4


 

Table of Contents

market to a stronger than expected performance in 2017. These conditions are expected to continue in 2018 with the market expected to increase with stronger Class 8 retail unit sales in North America.  

 

Commercial Vehicle Distribution. Our PCV Australia distribution business and the on-highway portion of our PPS business each operate principally in the Australian and New Zealand heavy and medium-duty truck markets. In 2017,  the Australian heavy-duty truck market reported sales of 12,002 units, representing an increase of 21.5% from 2016. The New Zealand market reported sales of 3,294 units in 2017, representing an increase of 23.0% from 2016. The brands we represent in Australia hold an 8.3% market share in the Australian heavy-duty truck market, and a 5.3% market share in New Zealand. The Australian heavy-duty commercial vehicle market had lagged behind historical sales levels in recent years partly due to difficult macroeconomic conditions and the relative weak price of commodities in these markets. However, recent improvements in the heavy-duty truck market and overall market conditions, as well as a moderate strengthening of the Australian Dollar, have led to increasing industry sales which we expect to continue into 2018. We also expect continued new order growth from the off-highway engine distribution business as a result of improving market conditions.

 

Penske Truck Leasing.   We expect PTL to benefit from continued strong demand for its full-service truck leasing, truck rental and contract maintenance, and logistics services resulting from continued positive economic conditions in the United States and customers’ desire to increase efficiency and lower costs by outsourcing non-core responsibilities such as fleet ownership. As a global logistics services provider, we also expect PTL to experience increased demand for its logistics supply chain solutions based primarily on optimizing the use of drivers, trucks, warehouses, and other services within the supply chain. As a result of recent improvements in the truck market, in 2017 we saw modest freight growth and improved conditions within PTL’s commercial truck rental business, an increase in the utilization rate of its fleet, and stabilization of used truck prices. We anticipate that these improvements will continue into 2018.

 

As discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” there are a number of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations. For a detailed discussion of our financial and operating results, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Long-Term Business Strategy

 

Our long-term business strategy focuses on several key areas in an effort to foster long-term relationships with our customers and our associates. The key areas of our long-term strategy follow:

 

· Attract, develop, and empower associates to grow our business;

· Diversification;

· Offer outstanding brands in premium facilities and superior customer service;

· Expand revenues at existing locations and increase higher-margin businesses;

· Grow through strategic acquisitions;

· Enhance customer satisfaction;

· Leverage scale and implement “best practices”; and

· Embrace digital marketing.

 

Attract, Develop, and Empower Associates to Grow our Business

 

We view our local managers and associates as one of our most important assets. We operate in a decentralized manner that fosters an entrepreneurial spirit where each dealership or business unit has independent operational and financial management responsible for day-to-day operations. We believe experienced local managers are better qualified to make day-to-day decisions concerning the successful operation of a business unit and can be more responsive to our customers’ needs. We seek local management that not only has relevant industry experience, but is also familiar with the local market. We also have regional management that oversees operations and supports the local unit operationally and administratively. We invest for future growth and offer outstanding brands and facilities which we believe attract outstanding talent. We believe attracting the best talent and allowing our associates to make business decisions at the local level helps to foster long-term growth through increased repeat and referral business.

 

5


 

Table of Contents

Diversification

 

Our business benefits from our diversified revenue mix, including the multiple revenue streams in a traditional dealership (new vehicles, used vehicles, finance and insurance, and service and parts operations), revenues from our retail commercial truck dealership operations, our commercial vehicle distribution operations, and returns relating to our joint venture investments, which we believe helps to mitigate the cyclicality that has historically impacted some elements of the automotive sector. We are further diversified within our retail automotive operations due to revenues generated from franchised dealerships and stand-alone used vehicle dealerships, due to our brand mix where we represent more than 40 brands, and geographically where we operate across more than 15 states and internationally. One of the unique attributes of our operations versus our peers is our diversification outside the U.S., with operations across nine countries.

 

The following table shows our consolidated revenues by country, and by state in the U.S., as a percentage of our total revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Country

    

% of Total 2017 Revenue

United States

 

 

 

58

%

 United States Revenue by State

 

 

 

 

 

   Arizona

 

 6

%

 

 

   Arkansas

 

 2

%

 

 

   California

 

11

%

 

 

   Connecticut

 

 3

%

 

 

   Florida

 

 3

%

 

 

   Georgia

 

 4

%

 

 

   Indiana

 

 1

%

 

 

   Maryland

 

 1

%

 

 

   Minnesota

 

 1

%

 

 

   New Jersey

 

 8

%

 

 

   New York

 

 1

%

 

 

   Ohio

 

 2

%

 

 

   Oklahoma

 

 1

%

 

 

   Pennsylvania

 

 1

%

 

 

   Puerto Rico

 

 1

%

 

 

   Rhode Island

 

 2

%

 

 

   Tennessee

 

 1

%

 

 

   Texas

 

 6

%

 

 

   Virginia

 

 2

%

 

 

   Wisconsin

 

 1

%

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

33

%

Germany/Italy

 

 

 

 6

%

Canada

 

 

 

 1

%

Australia/New Zealand/Pacific

 

 

 

 2

%

 

The U.K. is the   second largest automotive retail market in Western Europe as measured by new units sold. We generated 88% of our revenue in the U.K. through the sale and service of premium brands in 2017.   We believe we are among the largest Audi, Bentley, BMW, Ferrari, Jaguar, Land Rover, Maserati, Mercedes-Benz, MINI, and Porsche dealers in the U.K. based on new unit sales. Additionally, we operate a number of dealerships in Germany, Western Europe’s largest automotive retail market, including through joint ventures with experienced local partners, which sell and service Audi, Lexus, Porsche, Toyota, Volkswagen and other brands. We also operate BMW, MINI, Maserati, Porsche, Audi, Land Rover and Volvo dealerships in Northern Italy, as well as BMW and MINI dealerships in Spain, through joint ventures with local partners. Our non-consolidated joint venture in Japan operates BMW, MINI, Rolls-Royce, Ferrari, and ALPINA dealerships.

 

Diversification Through Stand-Alone Used Vehicle Dealerships.  Our acquisitions of CarSense in the U.S. and CarShop and The Car People in the U.K., each representing stand-alone used vehicle dealerships, complement and

6


 

Table of Contents

provide more diversification to our retail automotive operations and provide scalable opportunities across our market areas.

 

Diversification Through Retail Commercial Truck Dealership. Our PTG business provides more diversification to our overall business model and allows us to bring our automotive dealership expertise to the retail commercial truck market. Recently acquired operations in Canada, in addition to our U.S. locations, further diversifies our revenue stream.

 

Diversification Through Penske Truck Leasing. We currently hold a 28.9% ownership interest in PTL, a leading provider of transportation services and supply chain management, which further diversifies our total results of operations. In September 2017, we increased our ownership interest in PTL from 23.4% to 28.9% as a result of our acquisition of an additional 5.5% ownership interest, as discussed previously, which further diversifies our earnings potential. We also expect to realize significant cash tax savings as a result of our investment in PTL in addition to the diversification offered by earnings from PTL.

 

Offer Outstanding Brands in Premium Facilities and Superior Customer Service

 

We offer outstanding brands in premium facilities and believe offering our customers a superior customer service experience will generate repeat and referral business and will help to foster a loyal and dedicated customer base. Customer satisfaction is measured at each of our automotive dealerships on a monthly, quarterly, and/or yearly basis by the manufacturers we represent, and we compensate our employees, in part, based on their performance in such rankings.

 

We sell over 40 brands in our markets and our automotive dealership revenue mix consists of 70% related to premium brands, 23% related to volume non-U.S. brands, 3% related to brands of U.S. based manufacturers, and 4% related to our stand-alone used vehicle dealerships. We believe our largely premium and non-U.S. brand mix will continue to offer us the opportunity to generate same-store growth, including higher margin service and parts sales. The following chart reflects our percentage of total retail automotive dealership revenue by brand:

 

PICTURE 6

 

We sell and service outstanding automotive brands in our premium facilities, in attractive geographic markets. Where advantageous, we aggregate our automotive dealerships in a campus setting in order to build a destination location for our customers, which we believe helps to drive increased customer traffic to each of the brands at the location. This strategy also creates an opportunity to reduce personnel expenses, consolidate advertising and administrative expenses and leverage operating expenses over a larger base of dealerships.

7


 

Table of Contents

 

Our PTG dealerships provide a similar suite of services as our automotive dealerships, and similar to our retail automotive business, our retail commercial truck business is committed to providing outstanding brands and superior customer service in premium facilities.  The necessity of repairing trucks for our customers is a key area of differentiation for our commercial truck dealerships, and we provide around-the-clock service in certain locations to get our customers’ commercial trucks back on the road so they can complete their routes.

 

Expand Revenues at Existing Locations and Increase Higher-Margin Businesses

 

Increase Same-Store Sales.  We believe our emphasis on superior customer service and premium facilities will contribute to increases in same-store sales over time. We have added a significant number of incremental service bays in recent years in order to better accommodate our customers and further enhance our higher-margin service and parts revenues.

 

Grow Finance, Insurance, and Other Aftermarket Revenues.  Each sale of a vehicle provides us the opportunity to assist in arranging financing for the sale of a vehicle, to sell the customer an extended service contract or other insurance product, and to sell aftermarket products, such as security systems and protective coatings. Where possible, we attempt to vertically integrate with the captive finance companies of the manufacturers we represent and to supplement these offerings with preferred lenders as necessary. In order to improve our finance and insurance business, we focus on enhancing training programs and implementing process improvements which we believe will improve our overall revenues.

 

Expand Service and Parts and Collision Repair Revenues.  Today’s vehicles are increasingly complex and require sophisticated equipment and specially trained technicians to perform certain services. Additionally, many manufacturers today are offering maintenance programs packaged with the vehicle sale. These programs require customers to have the service work performed at a factory-authorized dealership. Unlike independent service shops, our dealerships are authorized to perform this work under warranties provided by manufacturers. Additionally, we offer maintenance programs for sale through our dealerships. We believe that our brand mix and the complexity of today’s vehicles, combined with our investment in expanded service facilities, including the addition of a significant number of incremental service bays in recent years, and our focus on customer service, will contribute to increases in our service and parts revenue. We also operate 38   automotive collision repair centers and six commercial truck collision centers which are integrated with local dealership operations. We offer rapid repair services such as paint-less dent repair, headlight reconditioning, wheel repairs, tire sales, seat sales for our retail commercial truck operations, and windshield replacement at most of our facilities in order to offer our customers the convenience of one-stop shopping for all of their vehicle requirements.

 

Grow Through Strategic Acquisitions

 

We believe that attractive retail automotive acquisition opportunities exist for well-capitalized dealership groups with experience in identifying, acquiring and integrating dealerships. The fragmented automotive retail market provides us with significant growth opportunities in our markets. We generally seek to acquire dealerships with high-growth automotive brands in highly concentrated or growing demographic areas that will benefit from our management expertise, manufacturer relations and scale of operations, as well as smaller, single location dealerships that can be effectively integrated into our existing operations. Over time, we have also been awarded new franchises from various manufacturers. In 2017, we acquired or were granted open points representing thirteen franchises, which generated approximately $500.0   million in annualized revenue.

 

In 2017, we acquired CarSense in the U.S. and CarShop in the U.K., both businesses representing stand-alone used vehicle dealerships, which we believe complement our retail automotive dealership operations and provide scalable opportunities across our market areas. These businesses generated approximately $710.0 million in revenue in 2017. We believe there are attractive acquisition opportunities to grow these operations in both the U.S. and the U.K., and in January 2018, we acquired The Car People in the U.K., as discussed previously, which is expected to represent approximately $300.0 million in annualized revenue.

 

8


 

Table of Contents

We believe there are attractive retail commercial truck acquisition opportunities. We see continued growth in the brands we represent at our existing retail commercial truck dealerships and believe there are opportunities for us to continue to make strategic acquisitions over time.

 

Enhance Customer Satisfaction

 

We strive for superior customer satisfaction. By offering outstanding brands in premium facilities, “one-stop” shopping convenience in our aggregated facilities, and a well-trained and knowledgeable sales staff, we aim to forge lasting relationships with our customers, enhance our reputation in the community, and create the opportunity for significant repeat and referral business. We monitor customer satisfaction data to track the performance of operations, and incent our personnel to provide exceptional customer service, thereby driving increased customer loyalty and enhancing our reputation.  

 

Reputation management is an extremely important and powerful business tool. Our reputation management strategy, which includes encouraging, monitoring, and responding to customer reviews, is crucial for generating and maintaining trust and customer loyalty in a competitive market. We proactively monitor online reputation management sites, including Google and Yelp, among others, to enhance our online presence, build loyalty, assess customer comments, ensure we are offering a superior customer service experience, and ultimately drive sales and profitability. We encourage customer reviews and have automated tools in place that make it easy for customers to review our business. Analysis of online reviews provides us valuable operational insights that we leverage to foster customer loyalty, stay ahead of the competition, and drive new sales.

 

Leverage Scale and Implement “Best Practices”

 

We seek to build scale in many of the markets where we have operations. Our desire is to reduce or eliminate redundant administrative costs such as accounting, payroll, information technology systems and other general administrative costs. In addition, we seek to leverage our industry knowledge and experience to foster communication and cooperation between like brand dealerships throughout our organization. Corporate management and local management meet regularly to review operating performance, examine industry trends, and implement operating improvements. Key financial information is discussed and compared across all markets. This frequent interaction facilitates implementation of successful strategies throughout the organization.

 

Embrace Digital Marketing

 

With consumers becoming increasingly immersed in the digital space, we have adopted a comprehensive digital marketing strategy that encompasses all avenues of customer engagement including websites, social media, video, mobile, email marketing, online advertising, search engine optimization, branding, and content. We strive to build and optimize our presence across all digital platforms to deliver a seamless and transparent experience for our customers.

 

To attract customers and enhance our customer service, each of our dealerships uses a custom content management system (CMS) to maintain its own website. All of our dealership websites have consistent functionality and responsive formats, except where otherwise required by original equipment manufacturers, which helps to minimize costs and provide a consistent image across dealerships.

 

To drive high quality traffic to our web properties, we primarily focus on search engine optimization and search engine marketing, and employ some third-party lead providers in key markets to augment our traffic. Most importantly, we have invested heavily in our own websites so we can retain traffic and deliver a quality experience. We operate with a “mobile first” mentality and have ensured that the content we serve our customers is tailored to their method of engagement with us, the device they are using, and their specific requests, where applicable. We believe the majority of our web traffic comes from mobile devices, making this approach important as a key driver of our success.

 

We promote our U.S. and U.K. automotive retail new and pre-owned vehicle inventory online through PenskeCars.com and Sytner.co.uk, respectively. The websites are designed to streamline the car-buying process and allow consumers to view and compare on average over 50,000 new, certified and pre-owned vehicles. These sites, together with our dealership websites, provide consumers a simple way to schedule service appointments online 24/7 and

9


 

Table of Contents

view extensive vehicle information, including photos, prices, promotions, videos, and third-party vehicle history reports for pre-owned vehicles. Additionally, customers may download a PenskeCars.com app to access vehicle inventory, locate or contact a dealership, explore payments, and get instant trade offers at their convenience.

 

To help us continue to develop the online experience, we research consumer behavior and survey our customers to validate our approach and help guide our site design. Customers, now more than ever, are interested in a transparent and quick process, and use the web as a way to educate themselves about their potential purchase and save time during the purchase process. To further our digital strategy, and respond to changing consumer preferences, we created a digital retailing experience, called Preferred Purchase, for our U.S. dealerships that incorporates new online functionality to streamline the sales process in our traditional business model. Preferred Purchase allows customers to value trade-in vehicles, review pricing, leasing and financing options, manufacturer incentive programs, and pre-qualify for credit,  all online without visiting the dealership. This functionality is integrated and automated on a single platform that resides on both our individual dealership sites as well as our corporate sites. Preferred Purchase promotes transparency and is intended to speed up customer transaction times and give our customers the flexibility to choose the path or sales process most comfortable to them. We continue to assess consumers’ purchasing habits, opinions, and preferences to ensure we are meeting consumer needs and making the right investments in new technology.

 

Social media is an optimal platform to proactively communicate with our customers and receive input on our service, branding, and online engagement. Our dealerships maintain social media pages, including Facebook, Instagram and Twitter, among others, to attract new customers, build stronger relationships with current customers, and help grow the business. Using a social media mobile app, our dealerships can easily capture customer photos, send review invitations, record videos, and submit content for their social media sites. Social media is an ever-increasing and critical part of our digital strategy, and one of the most powerful and cost-effective ways to engage with our customers, enhance brand visibility, and generate customer leads. By choosing a specific audience using a range of demographic tools, our dealerships are able to reach targeted potential customers effectively and efficiently.

10


 

Table of Contents

Retail Automotive Dealership Operations

 

Retail Automotive Franchises.  We routinely acquire and dispose of retail automotive franchises. Our financial statements include the results of operations of acquired dealerships from the date of acquisition. We expect to continue to pursue acquisitions and selected dispositions in the future. The following table exhibits our retail automotive franchises by location and manufacturer as of December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Location

    

Franchises

    

Franchises

    

U.S.

    

Non-U.S.

    

Total

Arizona

 

26

 

BMW/MINI

 

22

 

44

 

66

Arkansas

 

11

 

Toyota/Lexus

 

24

 

 1

 

25

California

 

29

 

Mercedes-Benz/Sprinter/smart

 

17

 

25

 

42

Connecticut

 

 9

 

Audi/Volkswagen/Bentley

 

18

 

51

 

69

Florida

 

 6

 

Chrysler/Jeep/Dodge/Fiat/Alfa Romeo

 

 8

 

 —

 

 8

Georgia

 

 4

 

Honda/Acura

 

21

 

 —

 

21

Indiana

 

 2

 

Ferrari/Maserati

 

 4

 

12

 

16

Maryland

 

 2

 

Porsche

 

 8

 

11

 

19

Minnesota

 

 2

 

Jaguar/Land Rover

 

12

 

20

 

32

New Jersey

 

26

 

Lamborghini

 

 1

 

 4

 

 5

Ohio

 

 7

 

Nissan/Infiniti

 

 4

 

 —

 

 4

Puerto Rico

 

 4

 

Cadillac/Chevrolet

 

 5

 

 —

 

 5

Rhode Island

 

 9

 

Others

 

11

 

20

 

31

Tennessee

 

 1

 

Total

 

155

 

188

 

343

Texas

 

 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Virginia

 

 6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wisconsin

 

 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total U.S.

 

155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.K.

 

143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Germany

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Italy

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Non-U.S.

 

188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Worldwide

 

343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail Automotive Stand-Alone Used Vehicle Dealerships. The following table exhibits the stand-alone used vehicle dealerships we currently operate by geographic location:

 

 

 

 

Location

    

Number of Dealerships

U.S.

 

 

Pennsylvania

 

 4

New Jersey

 

 1

Total U.S.

 

 5

U.K.

 

 

CarShop

 

 5

The Car People (1)

 

 4

Total U.K.

 

 9

Total

 

14

 

 

 

(1) Acquired in January 2018

 

New Vehicle Retail Sales.  In 2017, we retailed 248,774   new vehicles which generated 48.8% of our retail automotive dealership revenue and 25.5% of our retail automotive dealership gross profit.   New vehicles are typically acquired by dealerships directly from the manufacturer. We strive to maintain outstanding relationships with the automotive manufacturers, based in part on our long-term presence in the retail automotive market, our commitment to providing premium facilities, our commitment to drive customer satisfaction, the reputation of our management team and the

11


 

Table of Contents

consistent sales volume at our dealerships. Our dealerships finance the purchase of most new vehicles from the manufacturers through floor plan financing provided primarily by various manufacturers’ captive finance companies.

 

Used Vehicle Retail Sales.  In 2017, we retailed 252,922 used vehicles, which generated 32.2% of our retail automotive dealership revenue and 12.2% of our retail automotive dealership gross profit. We acquire used vehicles from various sources including auctions open only to authorized new vehicle dealers, public auctions, trade-ins from consumers in connection with their purchase of a new vehicle from us, and lease expirations or terminations. To improve customer confidence in our used vehicle inventory, we provide vehicle history reports for all used vehicles and virtually all of our franchised new vehicle dealerships participate in manufacturer certification processes for used vehicles. If certification is obtained, the used vehicle owner is typically provided benefits and warranties similar to those offered to new vehicle owners by the applicable manufacturer. Most of our dealerships have implemented software tools which assist in procuring and selling used vehicles. In the U.K., we offer used vehicles to wholesalers and other dealers via online auction.

 

We currently operate fourteen stand-alone used vehicle dealerships in the U.S. and U.K. While we operate these dealerships under separate names (CarSense, CarShop and The Car People), each of these dealerships are committed to offering high quality “like-new” used vehicles at “no-haggle” prices. These businesses typically sell low mileage, high quality vehicles in a friendly and transparent buying experience. We acquired these businesses in 2017 and 2018, but each has a long history of serving their local communities. We include the results of our stand-alone used vehicle dealerships within used vehicle retail sales.

 

Vehicle Finance, Extended Service and Insurance Sales.  Finance, extended service and insurance sales represented 2.9% of our retail automotive dealership revenue and 19.9% of our retail automotive dealership gross profit in 2017. At our customers’ option, our dealerships can arrange third-party financing or leasing in connection with vehicle purchases. We typically receive a portion of the cost of the financing or leasing paid by the customer for each transaction as a fee. While these services are generally non-recourse to us, we are subject to chargebacks in certain circumstances, such as default under a financing arrangement or prepayment. These chargebacks vary by finance product, but typically are limited to the fee we receive.

 

We also offer our customers various vehicle warranty and extended protection products, including extended service contracts, maintenance programs, guaranteed auto protection (known as “GAP,” this protection covers the shortfall between a customer’s loan balance and insurance payoff in the event of a total loss), lease “wear and tear” insurance and theft protection products. The extended service contracts and other products that our dealerships currently offer to customers are underwritten by independent third parties, including the vehicle manufacturers’ captive finance companies. Similar to finance transactions, we are subject to chargebacks relating to fees earned in connection with the sale of certain extended protection products. We also offer for sale other aftermarket products, including security systems and protective coatings.

 

We offer finance and insurance products using a “menu” process, which is designed to ensure that we offer our customers a complete range of finance, insurance, protection, and other aftermarket products in a transparent manner. We provide training to our finance and insurance personnel to help ensure compliance with internal policies and procedures, as well as applicable state regulations.

 

Service and Parts Sales.  Service and parts sales represented 10.4% of our retail automotive dealership revenue and 41.7% of our retail automotive dealership gross profit in 2017. We generate service and parts sales in connection with warranty and non-warranty work performed at each of our dealerships. We believe our service and parts revenues benefit from the increasingly complex technology used in vehicles that makes it difficult for independent repair facilities to maintain and repair today’s automobiles.

 

A goal of each of our dealerships is to make each vehicle purchaser a customer of our service and parts department. Our dealerships keep detailed records of our customers’ maintenance and service histories, and many dealerships send reminders to customers when vehicles are due for periodic maintenance or service. Many of our dealerships have extended evening and weekend service hours for the convenience of our customers. We also offer rapid repair services such as paint-less dent repair, headlight reconditioning, wheel repairs, tire sales and windshield replacement at most of our facilities in order to offer our customers the convenience of one-stop shopping for all of their automotive

12


 

Table of Contents

requirements. We also operate 38 automotive collision repair centers, each of which is operated as an integral part of our dealership operations.

 

Fleet and Wholesale Sales.  Fleet and wholesale sales represented 5.7% of our retail automotive dealership revenue and 0.7% of our retail automotive dealership gross profit in 2017. Fleet activities represent the sale of new units to customers that are deemed to not be retail customers such as cities, municipalities or rental car companies, and are generally sold at contracted amounts. Wholesale activities relate to the sale of used vehicles generally to other dealers and occur at auction. Vehicles sold through this channel generally include units acquired by trade-in that do not meet certain standards or aged units.

 

Retail Commercial Truck Dealership Operations

 

We operate a heavy and medium-duty truck dealership group known as Premier Truck Group (“PTG”) with locations in Texas, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Georgia, and Canada. As of December 31, 2017, PTG operated twenty locations, including fourteen full-service dealerships and six collision centers, offering primarily Freightliner and Western Star branded trucks. PTG also offers a full range of used trucks available for sale as well as service and parts departments, providing a full range of maintenance and repair services.  T his business generated $1,048.0 m illion of revenue in 2017.

 

PTG dealerships provide a similar suite of services as our automotive dealerships, offering new trucks and a large selection of used trucks for sale, a full range of parts, maintenance and repair services, and finance and insurance options for its customers by facilitating truck and trailer financing and leasing, extended maintenance plans, physical damage insurance, GAP insurance, roadside relief and other programs.

 

The necessity of repairing trucks for our customers is a key area of differentiation for our commercial truck dealerships, and we provide around-the-clock service in certain locations to get our customers’ commercial trucks back on the road so they can complete their routes. PTG also carries an extensive inventory of parts for the new and used trucks they sell and service, including Thomas Built Buses, and other makes of medium and heavy-duty trucks. The service and parts business of our PTG commercial truck dealerships represents approximately 73% of our retail commercial truck dealership gross profit.

 

Similar to our retail automotive business, PTG is committed to providing outstanding brands and superior customer service in premium facilities. For example, our Dallas Freightliner location offers a state-of-the-art facility of climate controlled office space, service shops, customer amenities, parts inventory storage, and a parts showroom. This facility is equipped with 80 full-service truck bays with a full suite of on-hand parts inventory. Guests of Dallas Freightliner enjoy a television lounge with HDTV theater seating, a large comfortable customer lounge with lockers, laundry and shower facilities, on-site trailer parking, and free recreational vehicle electrical hook-up. 

 

Commercial Vehicle Distribution Operations

 

Penske Commercial Vehicles Australia. We are the exclusive importer and distributor of Western Star heavy-duty trucks (a Daimler brand), MAN heavy and medium-duty trucks and buses (a VW Group brand), and Dennis Eagle refuse collection vehicles, together with associated parts, across Australia, New Zealand and portions of the Pacific. This business, known as Penske Commercial Vehicles Australia (“PCV Australia”), distributes commercial vehicles and parts to a network of more than 70 dealership locations, including eight company-owned retail commercial vehicle dealerships. This business generated $250.3 million of revenue in 2017.

 

Our local headquarters is located in Brisbane, Australia, which is the country’s third largest city. Our headquarters includes administrative facilities as well as a parts distribution center and a production center. We also have a parts distribution center in Auckland, New Zealand.

 

Western Star trucks are manufactured by Daimler Trucks North America in Portland, Oregon. These technologically advanced, custom-built vehicles are ordered by customers to meet their particular needs for line haul, long distance road train, mining, logging and other heavy-duty applications. We are also the exclusive importer of MAN trucks and buses. MAN Truck and Bus, a VW Group company, is a leading producer of medium and heavy-duty trucks as well as city and coach buses. These cab-forward, fuel efficient vehicles are principally produced in several sites in Germany and are

13


 

Table of Contents

ordered by customers for line haul, local distribution, mining and other off-road applications. Dennis Eagle refuse collection vehicles are manufactured by Ros Roca in Warwick, England. Together these brands represented 8.3% of heavy-duty truck units sold in Australia and 5.3% in New Zealand during 2017.

 

Our commercial vehicle distribution operations include six company-owned retail commercial vehicle dealerships in Australia and two company-owned retail commercial vehicle dealerships in New Zealand. Our dealership in Brisbane, Australia is the largest retailer of Western Star Trucks in Australia by volume. We finance our purchases of these vehicles under floor plan agreements with a local Daimler affiliate and a local Volkswagen affiliate with terms similar to our other floor plan agreements.

 

Penske Power Systems. We are also a leading distributor of diesel and gas engines and power systems, principally representing MTU, Detroit Diesel, Mercedes-Benz Industrial, Allison Transmission and MTU Onsite Energy. This business, known as Penske Power Systems (“PPS”), offers products across the on- and off-highway markets in Australia, New Zealand and portions of the Pacific, including trucking, mining, power generation, construction, industrial, rail, marine, agriculture, oil & gas, and defense, and supports full parts and aftersales service through a network of branches, remote field service locations, and dealers across the region. This business generated $260.7 million of revenue in 2017.

 

Penske Power Systems’ principal headquarters is located at its Melbourne workshop/office facility. In addition to sales, distribution and full product repair capability, this facility includes the offices for national sales, engineering and marketing, a regional training facility, and a regional engineering center. In addition, PPS operates a corporate office based at its Sydney (Chipping Norton) branch which is dedicated to corporate activities,  distribution and product repair capability, and retail truck sales. PPS operates 14 branch facilities across Australia and in Auckland, New Zealand, and utilizes mobile remote field service units travelling directly to customer premises.

 

Penske Power Systems’ 79 dealers are strategically located throughout Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific. Most of the dealers (67) represent the Detroit Diesel brand, with the majority aligned to Western Star and/or Freightliner truck manufacturers. The remaining dealers represent the MTU (1) and Allison Transmission (11) brands. The “off-highway” business of PPS principally includes the sale of power systems by PPS directly to customers in the commercial, defense and maritime sectors, and to several dealers.

 

Penske Truck Leasing  

 

We currently hold a 28.9% ownership interest in PTL, a leading provider of transportation services and supply chain management. PTL is capable of meeting customers’ needs across the supply chain with a broad product offering that includes full-service truck leasing, truck rental and contract maintenance, along with logistics services such as dedicated contract carriage, distribution center management, transportation management and lead logistics provider. PTL has a highly diversified customer base that includes multi-national corporations across industries such as food and beverage, transportation, manufacturing, automotive, retail and healthcare, with whom they have long-term contracts, as well as individual consumers renting a single truck on a daily basis.

 

PTL operates one of the leading full-service truck leasing, truck rental and contract maintenance businesses in North America, and an international logistics business in North America, South America, Europe and Asia. PTL also operates its truck leasing and truck rental business in Australia through a joint venture with us.

 

Full-service truck leasing, truck rental and contract maintenance .   Full-service truck leasing, truck rental and contract maintenance of commercial trucks, tractors and trailers is PTL’s largest business. PTL manages a fleet of approximately  269,000 trucks, tractors and trailers, consisting of approximately 185,500 vehicles owned by PTL and leased to customers under full-service lease or rental agreements and approximately 83,500 customer-owned and -operated vehicles for which they provided contract maintenance services. Terms under its full-service leases generally range from four to seven years for tractors and trucks and six to ten years for trailers. Its commercial and consumer rental fleet as of December 31, 2017 consisted of approximately 66,400 vehicles for use by its full-service truck leasing, small business and consumer customers for periods generally ranging from less than a day to 12 months. Most of its leased vehicles are configured according to customer specifications, including custom painting and lettering, while its rental trucks bear Penske branding.

 

14


 

Table of Contents

Commercial customers often outsource to PTL in order to reduce the complexity, cost and total capital associated with vehicle ownership. Under a full-service lease, PTL provides and fully maintains the vehicle, which is generally specifically configured for the customer. The services provided under full-service lease and contract maintenance agreements generally include preventive and regular maintenance, advanced diagnostics, emergency road service, fleet services, safety programs, and nationwide fuel services through its network of company-operated facilities and a nationwide network of independent truck stops. In addition, PTL makes available to its full-service leasing and contract maintenance customers additional vehicles on a rental basis. This short-term availability of tractors, trucks and trailers typically accommodates seasonal, emergency and other temporary needs. A significant portion of these rentals are to existing full-service leasing and contract maintenance customers who are seeking flexibility in their fleet management. PTL has established a network of approximately 700 locations to provide full-service truck leasing, truck rental and contract maintenance services to customers. This network enables PTL to meet multi-location customer requirements. PTL’s commercial rental business generated 20% of its operating revenue for 2017 and its full-service lease and contract maintenance business generated 50% of its operating revenue in 2017.

 

For consumer customers, PTL provides short-term rental of light and medium-duty vehicles on a one-way and local basis, typically to transport household goods. Customers typically include local small businesses and individuals seeking a do-it-yourself solution to their moving needs. PTL’s fleet consists of late model vehicles ranging in size from small vans to 26-foot trucks, and its consumer rentals are conducted through approximately 1,860 independent rental agents and approximately 360 of its company-operated leasing and rental facilities. PTL’s consumer business generated 7% of its operating revenue for 2017.

 

Logistics . PTL’s logistics business offers a broad variety of services, such as dedicated contract carriage, distribution center management, transportation management, freight brokerage and lead logistics provider. PTL coordinates and provides services for its customers across the supply chain, including: inbound material flow, handling and packaging, inventory management, distribution and technologies, and sourcing of third-party carriers. These offerings are available individually or on a combined basis and often involve its associates performing services at the customer’s location. By offering a scalable series of services to its customers, PTL can manage the customer’s entire supply chain or any stand-alone service. PTL also utilizes specialized software that enables real-time fleet visibility and provides reporting metrics, giving customers detailed information on fuel economy and other critical supply chain costs. PTL’s international logistics business has approximately 380 locations in North America, South America, Europe and Asia. PTL’s logistics business generated 23% of its operating revenue for 2017.

 

Industry Information

 

Retail Automotive Dealership. Approximately 59% of our retail automotive dealership revenues are generated in the U.S., which in 2017 was the world’s second largest automotive retail market as measured by units sold. In 2017, sales of new cars and light trucks were approximately 17.2 million units, a decrease of 1.8% from 2016, and were generated at approximately 18,200 franchised new-car dealerships. According to the latest available data from the National Automobile Dealers Association, dealership revenue is derived as follows: 58% from new vehicle sales, 30% from used vehicle sales, and 12% from service and parts sales. Dealerships also offer a wide range of higher-margin products and services, including extended service contracts, financing arrangements and credit insurance. The National Automobile Dealers Association figures noted above include finance and insurance revenues within either new or used vehicle sales, as sales of these products are usually incremental to the sale of a vehicle.

 

In the U.S., the franchised automotive dealer industry is the largest retail business by revenue, with virtually all new cars and light trucks bought in the U.S. through franchised dealers in a market in excess of $1.0 trillion. Publicly held automotive retail groups account for less than 10% of total industry revenue. Although significant consolidation has already taken place, the industry remains highly fragmented, with more than 90% of the U.S. industry’s market share remaining in the hands of smaller regional and independent players. Our other markets are similarly fragmented. We believe that further consolidation in these markets is probable due to the significant capital requirements of maintaining manufacturer facility standards and the limited number of viable alternative exit strategies for dealership owners.

 

Our European markets consist of Germany, the U.K., Italy, and Spain, which represented the first, second, fourth, and fifth largest automotive retail markets, respectively, in Western Europe in 2017, and accounted for approximately 64% of the total vehicle sales in Western Europe. Unit sales of automobiles in Western Europe were approximately 14.3

15


 

Table of Contents

million in 2017, a 2.5% increase compared to 2016. In Germany, the U.K., Italy, and Spain, new car sales were approximately 3.4 million, 2.5 million, 2.0 million and 1.2 million units, respectively, in 2017.

 

We also own a 49% interest in a Japanese joint venture. Unit sales in Japan were 5.2 million in 2017, an increase of 5.6% from 2016.

 

We also operate fourteen stand-alone used vehicle dealerships in the U.S. and the U.K. Used vehicle sales are even more fragmented than new vehicle sales and are generated by new car dealerships, used vehicle “superstores,” individual small lot sellers, as well as individual to individual sales. Used vehicle sales were approximately 40 million units in the U.S. and approximately 8 million units in the U.K. in 2017.

 

Retail Commercial Truck Dealership. In 2017, North America sales of Class 5-8 medium and heavy-duty trucks, the principal vehicles for our PTG business, were approximately 499,932 units, an increase of 3.3% from 2016. The Class 5-7 medium-duty truck market increased 6.0% to 248,138 units from 234,163 units in the same period in 2016. The largest market, Class 8 heavy-duty trucks, increased 0.7% to approximately 251,794 units from approximately 249,952 units in 2016. In this market, our principal brands, Freightliner and Western Star, represent approximately 39.7% of that market.

 

Commercial Vehicle Distribution. Our commercial vehicle distribution business operates principally in Australia and New Zealand. In 2017, heavy-duty truck sales in Australia and New Zealand combined were 15,296 units, representing an increase of 21.8% from 2016. The brands we represent in Australia hold an 8.3% market share in the Australian heavy-duty truck market, and a 5.3% market share in New Zealand.

 

Penske Truck Leasing . PTL participates broadly in the global supply chain, estimated at $8.2 trillion annually, and particularly in the U.S. supply chain, estimated at $1.5 trillion annually. Only 11% of the total U.S. supply chain function is outsourced to third parties, such as PTL. We estimate, based on R. L. Polk registration data, that there are approximately 8.1 million commercial trucks operating in the United States, of which up to 4.0 million could be potential opportunities for PTL’s full-service leasing and contract maintenance offerings.

 

Dealership. Generally, new vehicle unit sales are cyclical and, historically, fluctuations have been influenced by factors such as manufacturer incentives, interest rates, fuel prices, unemployment, inflation, weather, the level of personal discretionary spending, credit availability, consumer confidence and other general economic factors. However, from a profitability perspective, automotive and truck retailers have historically been less vulnerable than manufacturers and parts suppliers to declines in new vehicle sales. We believe this is due to the retailers’ more flexible expense structure (a significant portion of the retail industry’s costs are variable) and their diversified revenue streams such as used vehicle sales and service and parts sales. In addition, manufacturers may offer various dealer incentives when sales are slow, which further increases the volatility in profitability for manufacturers and may help to decrease volatility for franchised automotive retailers.

 

Business Description

 

Information Technology and Customer Privacy

 

We consolidate financial, accounting and operational data received from our local operations through private data communications networks. Local operating data is gathered and processed through individual systems utilizing common centralized management systems predominately licensed from, and in many cases operated by, third parties. Our local systems follow our standardized accounting procedures and are compliant with any guidelines established by our vehicle manufacturers. Our database technology allows us to extract and aggregate data from the systems in a consistent format to generate consolidated financial and operational analysis. These systems also allow us to access detailed information for each individual location, as a group, or on a consolidated basis. Information we can access includes, among other things, inventory, cash, unit sales, the mix of new and used vehicle sales and sales of aftermarket products and services. Our ability to access this data allows us to continually analyze our local results of operations and financial position so as to identify areas for improvement.

 

We utilize common customer relationship management systems that assist us in identifying customer opportunities and responding to customer inquiries. We utilize compliance systems that assist us with our regulatory obligations and

16


 

Table of Contents

assist us in maintaining the privacy of the information we receive from customers that we collect, process, and retain in the normal course of our business. We have adopted rigorous customer information safeguard programs and “red flag” policies to assist us in maintaining customer privacy.

 

As part of our business model, we receive personal information regarding customers, associates and vendors, from various online and offline channels. Our internal and third-party systems are under a moderate level of risk from hackers or other individuals with malicious intent to gain unauthorized access to our systems. Cyber-attacks are growing in number and sophistication thus presenting an ongoing threat to systems, whether internal or external, used to operate the business on a day to day basis. We perform periodic control testing and audits on our systems. Despite these measures, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers, could be vulnerable to security breaches, computer viruses, or other events. Any security breach or event resulting in the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, or degradation of services provided by critical business systems, whether by us directly or our third-party service providers, could adversely affect our business operations, sales, reputation with current and potential customers, associates or vendors, as well as other operational and financial impacts derived from investigations, litigation, imposition of penalties, or other means.

 

Marketing

 

Retail Automotive Dealership.   Our marketing strategy focuses on our individual businesses to capitalize on local branding, as well as corporate programs and web presence, which allows us to leverage scale and our parent brand recognition. We align ourselves with the marketing implemented by our OEM partners for their respective brands and integrate those initiatives and resources across the brands we represent.

 

The central core of our marketing strategy revolves around a data-driven approach that combines key metrics and trends from industry and consumer studies, our customer relationship management systems, and performance data from our businesses. This approach emphasizes objectivity and transparency in our marketing efforts and allows us to measure and gauge our success.

 

Our dealerships have strong local brand and name recognition and are respected in their communities. As such, we focus our efforts on our individual businesses to capitalize on their strong local reputation. To supplement local marketing, we implement corporate initiatives that link our local businesses to leverage scale and our parent brand recognition.

 

We leverage scale by using consistent performance metrics across the group to identify best practices and opportunities to negotiate enterprise arrangements for key marketing partners. A single, unified, customer relationship management tool is used by our new vehicle dealerships in the U.S. to enhance and streamline customer communication, provide visibility into our sales pipeline, and measure return on investment across the organization.

 

To attract customers and enhance customer service, each of our dealerships maintains its own website platform. All dealership websites have consistent functionality and responsive formats, except where otherwise required by vehicle manufacturers, which helps to minimize costs and provides a consistent image across dealerships. In addition to the dealership websites, we advertise most of our U.S. and U.K. automotive retail new and pre-owned vehicle inventory online through PenskeCars.com and Sytner.co.uk, as discussed previously under “Embrace Digital Marketing” above. 

 

Consistent with our data-driven approach, as consumer activity continues to move toward digital, our marketing strategy places a strong emphasis on all forms of digital marketing. We strive to build and optimize our online presence across multiple platforms in order to drive high quality traffic to our business and maintain consistent and professional messaging. By focusing on social media, video, mobile, email marketing, online advertising, search engine optimization, branding, and content, we proactively optimize all avenues of digital customer engagement.

 

We monitor customer satisfaction data to track the performance of operations, and incent our personnel to provide exceptional customer service, thereby driving increased customer loyalty. Social media is a highly-valued element of our marketing strategy that allows us to engage with customers, build dealership awareness and enhance repeat and referral business. Additionally, we leverage corporate social media efforts and partners to benefit our dealerships and create a 

17


 

Table of Contents

strong sense of community. Online reputation management sites, such as Google and Yelp, are proactively monitored to ensure we are offering a superior customer experience.

 

Through our marketing strategy, we aim to forge lasting relationships with our customers, enhance our reputation, and create the opportunity for significant repeat and referral business.

 

Retail Commercial Truck Dealership and Commercial Vehicle Distribution. We market commercial trucks in the U.S. and Canada and commercial vehicles and other products in Australia and New Zealand principally through a network of dealership and service locations, supported by corporate level marketing efforts. Our digital marketing leverages manufacturer websites supplemented by brand specific websites to promote our brands. We also employ local sponsorships to generate brand awareness in our markets and market to customers at various trade shows and other industry events. While we rely on our dealerships and service locations to market to local customers, we typically assign a regional sales manager to oversee local dealer marketing efforts.

 

Agreements with Vehicle Manufacturers

 

We operate our franchised new vehicle dealerships under separate agreements with the manufacturers or distributors of each brand of vehicle sold at that dealership. These agreements are typical throughout the industry and may contain provisions and standards governing almost every aspect of the dealership, including ownership, management, personnel, training, maintenance of a minimum of working capital, net worth requirements, maintenance of minimum lines of credit, advertising and marketing activities, facilities, signs, products and services, maintenance of minimum amounts of insurance, achievement of minimum customer service standards and monthly financial reporting. In addition, the General Manager and/or the owner of a dealership typically cannot be changed without the manufacturer’s consent. In exchange for complying with these provisions and standards, we are granted the non-exclusive right to sell the manufacturer’s or distributor’s brand of vehicles and related parts and warranty services at our dealerships. The agreements also grant us a non-exclusive license to use each manufacturer’s trademarks, service marks and designs in connection with our sales and service of its brand at our dealership.

 

Some of our agreements, including those with BMW, Honda, Mercedes-Benz and Toyota, expire after a specified period of time, ranging from one to six years. Manufacturers have generally not terminated our franchise agreements, and our franchise agreements with fixed terms have typically been renewed without substantial cost. We currently expect the manufacturers to renew all of our franchise agreements as they expire. In addition, certain agreements with the manufacturers limit the total number of dealerships of that brand that we may own in a particular geographic area and, in some cases, limit the total number of their vehicles that we may sell as a percentage of a particular manufacturer’s overall sales. Manufacturers may also limit the ownership of stores in contiguous markets. We have reached certain geographical limitations with certain manufacturers in the U.S. and U.K. Where these limits are reached, we cannot acquire additional franchises of those brands in the relevant market unless we can negotiate modifications to the agreements. We may not be able to negotiate any such modifications.

 

Many of these agreements also grant the manufacturer or distributor a security interest in the vehicles and/or parts sold by them to the dealership, as well as other dealership assets, and permit them to terminate or not renew the agreement for a variety of causes, including failure to adequately operate the dealership, insolvency or bankruptcy, impairment of the dealer’s reputation or financial standing, changes in the dealership’s management, owners or location without consent, sales of the dealership’s assets without consent, failure to maintain adequate working capital or floor plan financing, changes in the dealership’s financial or other condition, failure to submit required information to them on a timely basis, failure to have any permit or license necessary to operate the dealership, and material breaches of other provisions of the agreement. In the U.S., these termination rights are subject to state franchise laws that limit a manufacturer’s right to terminate a franchise. In the U.K., we operate without such local franchise law protection (see “Regulation” below).

 

Our agreements with manufacturers or distributors usually give them the right, in some circumstances (including upon a merger, sale, or change of control of the Company, or in some cases a material change in our business or capital structure), to acquire the dealerships from us at fair market value. For example, our agreement with General Motors provides that, upon a proposed purchase of 20% or more of our voting stock by any new person or entity or another manufacturer (subject to certain exceptions), an extraordinary corporate transaction (such as a merger, reorganization or

18


 

Table of Contents

sale of a material amount of assets) or a change of control of our board of directors, General Motors has the right to acquire all assets, properties and business of any General Motors dealership owned by us for fair value. Some of our agreements with other major manufacturers, including Honda and Toyota, contain provisions similar to the General Motors provisions.

 

With respect to our commercial vehicle distribution operations in Australia and New Zealand, we are party to distributor agreements with each manufacturer of products we distribute pursuant to which we are the distributor of these products in those countries and nearby markets. The agreements govern all aspects of our distribution rights, including sales and service activities, service and warranty terms, use of intellectual property, promotion and advertising provisions, pricing and payment terms, and indemnification requirements. The agreement with Western Star expires in 2025, the agreement with MTU expires in 2024 and the agreement with Detroit Diesel expires in 2025. We also are party to shipping agreements with respect to importing those products. For each of our non-company owned dealers, we have signed a franchise agreement with terms that set forth the dealer’s obligations with respect to the sales and servicing of these vehicles.

 

Competition

 

Dealership.   We believe that the principal factors consumers consider when determining where to purchase a vehicle are the marketing campaigns conducted by manufacturers, the ability of dealerships to offer a wide selection of the most popular vehicles, the location of dealerships and the quality of the customer experience. Other factors include customer preference for particular brands of vehicles, pricing (including manufacturer rebates and other special offers) and warranties. We believe that our dealerships are competitive in all of these areas.

 

The automotive and truck retail industry is currently served by franchised dealerships, independent used vehicle dealerships and individual consumers who sell used vehicles in private transactions. For new vehicle sales, we compete primarily with other franchised dealers in each of our marketing areas, relying on our premium facilities, superior customer service, advertising and merchandising, management experience, sales expertise, reputation, and the location of our dealerships to attract and retain customers. Each of our markets may include a number of well-capitalized competitors, including in certain instances dealerships owned by manufacturers and national and regional retail chains. In our retail commercial truck dealership operations, we compete with other manufacturers and retailers of medium and heavy-duty trucks such as Ford, International Kenworth, Mack, Peterbilt and Volvo. We also compete with dealers that sell the same brands of new vehicles that we sell and with dealers that sell other brands of new vehicles that we do not represent in a particular market. Our new vehicle dealership competitors have franchise agreements which give them access to new vehicles on the same terms as us. Automotive dealers also face competition in the sale of new vehicles from purchasing services and warehouse clubs. With respect to arranging financing for our customers’ vehicle purchases, we compete with a broad range of financial institutions such as banks and local credit unions.

 

For used vehicle sales, we compete in a highly fragmented market which sells approximately 40 million units in the U.S. and 8 million units in the U.K. annually through other franchised dealers, independent used vehicle dealers, automobile rental agencies, purchasing services, private parties, and used vehicle “superstores” for the procurement and resale of used vehicles.

 

We compete with other franchised dealers to perform warranty repairs, and with other dealers, franchised and non-franchised service center chains, and independent garages for non-warranty repair and routine maintenance business. We compete with other dealers, franchised and independent aftermarket repair shops, and parts retailers in our parts operations. We believe that the principal factors consumers consider when determining where to purchase vehicle parts and service are price, the use of factory-approved replacement parts, facility location, the familiarity with a manufacturer’s brands and the quality of customer service. A number of regional or national chains offer selected parts and services at prices that may be lower than our prices.

 

We believe the majority of consumers are utilizing the Internet and other digital media in connection with the purchase of new and used vehicles. Accordingly, we face increased competition from online vehicle websites, including those developed by manufacturers and other dealership groups.

 

19


 

Table of Contents

Commercial Vehicle Distribution. With respect to our commercial vehicle distribution operations in Australia and New Zealand, we compete with manufacturers, distributors, and retailers of other vehicles and products in our markets. The brands we represent in Australia hold an 8.3% market share in the Australian heavy-duty truck market, and a 5.3% market share in New Zealand.

 

PTL.   As an alternative to using PTL’s full-service truck leasing or contract maintenance services, we believe that most potential customers perform some or all of these services themselves. They may also purchase similar or alternative services from other third-party vendors. Its full-service truck leasing operations compete with companies providing similar services on a national, regional and local level. Many regional and local competitors provide services on a national level through their participation in various cooperative programs. Competitive factors include price, maintenance, service and geographic coverage. PTL competes with finance lessors, truck and trailer manufacturers, and independent dealers, each of which provides full-service lease products, finance leases, extended warranty maintenance, rental, and other transportation services. Its contract maintenance offering competes primarily with truck and trailer manufacturers and independent dealers who provide maintenance services.

 

Its commercial and consumer rental operations compete with several other nationwide vehicle rental systems, a large number of vehicle leasing and rental companies with multiple branches operating on a regional basis, and many similar companies operating primarily on a local basis. Because a significant portion of its rentals are used for moving and relocation, PTL competes with local and national moving and storage companies, as well as alternatives such as portable container-based transportation and storage. In its rental operations, it competes primarily on the basis of equipment availability, geographic location and customer service.

 

PTL’s logistics business competes with other dedicated logistics providers, transportation management businesses, freight brokers, warehouse providers and truckload carriers on a national, regional and local level, as well as with the internal supply chain functions of prospective customers who rely on their own resources for logistics management. Competitive factors include price, efficient logistical design offerings, equipment, maintenance, service, technology and geographic coverage, and driver and operations expertise. PTL seeks to combine its logistics services with its existing full-service truck leasing and truck rental business to create an integrated transportation solution for its customers.

 

Employees and Labor Relations

 

As of December 31, 2017, we employed more than 26,000 people, approximately 750 of whom were covered by collective bargaining agreements with labor unions. We consider our relations with our employees to be satisfactory. Our policy is to motivate our key managers through, among other things, variable compensation programs tied principally to local profitability. Due to our reliance on vehicle manufacturers, we may be adversely affected by labor strikes or work stoppages at the manufacturers’ facilities.

 

Regulation

 

We operate in a highly regulated industry and a number of regulations affect the marketing, selling, financing, servicing, and distribution of vehicles. Under the laws of the jurisdictions in which we currently operate, we typically must obtain a license in order to establish, operate or relocate a dealership, or operate a repair facility. These laws also regulate our conduct of business, including our advertising, operating, financing, employment, distribution and sales practices. Other laws and regulations include franchise laws and regulations, environmental laws and regulations (see “Environmental Matters” below), laws and regulations applicable to new and used motor vehicle dealers, as well as privacy, identity theft prevention, wage-hour, anti-discrimination and other employment practices laws.

 

Our financing activities with customers are subject to truth-in-lending, consumer leasing, equal credit opportunity and similar regulations, as well as motor vehicle finance laws, installment finance laws, insurance laws, usury laws and other installment sales laws. Some jurisdictions regulate finance fees that may be paid as a result of vehicle sales. In recent years, private plaintiffs, state attorneys general and federal agencies in the U.S. have increased their scrutiny of advertising, sales, and finance and insurance activities in the sale and leasing of motor vehicles.

 

In the U.S., we benefit from the protection of numerous state franchise laws that generally provide that a manufacturer or distributor may not terminate or refuse to renew a franchise agreement unless it has first provided the dealer with

20


 

Table of Contents

written notice setting forth good cause and stating the grounds for termination or non-renewal. Some state franchise laws allow dealers to file protests or petitions or to attempt to comply with the manufacturer’s criteria within the notice period to avoid the termination or non-renewal. Our international locations generally do not have these laws and, as a result, our international operations operate without these types of protections.

 

Environmental Matters

 

We are subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations, including those governing discharges into the air and water, the operation and removal of aboveground and underground storage tanks, the use, handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances and other materials and the investigation and remediation of environmental contamination. Our business involves the generation, use, handling and contracting for recycling or disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, including environmentally sensitive materials such as motor oil, filters, transmission fluid, antifreeze, refrigerant, batteries, solvents, lubricants, tires, and fuel. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in complying with such laws and regulations.

 

Our operations involving the management of hazardous and other environmentally sensitive materials are subject to numerous requirements. Our business also involves the operation of storage tanks containing such materials. Storage tanks are subject to periodic testing, containment, upgrading and removal under applicable law. Furthermore, investigation or remediation may be necessary in the event of leaks or other discharges from current or former underground or aboveground storage tanks. In addition, water quality protection programs govern certain discharges from some of our operations. Similarly, certain air emissions from our operations, such as auto body painting, may be subject to relevant laws. Various health and safety standards also apply to our operations.

 

We may have liability in connection with materials that are sent to third-party recycling, treatment, and/or disposal facilities under the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and comparable statutes. These statutes impose liability for investigation and remediation of contamination without regard to fault or the legality of the conduct that contributed to the contamination. Responsible parties under these statutes may include the owner or operator of the site where the contamination occurred and companies that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances released at these sites.

 

An expanding trend in environmental regulation is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment. Vehicle manufacturers are subject to federally mandated corporate average fuel economy standards, which will increase substantially through 2025. Furthermore, in response to concerns that emissions of carbon dioxide and certain other gases, referred to as “greenhouse gases,” may be contributing to warming of the Earth’s atmosphere, climate change-related legislation and policy changes to restrict greenhouse gas emissions are being considered, or have been implemented, at state and federal levels. Furthermore, numerous states, including California, have adopted or are considering requiring the sale of specified numbers of zero-emission vehicles. Significant increases in fuel economy requirements or new federal and state restrictions on emissions of carbon dioxide on vehicles and automobile fuels in the U.S. could adversely affect prices of and demand for the vehicles that we sell.

 

We have a proactive strategy related to environmental, health and safety compliance, which includes contracting with third parties to inspect our facilities periodically. We believe that we do not have any material environmental liabilities and that compliance with environmental laws and regulations will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on us. However, soil and groundwater contamination is known to exist at certain of our current or former properties. Further, environmental laws and regulations are complex and subject to change. In addition, in connection with our acquisitions, it is possible that we will assume or become subject to new or unforeseen environmental costs or liabilities, some of which may be material. Compliance with current, amended, new or more stringent laws or regulations, stricter interpretations of existing laws or the future discovery of environmental conditions could require additional expenditures by us, and such expenditures could be material.

 

Insurance

 

Our business is subject to substantial risk of loss due to significant concentrations of property value, including vehicles and parts at our locations. In addition, we are exposed to liabilities arising out of our operations such as employee claims, customer claims and claims for personal injury or property damage, and potential fines and penalties in

21


 

Table of Contents

connection with alleged violations of regulatory requirements. We attempt to manage such risks through loss control and risk transfer utilizing insurance programs which are subject to specified deductibles and significant retentions. Certain insurers have limited available property coverage in response to the natural catastrophes experienced in recent years. As a result, we are exposed to uninsured and underinsured losses that could have a material adverse effect on us. 

 

Available Information

 

For selected financial information concerning our various operating and geographic segments, see Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge through our website, www.penskeautomotive.com, under the tab “Investor Relations” as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You may read or copy any materials we filed with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 800-732-0330. Additionally, the SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information. The address of the SEC’s website is www.sec.gov. We also make available on our website copies of materials regarding our corporate governance policies and practices, including our Corporate Governance Guidelines; our Code of Business Ethics; and the charters relating to the committees of our Board of Directors. You may obtain a printed copy of any of the foregoing materials by sending a written request to: Investor Relations, Penske Automotive Group, Inc., 2555 Telegraph Road, Bloomfield Hills, MI 48302 or by calling toll-free 866-715-5289. The information on or linked to our website is not part of this document. We plan to disclose changes to our Code of Business Ethics, or waivers, if any, for our executive officers or directors, on our website. We are incorporated in the state of Delaware and began dealership operations in October 1992.

 

Seasonality

 

Dealership. Our business is modestly seasonal overall. Our U.S. operations generally experience higher volumes of vehicle sales in the second and third quarters of each year due in part to consumer buying trends and the introduction of new vehicle models. Also, vehicle demand, and to a lesser extent demand for service and parts, is generally lower during the winter months than in other seasons, particularly in regions of the U.S. where dealerships may be subject to severe winters. Our U.K. operations generally experience higher volumes of vehicle sales in the first and third quarters of each year, due primarily to vehicle registration practices in the U.K.

 

Commercial Vehicle Distribution. Our commercial vehicle distribution business generally experiences higher sales volumes during the second quarter of the year, which is primarily attributable to commercial vehicle customers completing annual capital expenditures before their fiscal year-end, which is typically June 30 in Australia.

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors  

 

Our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, prospects, and the prevailing market price and performance of our common stock may be affected by a number of factors, including the matters discussed below. Certain statements and information set forth herein, as well as other written or oral statements made from time to time by us or by our authorized officers on our behalf, constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Federal Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “goal,” “plan,” “seek,” “project,” “continue,” “will,” “would,” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. We intend for our forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and we set forth this statement in order to comply with such safe harbor provisions. You should note that our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or when made and we undertake no duty or obligation to update or revise our forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

 

Although we believe that the expectations, plans, intentions, and projections reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, such statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that

22


 

Table of Contents

may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

The risks, uncertainties, and other factors that our stockholders and prospective investors should consider include the following:

 

Macro-economic conditions .  Our performance is impacted by general economic conditions overall, and in particular by economic conditions in the markets in which we operate. These economic conditions include: levels of new and used vehicle sales; availability of consumer credit; changes in consumer demand; consumer confidence levels; fuel prices; personal discretionary spending levels; interest rates; and unemployment rates. When the worldwide economy faltered and the worldwide automotive industry experienced significant operational and financial difficulties in 2008 and 2009, we were adversely affected, and we expect a similar relationship between general economic and industry conditions and our performance in the future. The intended departure of the United Kingdom from the European Union (“Brexit”) noted below has generated significant macroeconomic challenges for the global economy. We cannot predict the future effect of Brexit on macroeconomic conditions or the automotive industry in particular, although any sustained drop in vehicle sales would adversely affect our operating results.

 

Vehicle manufacturers exercise significant control over us. Each of our new vehicle dealerships and distributor operations operate under franchise and other agreements with automotive manufacturers, commercial vehicle manufacturers, or related distributors. These agreements govern almost every aspect of the operation of our dealerships, and give manufacturers the discretion to terminate or not renew our franchise agreements for a variety of reasons, including certain events outside our control such as accumulation of our stock by third parties. Without franchise or distributor agreements, we would be unable to sell or distribute new vehicles or perform manufacturer authorized warranty service. If a significant number of our franchise agreements are terminated or are not renewed, or, with respect to our distributor operations, a competing distributor were introduced, we would be materially affected.

 

Brand reputation. Our businesses, and our commercial vehicle operations in particular as those are more concentrated with a particular manufacturer, are impacted by consumer demand and brand preference, including consumers’ perception of the quality of those brands. A decline in the quality and brand reputation of the vehicles or other products we sell or distribute, as a result of events such as manufacturer recalls or legal proceedings, may adversely affect our business. If such events were to occur, the profitability of our business related to those manufacturers could be adversely affected. Beginning in 2015, Volkswagen AG received notice informing them that governmental agencies determined that certain Volkswagen and Audi diesel vehicles do not comply with applicable emissions regulations. There have been conflicting reports whether similar issues are present in other manufacturers’ vehicles. While the Volkswagen and Audi diesel vehicles at issue represent a small portion of our total vehicle sales, should such non-compliance by the automotive manufacturers prove widespread or be present in a substantial number of vehicles we sell, our business could be adversely affected.

 

Restructuring, bankruptcy or other adverse conditions affecting a significant automotive manufacturer or supplier. Our success depends on the overall success of the automotive industry generally, and in particular on the success of the brands of vehicles that each of our dealerships sell. In 2017, revenue generated at our Audi/Volkswagen/Porsche/Bentley, BMW/MINI, Toyota/Lexus, and Mercedes-Benz/Sprinter/smart dealerships represented 24%, 23%,  13%, and 10%, respectively, of our total automotive dealership revenues. Significant adverse events, such as the earthquake and tsunami that struck Japan in March 2011 and resulted in reduced new vehicle production by Japanese automotive manufacturers in 2011, or other future events that interrupt vehicle or parts supply to our dealerships, would likely have a significant and adverse impact on the industry as a whole, including us, particularly if the events impact any of the manufacturers whose franchises generate a significant percentage of our revenue.

 

Manufacturer incentive programs. Vehicle manufacturers offer incentive programs intended to promote and support vehicle sales. These incentive programs include but are not limited to customer rebates, dealer incentives on new vehicles, manufacturer floor plan interest and advertising assistance, and warranties on new and used vehicles. A discontinuation of or change to the manufacturers’ incentive programs may adversely impact vehicle demand, the value of new and used vehicles, and may materially affect our results of operations.  

 

23


 

Table of Contents

Our business is very competitive. We generally compete with: other franchised dealerships in our markets; used vehicle superstores, private market buyers and sellers of used vehicles; Internet-based vehicle sellers; national and local service and repair shops and parts retailers; with respect to commercial vehicles, distributors of similar products; and manufacturers in certain markets. Purchase decisions by consumers when shopping for a vehicle are extremely price sensitive. The level of competition in the market generally, coupled with increasing price transparency resulting from the use of the Internet by consumers, and pricing discounts to customers, can lead to lower selling prices and related profits. If there is a prolonged drop in retail prices, new vehicle sales are allowed to be made over the Internet without the involvement of franchised dealers, or if dealerships are able to effectively use the Internet to sell outside of their markets, our business could be materially adversely affected.  

 

Evolving automotive and trucking industries. The automotive and trucking industries are predicted to experience rapid change. Shared vehicle services such as Uber and Lyft provide consumers with increased choice in their personal mobility options. The effect of these and similar mobility options on the retail automotive industry is uncertain, and may include lower levels of new vehicles sales, but with increasing miles driven, which could require additional demand for vehicle maintenance. In part due to regulatory requirements to limit vehicle emissions, many automotive manufacturers have announced plans to further electrify their vehicle offerings. We expect to continue to sell electric and hybrid gas/electric vehicles through our franchised dealerships, though if pure electric vehicles were widely accepted by customers, our service revenues may decline, as these vehicles may require less physical maintenance than gas and hybrid vehicles. In addition, technological advances are facilitating the development of driverless vehicles. The eventual timing of availability of driverless vehicles is uncertain due to regulatory requirements, additional technological requirements, and uncertain consumer acceptance of these vehicles. The effect of driverless vehicles on the automotive retail and trucking industries is uncertain and could include changes in the level of new and used vehicles sales, the price of new vehicles, and the role of franchised dealers, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business.

 

Property loss, business interruption or other liabilities. Our business is subject to substantial risk of loss due to: the significant concentration of property values, including vehicle and parts inventories, at our operating locations; claims by employees, customers and third parties for personal injury or property damage; and fines and penalties in connection with alleged violations of regulatory requirements. While we have insurance for many of these risks, we retain risk relating to certain of these perils and certain perils are not covered by our insurance, including due to the hurricanes noted below. Certain insurers have limited available property coverage in response to the natural catastrophes experienced in recent years. If we experience significant losses that are not covered by our insurance, whether due to adverse weather conditions or otherwise, or we are required to retain a significant portion of a loss, it could have a significant and adverse effect on us.

 

Recent hurricanes impacted our operations.  Hurricane Maria significantly impacted the island of Puerto Rico during the third quarter of 2017, as the power grid and communication systems on the island were severely damaged. As a result, certain of the Company’s operations were suspended and operations were adversely impacted into the fourth quarter of 2017 and remain impacted in the first quarter of 2018. Hurricanes Irma and Harvey disrupted our operations in Florida, Georgia (Atlanta market), and Texas (Houston market) during the third quarter of 2017. Operations in Florida and Texas were impacted for nearly one week, while Georgia experienced a disruption in operations for 1-2 days. We estimate that storm-related losses, expenses, and business interruption, net of expected insurance proceeds, were approximately $3.0 million in 2017.

 

Leverage.  Our significant debt and other commitments expose us to a number of risks, including:

 

Cash requirements for debt and lease obligations.   A significant portion of the cash flow we generate must be used to service the interest and principal payments relating to our various financial commitments, including $3.8 billion of floor plan notes payable, $2.2 billion of non-vehicle long-term debt and $5.1   billion of future lease commitments   (including extension periods that are reasonably assured of being exercised and assuming constant consumer price indices). A sustained or significant decrease in our operating cash flows could lead to an inability to meet our debt service or lease requirements or to a failure to meet specified financial and operating covenants included in certain of our agreements. If this were to occur, it may lead to a default under one or more of our commitments and potentially the acceleration of amounts due, which could have a significant and adverse effect on us .  

 

24


 

Table of Contents

Availability. Because we finance the majority of our operating and strategic initiatives using a variety of commitments, including floor plan notes payable and revolving credit facilities, we are dependent on continued availability of these sources of funds. If these agreements are terminated or we are unable to access them because of a breach of financial or operating covenants or otherwise, we will likely be materially affected.

 

Interest rate variability. The interest rates we are charged on a substantial portion of our debt, including the floor plan notes payable we issue to purchase the majority of our inventory, are variable, increasing or decreasing based on changes in certain published interest rates. Increases to such interest rates would likely result in significantly higher interest expense for us, which would negatively affect our operating results. Because many of our customers finance their vehicle purchases, increased interest rates may also decrease vehicle sales, which would negatively affect our operating results.  

 

Impairment of our goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets has in the past had, and in the future could have, a material adverse impact on our earnings.  We evaluate goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually and upon the occurrence of an indicator of impairment. Our process for impairment testing of these assets is described further under “Impairment Testing” in Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. If we determine that the amount of our goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets are impaired at any point in time, we would be required to reduce the value of these assets on our balance sheet, which would also result in a material non-cash impairment charge that could also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the period in which the impairment occurs.

 

Performance of sublessees. In connection with the sale, relocation and closure of certain of our franchises, we have entered into a number of third-party sublease agreements. The rent paid by our sub-tenants on such properties in 2017 totaled approximately $20.6 million. In the aggregate, we remain ultimately liable for approximately $200.1 million of such lease payments including payments relating to all available renewal periods. We rely on our sub-tenants to pay the rent and maintain the properties covered by these leases. In the event a subtenant does not perform under the terms of their lease with us, we could be required to fulfill such obligations, which could have a significant and adverse effect on us.  

 

Information technology. Our information systems are fully integrated into our operations and we rely on them to operate effectively, including with respect to: electronic communications and data transfer protocols with manufacturers and other vendors; customer relationship management; sales and service scheduling; data storage; and financial and operational reporting. The majority of our systems are licensed from third parties, the most significant of which are provided by a limited number of suppliers in the U.S., U.K. and Australia. The failure of our information systems to perform as designed, the failure to protect the integrity of these systems, or the interruption of these systems due to natural disasters, power loss or other reasons, could disrupt our business operations, impact sales and results of operations, expose us to customer or third-party claims, or result in adverse publicity.  

 

Cyber-security. As part of our business model, we receive personal information regarding customers, associates and vendors, from various online and offline channels. We collect, process, and retain this information in the normal course of our business. Our internal and third-party systems are under a moderate level of risk from hackers or other individuals with malicious intent to gain unauthorized access to our systems. Cyber-attacks are growing in number and sophistication thus presenting an ongoing threat to systems, whether internal or external, used to operate the business on a day to day basis. Despite the security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers, could be vulnerable to security breaches, computer viruses, lost or misplaced data, programming errors, human errors, acts of vandalism, or other events. Any security breach or event resulting in the misappropriation, loss, or other unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, or degradation of services provided by critical business systems, whether by us directly or our third-party service providers, could adversely affect our business operations, sales, reputation with current and potential customers, associates or vendors, as well as other operational and financial impacts derived from investigations, litigation, imposition of penalties or other means.  

 

The United Kingdom’s potential departure from the European Union could adversely affect us. The United Kingdom is expected to exit the European Union in May 2019. Negotiations regarding the future terms of the United Kingdom’s relationship with the European Union are ongoing. The effects of Brexit will depend on any agreements the

25


 

Table of Contents

United Kingdom makes to retain access to European Union markets either during a transitional period or more permanently. Brexit itself and the length of time the United Kingdom and the European Union engage in discussions, which could be over a protracted period of time, could adversely affect European and worldwide economic and market conditions and could contribute to instability in global financial and foreign exchange markets, including volatility in the value of the British Pound and the Euro. More specifically, it could lead to increased retail prices in the United Kingdom since the majority of vehicles sold in the U.K. are imported from other countries in Europe.

 

In addition, commentators have suggested the June 2016 Brexit vote could lead to further referenda as to whether certain of the four countries that comprise the United Kingdom (England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland) will remain a part of the European Union. While the majority of our U.K. operations are in England, we also have operations in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland. The same factors noted above apply to any potential exit of these countries from the United Kingdom.

 

As exchange rates fluctuate, our revenue and results of operations as reported in U.S. Dollars fluctuate. The British Pound has weakened since the June 2016 Brexit vote, with an average exchange rate of British Pounds to U.S. Dollars of 1.29 for 2017 compared to 1.36 in 2016, a decrease of 5.1%. A weakening British Pound as compared to the U.S. Dollar negatively impacts our U.S. Dollar reported results of operations. Our U.K. business generated 33% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017. Any of these effects of Brexit, and others we cannot anticipate, could adversely affect our business, consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

The success of our commercial vehicle distribution businesses are directly impacted by availability and demand for the vehicles and other products we distribute. We are the exclusive distributor of Western Star commercial trucks, MAN commercial trucks and buses, and Dennis Eagle refuse collection vehicles, together with associated parts, across Australia, New Zealand and portions of the Pacific. We are also the distributor of diesel and gas engines and power systems in these same markets. The profitability of these businesses depends upon the number of vehicles, engines, power systems and parts we distribute, which in turn is impacted by demand for these products. We believe demand is subject to general economic conditions, exchange rate fluctuations, regulatory changes, competitiveness of the products and other factors over which we have limited control. In the event sales of these products are less than we expect, our related results of operations and cash flows for this aspect of our business may be materially adversely affected. The products we distribute are principally manufactured at a limited number of locations. In the event of a supply disruption or if sufficient quantities of the vehicles, engines, power systems and parts are not made available to us, or if we accept these products and are unable to economically distribute them, our cash flows or results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

 

Australian economic conditions.   Our commercial vehicle distribution operations in Australia and New Zealand may be impacted by local economic conditions and in particular, the price of commodities such as copper and iron ore which may impact the desire of our customers to operate their mining operations and replace their vehicle fleets. Adverse pricing concerns of those, and other commodities, may have a material adverse effect on our ability to distribute, and/or retail, commercial vehicles and other products profitably. These same conditions may also negatively impact the value of the Australian Dollar versus the U.S. Dollar, which negatively impacts our U.S. Dollar reported financial results and the pricing of products sold by Penske Commercial Vehicles, which are manufactured in the U.S., U.K., and Germany.

 

International and foreign currency risk.  We have significant operations outside the U.S. that expose us to changes in foreign exchange rates and to the impact of economic and political conditions in the markets where we operate. As exchange rates fluctuate, our results of operations as reported in U.S. Dollars fluctuate. For example, if the U.S. Dollar were to continue to strengthen against the British Pound, our U.K. results of operations would translate into less U.S. Dollar reported results. The British Pound has weakened since the June 2016 Brexit vote, with an average exchange rate of British Pounds to U.S. Dollars of 1.29 for 2017 compared to 1.36 in 2016, a decrease of 5.1%. Sustained levels or an increase in the value of the U.S. Dollar, particularly as compared to the British Pound, could result in a significant and adverse effect on our reported results.

 

Joint ventures.  We have significant investments in a variety of joint ventures, including retail automotive operations in Germany, Japan, Italy and Spain. We previously had a 23.4% interest in PTL, and as of September 2017, increased our ownership to 28.9%. We expect to receive annual operating distributions from PTL and the other ventures, and in the case of PTL, realize significant cash tax savings. These benefits may not be realized if the joint ventures do not perform

26


 

Table of Contents

as expected, or if changes in tax, financial, or regulatory requirements negatively impact the results of the joint venture operations. Our ability to dispose of these investments may be limited. In addition, the relevant joint venture agreement and other contractual restrictions may limit our access to the cash flows of these joint ventures. For example, PTL’s principal debt agreements allow partner distributions only as long as PTL is not in default under that agreement and the amount PTL distributes does not exceed 50% of its consolidated net income.

 

Additional risks relating to PTL. PTL’s business has additional risks to those in the retail business.

 

Customers. PTL has a more concentrated customer base than we do and is subject to changes in the financial health of its customers, changes in their asset utilization rates and increased competition for those customers.

 

Workforce. PTL requires a significant number of qualified drivers and technicians which may be difficult to hire, and is subject to increased compliance costs or work stoppages relating to those employees, particularly in regards to changes in labor laws and time of work rules regarding those employees.

 

Fleet risk. As one of the largest purchasers of commercial trucks in North America, PTL requires continued availability from truck manufacturers and suppliers of vehicles and parts for its fleet, which may be uncertain, in particular if a significant recall were to occur. In addition, because PTL sells a large number of trucks each year and is subject to residual risk for the vehicles it leases to customers, changes in values of used trucks affects PTL’s profitability.

 

Capital markets risk . PTL relies on banks and the capital markets to fund its operations and capital commitments. PTL had a significant amount of total indebtedness at December 31, 2017, which it uses in part to purchase its vehicle fleet, and therefore is subject to changes in, and continued access to, the capital markets.

 

Key personnel. We believe that our success depends to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of our senior management, and in particular upon Roger Penske who is our Chair and Chief Executive Officer. To the extent Mr. Penske, or other key personnel, were to depart from our Company unexpectedly, our business could be significantly disrupted.

 

Regulatory issues.  We are subject to a wide variety of regulatory activities, including:

 

Governmental regulations, claims and legal proceedings . Governmental regulations affect almost every aspect of our business, including the fair treatment of our employees, wage and hour issues, and our financing activities with customers. In California, judicial decisions call into question whether long-standing methods for compensating dealership employees comply with the local wage and hour rules. We could be susceptible to claims or related actions if we fail to operate our business in accordance with applicable laws or it is determined that long-standing compensation methods did not comply with local laws. Claims arising out of actual or alleged violations of law which may be asserted against us or any of our dealers by individuals, through class actions, or by governmental entities in civil or criminal investigations and proceedings, may expose us to substantial monetary damages which may adversely affect us.

 

European Union General Data Protection Regulation. We are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the U.S. and internationally designed to protect the information of clients, customers, employees, and other third parties that we collect and maintain, including the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”), which will take effect in May 2018. The GDPR, among other things, mandates new requirements regarding the handling of personal data of employees and customers, including its use, protection and the ability of persons whose data is stored to correct or delete such data about themselves. If we fail to comply with these laws or regulations, we could be subject to significant litigation, monetary damages, regulatory enforcement actions or fines in one or more jurisdictions. For example, a failure to comply with the GDPR could result in fines up to the greater of €20 million or 4% of annual global revenues.

 

Recalls. Legislative and regulatory bodies from time to time have considered laws or regulations that would prohibit companies from renting or selling any vehicle that is subject to a recall until the recall service is performed. Whether any such prohibition may be enacted, and its ultimate scope, cannot be determined at this time. If a law or

27


 

Table of Contents

regulation is enacted that prevents the sale of vehicles until recall service has been performed, we could be required to reserve a significant portion of our vehicles from being available for sale for even a minor recall unrelated to vehicle safety. In addition, various manufacturers have issued stop sale notices in relation to certain recalls that require that we retain vehicles until the recall can be performed. For certain airbag recalls, these required parts are currently unavailable. While servicing recall vehicles yields parts and service revenue to us, the inability to sell a significant portion of our vehicles could increase our costs and have an adverse effect on our results of operations if a large number of our vehicles are the subject of simultaneous recalls, or if needed replacement parts are not in adequate supply.

 

Vehicle requirements. Federal and state governments in our markets have increasingly placed restrictions and limitations on the vehicles sold in the market in an effort to combat perceived negative environmental effects. For example, in the U.S., automotive manufacturers are subject to federally mandated corporate average fuel economy standards which will increase substantially through 2025. Furthermore, numerous states and other jurisdictions, including California, have adopted or are considering regulations requiring the sale of specified numbers of zero-emission vehicles. Moreover, several countries, including the U.K. and Germany, have announced or are considering plans to ban or restrict the sale of diesel or combustible fuel vehicles. Significant increases in fuel economy requirements and new federal or state restrictions on emissions on vehicles and fuels could adversely affect prices of and demand for the new vehicles that we sell, which could materially adversely affect us. 

 

Franchise laws in the U.S. In the U.S., state law generally provides protections to franchised vehicle dealers from discriminatory practices by manufacturers and from unreasonable termination or non-renewal of their franchise agreements. If these franchise laws are repealed or amended, manufacturers may have greater flexibility to terminate or not renew our franchises. Franchised automotive dealers in the European Union operate without such protections.

 

Changes in law. New laws and regulations at the state and federal level may be enacted which could materially adversely impact our business. For example, in 2013, a ballot initiative in California titled the California Car Buyers Protection Act was proposed that would have eliminated our ability to be compensated for assisting in financing customer vehicle purchases, among other matters. If these initiatives or other adverse changes in law were to be enacted, it could have a significant and adverse effect on us.

 

New U.S. tax laws. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was signed into law. This law imposes significant changes on the way we are taxed, including, among other things, changes to U.S. federal tax rates, imposing significant additional limitations on the deductibility of interest, and the migration to a new international system of taxation. There is substantial uncertainty regarding both the timing and the details of how these changes will affect our company, our customers, and the customers of Penske Truck Leasing, any of which changes may be adverse to us. See Part II, Item 8, Note 16 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on our initial assessment of these changes to our company.

 

Environmental regulations. We are subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations, including those governing: discharges into the air and water; the operation and removal of storage tanks; and the use, storage and disposal of hazardous substances. In the normal course of our operations we use, generate and dispose of materials covered by these laws and regulations. We face potentially significant costs relating to claims, penalties and remediation efforts in the event of non-compliance with existing and future laws and regulations.

 

Accounting rules and regulations.  The Financial Accounting Standards Board is currently evaluating several significant changes to GAAP in the U.S., including new guidance recently issued for revenue recognition and lease accounting. Changes to U.S. GAAP could significantly affect our reported financial position, earnings and cash flows upon adoption and effectiveness.  For example, adoption of the new lease accounting standard is expected to result in a significant increase in lease liabilities and right-of-use assets on our consolidated balance sheets. In addition, changes to lease accounting could affect PTL customers’ decisions to purchase or lease trucks, which could adversely affect their business if leasing becomes a less favorable option. See the disclosure provided under “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in Part II, Item 8, Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional detail on accounting standard updates expected to have an impact on us.  

 

28


 

Table of Contents

Related parties. Our two largest stockholders, Penske Corporation and its affiliates (“Penske Corporation”) and Mitsui & Co. and its affiliates (“Mitsui”), together beneficially own approximately 58% of our outstanding common stock. The presence of such significant shareholders results in several risks, including:  

 

Our principal stockholders have substantial influence. Penske Corporation and Mitsui have entered into a stockholders agreement pursuant to which they have agreed to vote together as to the election of our directors. As a result, Penske Corporation has the ability to control the composition of our Board of Directors, which may allow it to control our affairs and business. This concentration of ownership, coupled with certain provisions contained in our agreements with manufacturers, our certificate of incorporation, and our bylaws, could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of us.

 

Some of our directors and officers may have conflicts of interest with respect to certain related party transactions and other business interests. Roger Penske, our Chair and Chief Executive Officer and a director, holds the same offices at Penske Corporation. Robert Kurnick, Jr., our President and a director, is also the Vice Chair and a director of Penske Corporation. Bud Denker, our Executive Vice President, Human Resources, is also the President of Penske Corporation. Each of these officers is paid much of their compensation by Penske Corporation. The compensation they receive from us is based on their efforts on our behalf, however, they are not required to spend any specific amount of time on our matters. One of our directors, Roger S. Penske, Jr.,  is the son of our Chair and also serves as a director of Penske Corporation.  Kanji Sasaki, one of our directors and officers, is also an employee of Mitsui & Co. Roger Penske also serves as Chairman of Penske Truck Leasing, for which he is compensated by PTL.

 

Penske Corporation has pledged its shares of common stock to secure a loan facility. Penske Corporation has pledged all of its shares of our common stock as collateral to secure a loan facility. A default by Penske Corporation could result in the foreclosure on those shares by the lenders, after which the lenders could attempt to sell those shares on the open market or to a third party. Any such change in ownership and/or sale could materially impact the market price of our common stock. See below “Penske Corporation ownership levels.”

 

Penske Corporation ownership levels. Certain of our agreements have clauses that are triggered in the event of a material change in the level of ownership of our common stock by Penske Corporation, such as our trademark agreement between us and Penske Corporation that governs our use of the “Penske” name which can be terminated 24 months after the date that Penske Corporation no longer owns at least 20% of our voting stock. We may not be able to renegotiate such agreements on terms that are acceptable to us, if at all, in the event of a significant change in Penske Corporation’s ownership.

 

We have a significant number of shares of common stock eligible for future sale.   Penske Corporation and Mitsui own approximately 58% of our common stock and each has two demand registration rights that could result in a substantial number of shares being introduced for sale in the market. We also have a significant amount of authorized but unissued shares. The introduction of any of these shares into the market could have a material adverse effect on our stock price.

 

Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2.   Properties

 

We lease or sublease substantially all of our dealership properties and other facilities. These leases are generally for a period of between 5 and 20 years, and are typically structured to include renewal options at our election. We lease office space in Bloomfield Hills, Michigan, Leicester, England and Brisbane, Australia for our principal administrative headquarters and other corporate related activities. We believe that our facilities are sufficient for our needs and are in good repair.

 

29


 

Table of Contents

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings

 

We are involved in litigation which may relate to claims brought by governmental authorities, customers, vendors, or employees, including class action claims and purported class action claims. We are not a party to any legal proceedings, including class action lawsuits, that individually or in the aggregate, are reasonably expected to have a material effect on us. However, the results of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, and an unfavorable resolution of one or more of these matters could have a material adverse effect.

 

Item 4.   Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

30


 

Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PAG.” As of February 16, 2018, there were 166 holders of record of our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices and quarterly dividends per share for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape during each quarter of 2017 and 2016.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

High

    

Low

    

Dividend

 

2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

41.72

 

$

29.41

 

$

0.26

 

Second Quarter

 

 

40.89

 

 

31.02

 

 

0.27

 

Third Quarter

 

 

50.07

 

 

29.29

 

 

0.28

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

56.05

 

 

41.90

 

 

0.29

 

2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

55.26

 

$

45.05

 

$

0.30

 

Second Quarter

 

 

49.41

 

 

40.37

 

 

0.31

 

Third Quarter

 

 

47.63

 

 

38.33

 

 

0.32

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

50.36

 

 

44.39

 

 

0.33

 

 

Dividends

 

In addition to the dividends noted above, we have announced the payment of a dividend of $0.34 per share to be paid on March 1, 2018 to shareholders of record as of February 12, 2018. Future cash dividends will depend upon our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, restrictions imposed by any then-existing indebtedness and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors. In particular, our U.S. credit agreement and the indentures governing our 5.75%, 5.375%, 5.50%, and 3.75% senior subordinated notes contain, and any future indenture that governs any notes which may be issued by us may contain, certain limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Refer to the disclosures provided in Part II, Item 8, Note 9 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements set forth below for a detailed description of our long-term debt obligations. We are a holding company whose assets consist primarily of the direct or indirect ownership of the capital stock of our operating subsidiaries. Consequently, our ability to pay dividends is dependent upon the earnings of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute earnings and other advances and payments to us.

 

Securities Repurchases

 

In October 2017, our Board of Directors increased the authority delegated to management to repurchase our outstanding securities to $200.0 million. Prior to the increase, we had $19.4 million in remaining authorization. As of December 31, 2017, we had $ 200.0 million in repurchase authorization remaining under the securities repurchase program.   For further information with respect to repurchases of our shares by us, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Securities Repurchases.”

31


 

Table of Contents

SHARE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE

 

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder returns on our common stock based on an investment of $100 on December 31, 2012 and the close of the market on December 31 of each year thereafter against (i) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and (ii) an industry/peer group consisting of Asbury Automotive Group, Inc., AutoNation, Inc., Group 1 Automotive, Inc., Lithia Motors, Inc., and Sonic Automotive, Inc. The graph assumes the reinvestment of all dividends.

 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among Penske Automotive Group, Inc., the S&P 500 Index and a Peer Group

 

PICTURE 1

 

                                                 

* $100 invested on 12/31/12 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending December 31.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative Total Return

 

 

 

12/12

 

12/13

 

12/14

 

12/15

 

12/16

 

12/17

 

Penske Automotive Group, Inc.

    

100.00

    

159.49

    

168.83

    

148.37

    

187.18

    

177.63

 

S&P 500

 

100.00

 

132.39

 

150.51

 

152.59

 

170.84

 

208.14

 

Peer Group

 

100.00

 

133.17

 

166.22

 

162.41

 

144.69

 

150.95

 

 

 

32


 

Table of Contents

 

Item 6.   Selected Financial Dat a

 

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial and other data as of and for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2017, which has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. During the periods presented, we made a number of acquisitions and have included the results of operations of the acquired dealerships from the date of acquisition. As a result, our period to period results of operations vary depending on the dates of the acquisitions. Accordingly, this selected financial data is not necessarily comparable or indicative of our future results. During the periods presented, we also sold or made available for sale certain entities which have been treated as discontinued operations in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles .   You should read this selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related footnotes included elsewhere in this report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2017 (1)

    

2016 (2)

    

2015

    

2014 (3)

    

2013

 

 

 

(In millions, except share and per share data)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

21,386.9

 

$

20,118.5

 

$

19,284.9

 

$

17,232.0

 

$

14,482.5

 

Gross profit

 

$

3,222.5

 

$

2,966.6

 

$

2,867.5

 

$

2,579.2

 

$

2,201.0

 

Income from continuing operations attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders (4)

 

$

613.5

 

$

343.9

 

$

329.6

 

$

301.4

 

$

247.0

 

Net income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

613.3

 

$

342.9

 

$

326.1

 

$

286.7

 

$

244.2

 

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

7.14

 

$

4.00

 

$

3.67

 

$

3.34

 

$

2.73

 

Diluted earnings per share attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

7.14

 

$

3.99

 

$

3.63

 

$

3.17

 

$

2.70

 

Shares used in computing diluted share data

 

 

85,877,227

 

 

86,000,754

 

 

89,759,626

 

 

90,354,839

 

 

90,330,621

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets (5)

 

$

10,540.6

 

$

8,833.0

 

$

7,982.9

 

$

7,186.3

 

$

6,378.9

 

Total floor plan notes payable

 

$

3,761.8

 

$

3,317.8

 

$

3,379.6

 

$

2,746.4

 

$

2,579.7

 

Total debt (excluding floor plan notes payable)

 

$

2,163.2

 

$

1,877.1

 

$

1,275.0

 

$

1,342.6

 

$

989.3

 

Total equity attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

2,395.2

 

$

1,750.9

 

$

1,790.2

 

$

1,652.8

 

$

1,504.4

 

Cash dividends per share

 

$

1.26

 

$

1.10

 

$

0.94

 

$

0.78

 

$

0.62

 

                                                 

(1)

Includes  a  $243.4 million income tax benefit, or $2.83 per share, from the enactment of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in December 2017, as further discussed in Part II, Item 8, Note 16 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements set forth below.

(2)

Includes a $5.1 million income tax benefit, or $0.06 per share, from the revaluation of a deferred tax liability as a result of our acquisition of the remaining ownership interests of PTG in April 2016.

(3)

Includes a gain of $16.0 million ($9.7 million after tax), or $0.10 per share, from the revaluation at fair value of a previously held non-controlling interest in PTG, of which we acquired a controlling interest in November 2014.

(4)

Excludes income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to non-controlling interests of $(0.5) million, $3.5 million, $4.3 million, $3.4 million, and $1.5 million in 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

(5)

Includes reclassifications due to the retrospective application of Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) — Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes” of $28.1 million, $30.5 million, $31.4 million, and $29.1 million in 2016, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

33


 

Table of Contents

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and   Results of Operation s

 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of   Operations contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking   statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed in Item 1A.   “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” We have acquired and initiated a number of businesses during the periods presented and addressed in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Our   financial statements include the results of operations of those businesses from   the date acquired or when they commenced operations. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial   Condition and Results of Operations has been updated to reflect the revision of our   financial statements for entities which have been treated as discontinued operations.

 

Overview

 

We are a diversified international transportation services company that operates automotive and commercial truck dealerships principally in the United States, Canada and Western Europe, and distributes commercial vehicles, diesel engines, gas engines, power systems and related parts and services principally in Australia and New Zealand. We employ more than 26,000 people worldwide.

 

In 2017, our business generated $21.4 billion in total revenue, which is comprised of approximately $19.8 billion from retail automotive dealerships, $1.0 billion from retail commercial truck dealerships and $0.5 billion from commercial vehicle distribution and other operations. We generated $3.2 billion in gross profit, which is comprised of $2.9 billion from retail automotive dealerships, $165.8 million from retail commercial truck dealerships and $131.9 million from commercial vehicle distribution and other operations.

 

Retail Automotive Dealership. We believe we are the second largest automotive retailer headquartered in the U.S. as measured by the $19.8 billion in total retail automotive dealership revenue we generated in 2017. As of December 31, 2017, we operated 343 retail automotive franchises, of which 155 franchises are located in the U.S. and 188 franchises are located outside of the U.S. The franchises outside the U.S. are located primarily in the U.K. In 2017, we retailed and wholesaled more than 618,900 vehicles. We are diversified geographically, with 59% of our total retail automotive dealership revenues in 2017 generated in the U.S. and Puerto Rico and 41% generated outside the U.S. We offer over 40 vehicle brands, with 70% of our retail automotive dealership revenue in 2017 generated from premium brands, such as Audi, BMW, Mercedes-Benz and Porsche. Each of our dealerships offers a wide selection of new and used vehicles for sale. In addition to selling new and used vehicles, we generate higher-margin revenue at each of our dealerships through maintenance and repair services and the sale and placement of third-party finance and insurance products, third-party extended service and maintenance contracts, and replacement and aftermarket automotive products. 

 

In the first quarter of 2017, we acquired CarSense in the U.S. and CarShop in the U.K., both businesses representing stand-alone used vehicle dealerships, which we believe complement our existing franchised retail automotive dealership operations and provide scalable opportunities across our market areas. Our CarSense operations consist of five locations operating in the Philadelphia and Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania market areas, including southern New Jersey. Our CarShop operations consist of five retail locations and a vehicle preparation center operating principally throughout Southern England. In January 2018, we expanded our U.K. stand-alone used vehicle dealerships by acquiring The Car People, one of the U.K.’s leading retailers of used vehicles. The Car People has four retail locations operating across Northern England, which complements CarShop’s locations principally in Southern England.

 

Retail automotive dealerships represented 92.7% of our total revenues and 90.8% of our total gross profit in 2017.

 

Retail Commercial Truck Dealership. We operate a heavy and medium-duty truck dealership group known as Premier Truck Group (“PTG”) with locations in Texas, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Georgia, and Canada. As of December 31, 2017, PTG operated twenty locations, including fourteen full-service dealerships and six collision centers, offering primarily Freightliner and Western Star branded trucks. Four of these locations were acquired in April 2016 in the greater Toronto, Canada market area, and two of these locations were acquired in December 2016 in the Niagara Falls, Canada market area. PTG also offers a full range of used trucks available for sale as well as service and parts departments, providing a full range of maintenance and repair services.

34


 

Table of Contents

 

This business represented 4.9% of our total revenues and 5.1% of our total gross profit in 2017.

 

Commercial Vehicle Distribution. We are the exclusive importer and distributor of Western Star heavy-duty trucks (a Daimler brand), MAN heavy and medium-duty trucks and buses (a VW Group brand), and Dennis Eagle refuse collection vehicles, together with associated parts, across Australia, New Zealand and portions of the Pacific. This business, known as Penske Commercial Vehicles Australia (“PCV Australia”), distributes commercial vehicles and parts to a network of more than 70 dealership locations, including eight company-owned retail commercial vehicle dealerships.

 

We are also a leading distributor of diesel and gas engines and power systems, principally representing MTU, Detroit Diesel, Mercedes-Benz Industrial, Allison Transmission and MTU Onsite Energy. This business, known as Penske Power Systems (“PPS”), offers products across the on- and off-highway markets in Australia, New Zealand and portions of the Pacific and supports full parts and aftersales service through a network of branches, field locations and dealers across the region. The on-highway portion of this business complements our PCV Australia distribution business, including integrated operations at retail locations selling PCV brands.

 

These businesses represented 2.4% of our total revenues and 4.1% of our total gross profit in 2017.

 

Penske Truck Leasing.  We currently hold a 28.9% ownership interest in Penske Truck Leasing Co., L.P. (“PTL”), a leading provider of transportation services and supply chain management. PTL is capable of meeting customers’ needs across the supply chain with a broad product offering that includes full-service truck leasing, truck rental and contract maintenance, along with logistic services such as dedicated contract carriage, distribution center management, transportation management and lead logistics provider. On July 27, 2016, we acquired an additional 14.4% ownership interest in PTL from subsidiaries of GE Capital Global Holdings, LLC (collectively, “GE Capital”) for approximately $498.5 million in cash to bring our ownership interest to 23.4%. Prior to this acquisition, we held a 9.0% ownership interest in PTL. On September 7, 2017, we acquired an additional 5.5% ownership interest from GE Capital for approximately $239.1 million in cash. At the same time, affiliates of Mitsui & Co., Ltd. (“Mitsui”), our second largest shareholder, acquired an additional 10.0% ownership interest in PTL at the same valuation. PTL is currently owned 41.1% by Penske Corporation, 28.9% by us, and 30.0% by Mitsui. GE Capital no longer owns any ownership interests in PTL. We account for our investment in PTL under the equity method, and we therefore record our share of PTL’s earnings on our statements of income under the caption “Equity in earnings of affiliates,” which also includes the results of our other equity method investments.

 

Outlook

 

Please see the discussion provided under “Outlook” in Part I, Item 1 for a discussion of our outlook in our markets.

 

Operating Overview

 

Automotive and commercial truck dealerships represent the majority of our results of operations. New and used vehicle revenues include sales to retail customers and to leasing companies providing consumer leasing. We generate finance and insurance revenues from sales of third-party extended service contracts, sales of third-party insurance policies, commissions relating to the sale of finance and lease contracts to third parties, and the sales of certain other products. Service and parts revenues include fees paid by customers for repair, maintenance and collision services, and the sale of replacement parts and other aftermarket accessories, as well as warranty repairs that are reimbursed directly by various OEMs.

 

Our gross profit tends to vary with the mix of revenues we derive from the sale of new vehicles, used vehicles, finance and insurance products, and service and parts transactions. Our gross profit varies across product lines, with vehicle sales usually resulting in lower gross profit margins and our other revenues resulting in higher gross profit margins. Factors such as inventory and vehicle availability, customer demand, consumer confidence, unemployment, general economic conditions, seasonality, weather, credit availability, fuel prices and manufacturers’ advertising and incentives also impact the mix of our revenues, and therefore influence our gross profit margin.

 

35


 

Table of Contents

The results of our commercial vehicle distribution business in Australia and New Zealand are principally driven by the number and types of products and vehicles ordered by our customers.

 

Aggregate revenue and gross profit increased $1,268.4 million, or 6.3%, and $255.9 million, or 8.6%, respectively, during 2017 compared to 2016. The increases are largely attributable to increases in used vehicle, finance and insurance, and service and parts revenue and gross profit from net dealership acquisitions.

 

As exchange rates fluctuate, our revenue and results of operations as reported in U.S. Dollars fluctuate. For example, if the British Pound were to weaken against the U.S. Dollar, our U.K. results of operations would translate into less U.S. Dollar reported results. The British Pound weakened against the U.S. Dollar during 2017 compared to 2016, which negatively impacted our reported results of operations. On June 23, 2016, the United Kingdom held a referendum in which a majority voted to exit the European Union (“Brexit vote”). The British Pound has weakened since the Brexit vote, with an average exchange rate of British Pounds to U.S. Dollars of 1.29 for 2017 compared to 1.36 in 2016, a decrease of 5.1%. Foreign currency average rate reductions decreased revenue and gross profit by $314.7 million and $39.6 million, respectively, in 2017.  Foreign currency average rate reductions also reduced earnings per share from continuing operations by approximately $0.08 per share in 2017. Excluding the impact of foreign currency average rate reductions, revenue and gross profit increased 7.9% and 10.0%, respectively, in 2017.  

 

Our selling expenses consist of advertising and compensation for sales personnel, including commissions and related bonuses. General and administrative expenses include compensation for administration, finance, legal and general management personnel, rent, insurance, utilities and other expenses. As the majority of our selling expenses are variable, and we believe a significant portion of our general and administrative expenses are subject to our control, we believe our expenses can be adjusted over time to reflect economic trends.

 

Floor plan interest expense relates to financing incurred in connection with the acquisition of new and used vehicle inventories that is secured by those vehicles. Other interest expense consists of interest charges on all of our interest-bearing debt, other than interest relating to floor plan financing, and includes interest relating to our retail commercial truck dealership and commercial vehicle distribution operations. The cost of our variable rate indebtedness is based on the prime rate, defined London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), the Bank of England Base Rate, the Finance House Base Rate, the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, the Canadian Prime Rate, the Australian Bank Bill Swap Rate, or the New Zealand Bank Bill Benchmark Rate.  

 

Equity in earnings of affiliates represents our share of the earnings from our investments in joint ventures and other non-consolidated investments, including PTL.

 

During the first quarter of 2015, we divested our car rental business that included Hertz car rental franchises in the Memphis, Tennessee market and certain markets throughout Indiana in light of our perceived inability to grow that business. The results of operations of our car rental business are included in discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

The future success of our business is dependent upon, among other things, general economic and industry conditions; our ability to consummate and integrate acquisitions; the level of vehicle sales in the markets where we operate; our ability to increase sales of higher margin products, especially service and parts sales; our ability to realize returns on our significant capital investment in new and upgraded dealership facilities; the success of our distribution of commercial vehicles, engines, and power systems; and the return realized from our investments in various joint ventures and other non-consolidated investments. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” below.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires the application of accounting policies that often involve making estimates and employing judgments. Such judgments influence the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses recognized in our financial statements. Management, on an ongoing basis, reviews these estimates and assumptions. Management may determine that modifications in assumptions and estimates are required, which may result in a material change in our results of operations or financial position.

36


 

Table of Contents

 

The following are the accounting policies applied in the preparation of our financial statements that management believes are most dependent upon the use of estimates and assumptions.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Dealership Vehicle, Parts and Service Sales. We record revenue for vehicle sales when vehicles are delivered, which is when the transfer of title and risks and rewards of ownership are considered passed to the customer. We record revenue for service or repair work when the work is completed, and record parts sales when parts are delivered to our customers. Sales promotions that we offer to customers are accounted for as a reduction of revenues at the time of sale. Rebates and other incentives offered directly to us by manufacturers are recognized as a reduction of cost of sales. Reimbursements of qualified advertising expenses are treated as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses. The amounts received under certain manufacturer rebate and incentive programs are based on the attainment of program objectives, and such earnings are recognized either upon the sale of the vehicle for which the award was received, or upon attainment of the particular program goals if not associated with individual vehicles. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are recorded on a net basis (excluded from revenue). During 2017, 2016, and 2015, we earned $693.9 million, $654.9 million, and $628.9 million, respectively, of rebates, incentives and reimbursements from manufacturers, of which $675.3 million, $638.2 million, and $611.7 million, respectively, was recorded as a reduction of cost of sales. The remaining $18.6 million, $16.7 million, and $17.2 million, was recorded as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses during 2017,  2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

Dealership Finance and Insurance Sales. Subsequent to the sale of a vehicle to a customer, we sell installment sale contracts to various financial institutions on a non-recourse basis (with specified exceptions) to mitigate the risk of default. We receive a commission from the lender equal to either the difference between the interest rate charged to the customer and the interest rate set by the financing institution or a flat fee. We also receive commissions for facilitating the sale of various products to customers, including guaranteed vehicle protection insurance, vehicle theft protection and extended service contracts. These commissions are recorded as revenue at the time the customer enters into the contract. In the case of finance contracts, a customer may prepay or fail to pay their contract, thereby terminating the contract. Customers may also terminate extended service contracts and other insurance products, which are fully paid at purchase, and become eligible for refunds of unused premiums. In these circumstances, a portion of the commissions we received may be charged back based on the terms of the contracts. The revenue we record relating to these transactions is net of an estimate of the amount of chargebacks we will be required to pay. Our estimate is based upon our historical experience with similar contracts, including the impact of refinance and default rates on retail finance contracts and cancellation rates on extended service contracts and other insurance products. Aggregate reserves relating to chargeback activity were $24.9 million and $23.5 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Commercial Vehicle Distribution.  We record revenue from the distribution of vehicles, engines, and products when the goods are delivered, which is when the transfer of title and risks and rewards of ownership are considered passed to the customer. We record revenue for service or repair work when the work is completed, and record parts sales when parts are delivered to our customers. For our long-term power generation contracts, we record revenue as services are provided in accordance with contract milestones.

 

Impairment Testing

 

Other indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for impairment annually on October 1 and upon the occurrence of an indicator of impairment through a comparison of its carrying amount and estimated fair value. An indicator of impairment exists if the carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value and an impairment loss may be recognized up to that excess. The fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow approach, which includes assumptions about revenue and profitability growth, profit margins, and the cost of capital. We also evaluate in connection with the annual impairment testing whether events and circumstances continue to support our assessment that the other indefinite-lived intangible assets continue to have an indefinite life.

 

Goodwill impairment is assessed at the reporting unit level annually on October 1 and upon the occurrence of an indicator of impairment. Our operations are organized by management into operating segments by line of business and geography. We have determined that we have four reportable segments as defined in generally accepted accounting

37


 

Table of Contents

principles for segment reporting: (i) Retail Automotive, consisting of our retail automotive dealership operations; (ii) Retail Commercial Truck, consisting of our retail commercial truck dealership operations in the U.S. and Canada; (iii) Other, consisting of our commercial vehicle and power systems distribution operations and other non-automotive consolidated operations; and (iv) Non-Automotive Investments, consisting of our equity method investments in non-automotive operations. We have determined that the dealerships in each of our operating segments within the Retail Automotive reportable segment are components that are aggregated into six reporting units for the purpose of goodwill impairment testing, as they (A) have similar economic characteristics (all are automotive dealerships having similar margins), (B) offer similar products and services (all sell new and/or used vehicles, service, parts and third-party finance and insurance products), (C) have similar target markets and customers (generally individuals), and (D) have similar distribution and marketing practices (all distribute products and services through dealership facilities that market to customers in similar fashions). The reporting units are Eastern, Central, and Western United States, CarSense, International, and CarShop. Our Retail Commercial Truck reportable segment has been determined to represent one operating segment and reporting unit. The goodwill included in our Other reportable segment relates primarily to our commercial vehicle distribution operating segment. There is no goodwill recorded in our Non-Automotive Investments reportable segment.

 

For our Retail Automotive, Retail Commercial Truck, and Other reporting units, we prepared a quantitative assessment of the carrying value of goodwill. We estimated the fair value of our reporting units using an “income” valuation approach. The “income” valuation approach estimates our enterprise value using a net present value model, which discounts projected free cash flows of our business using the weighted average cost of capital as the discount rate. In connection with this process, we also reconcile the estimated aggregate fair values of our reporting units to our market capitalization. We believe this reconciliation process is consistent with a market participant perspective. This consideration would also include a control premium that represents the estimated amount an investor would pay for our equity securities to obtain a controlling interest, and other significant assumptions including revenue and profitability growth, franchise profit margins, residual values and the cost of capital. We concluded that the fair value of each of these reporting units exceeded its carrying value.

 

Investments

 

We account for each of our investments under the equity method, pursuant to which we record our proportionate share of the investee’s income each period. The net book value of our investments was $1,256.6 million and $893.4 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, including $1,185.6 million and $823.8 million relating to PTL as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In July 2016, we increased our ownership interest in PTL from 9.0% to 23.4% as a result of our acquisition of an additional 14.4% ownership interest, and in September 2017, we acquired an additional 5.5% ownership interest, as discussed previously. We currently hold a 28.9% ownership interest in PTL.

 

Investments for which there is not a liquid, actively traded market are reviewed periodically by management for indicators of impairment. If an indicator of impairment is identified, management estimates the fair value of the investment using a discounted cash flow approach, which includes assumptions relating to revenue and profitability growth, profit margins, residual values, and our cost of capital. Declines in investment values that are deemed to be other than temporary may result in an impairment charge reducing the investments’ carrying value to fair value.

 

Self-Insurance

 

We retain risk relating to certain of our general liability insurance, workers’ compensation insurance, vehicle physical damage insurance, property insurance, employment practices liability insurance, directors and officers insurance, and employee medical benefits in the U.S. As a result, we are likely to be responsible for a significant portion of the claims and losses incurred under these programs. The amount of risk we retain varies by program, and for certain exposures, we have pre-determined maximum loss limits for certain individual claims and/or insurance periods. Losses, if any, above the pre-determined loss limits are paid by third-party insurance carriers. Certain insurers have limited available property coverage in response to the natural catastrophes experienced in recent years. Our estimate of future losses is prepared by management using our historical loss experience and industry-based development factors. Aggregate reserves relating to retained risk were $30.3 million and $28.3 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

38


 

Table of Contents

Income Taxes

 

Tax regulations may require items to be included in our tax returns at different times than the items are reflected in our financial statements. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible on our tax return, and some are temporary differences, such as the timing of depreciation expense. Temporary differences create deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that will be used as a tax deduction or credit in our tax returns in future years which we have already recorded in our financial statements. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent deductions taken on our tax returns that have not yet been recognized as expense in our financial statements. We establish valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets if the amount of expected future taxable income is not likely to allow for the use of the deduction or credit.

 

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law P.L. 115-97, commonly referred to as the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”). The Act modifies several provisions of the Internal Revenue Code related to corporations, including a permanent corporate income tax rate reduction from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. The Act also significantly changes international tax laws for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and requires a one-time mandatory deemed repatriation of all cumulative post-1986 foreign earnings and profits of a U.S. shareholder’s foreign subsidiaries, effective in 2017, the year of enactment.

 

Refer to the disclosures provided in Part II, Item 8, Note 16 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional detail on our accounting for income taxes, including additional discussion on the enactment of the Act and the resulting impact on our 2017 financial statements.

 

Classification in Continuing and Discontinued Operations

 

We classify the results of our operations in our consolidated financial statements based on generally accepted accounting principles relating to discontinued operations, which requires judgments, including whether a business will be divested, the period required to complete the divestiture, the likelihood of changes to the divestiture plans, and whether the divestiture represents a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major impact on our operations. If we determine that a business should be either reclassified from continuing operations to discontinued operations or from discontinued operations to continuing operations, our consolidated financial statements for prior periods are revised to reflect such reclassification.  Refer to the disclosures provided in Part II, Item 8, Note 4 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a detailed description of the factors we consider for classification in discontinued operations.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Please see the disclosures provided under “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in Part II, Item 8, Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements set forth below which are incorporated by reference herein.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following tables present comparative financial data relating to our operating performance in the aggregate and on a “same-store” basis. Dealership results are included in same-store comparisons when we have consolidated the acquired entity during the entirety of both periods being compared. As an example, if a dealership were acquired on January 15, 2015, the results of the acquired entity would be included in annual same-store comparisons beginning with the year ended December 31, 2017 and in quarterly same-store comparisons beginning with the quarter ended June 30, 2016.

 

39


 

Table of Contents

Retail Automotive Dealership New Vehicle Data

(In millions, except unit and per   unit amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

New Vehicle Data

    

2017

  

2016

  

Change

  

% Change

  

  

2016

  

2015

  

Change

  

% Change

  

New retail unit sales

 

 

248,774

 

 

249,695

 

 

(921)

 

(0.4)

%

 

 

249,695

 

 

233,524

 

 

16,171

 

6.9

%

Same-store new retail unit sales

 

 

231,458

 

 

241,680

 

 

(10,222)

 

(4.2)

%

 

 

229,401

 

 

227,138

 

 

2,263

 

1.0

%

New retail sales revenue

 

$

9,678.5

 

$

9,547.1

 

$

131.4

 

1.4

%

 

$

9,547.1

 

$

9,208.9

 

$

338.2

 

3.7

%

Same-store new retail sales revenue

 

$

8,980.1

 

$

9,272.5

 

$

(292.4)

 

(3.2)

%

 

$

8,941.3

 

$

9,065.5

 

$

(124.2)

 

(1.4)

%

New retail sales revenue per unit

 

$

38,905

 

$

38,235

 

$

670

 

1.8

%

 

$

38,235

 

$

39,434

 

$

(1,199)

 

(3.0)

%

Same-store new retail sales revenue per unit

 

$

38,798

 

$

38,367

 

$

431

 

1.1

%

 

$

38,977

 

$

39,912

 

$

(935)

 

(2.3)

%

Gross profit — new

 

$

746.2

 

$

733.8

 

$

12.4

 

1.7

%

 

$

733.8

 

$

706.9

 

$

26.9

 

3.8

%

Same-store gross profit — new

 

$

685.5

 

$

710.3

 

$

(24.8)

 

(3.5)

%

 

$

662.9

 

$

685.9

 

$

(23.0)

 

(3.4)

%

Average gross profit per new vehicle retailed

 

$

2,999

 

$

2,939

 

$

60

 

2.0

%

 

$

2,939

 

$

3,027

 

$

(88)

 

(2.9)

%

Same-store average gross profit per new vehicle retailed

 

$

2,962

 

$

2,939

 

$

23

 

0.8

%

 

$

2,890

 

$

3,020

 

$

(130)

 

(4.3)

%

Gross margin % — new

 

 

7.7

%

 

7.7

%

 

 —

%

 —

%

 

 

7.7

%

 

7.7

%

 

 —

%

 —

%

Same-store gross margin % — new

 

 

7.6

%

 

7.7

%

 

(0.1)

%

(1.3)

%

 

 

7.4

%

 

7.6

%

 

(0.2)

%

(2.6)

%

 

Units

 

Retail unit sales of new vehicles decreased from 2016 to 2017 due to a 10,222 unit, or 4.2%, decrease in same-store new retail unit sales, offset by a 9,301 unit increase from net dealership acquisitions. New units decreased 1.7% in the U.S. and increased 1.8% internationally. Same-store units decreased 3.3% in the U.S., primarily due to a decrease in premium and domestic brand sales. Same-store units decreased 5.8% internationally, primarily due to a decline in unit sales in Germany that offset the strength of unit sales in the U.K.

 

While new vehicle unit sales declined in 2017, our premium brand sales, particularly in the U.K., are being positively impacted by low levels of unemployment, strong credit availability, and vehicle innovation through the introduction of new models and evolving technology.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a  13,908 unit increase from net dealership acquisitions, coupled with a 2,263 unit, or 1.0%, increase in same-store new retail unit sales during the year. New units decreased 0.5% in the U.S. and increased 21.4% internationally.  New units increased internationally primarily due to inclusion of our German automotive dealership joint venture which we began consolidating during the third quarter of 2015, as well as due to the strong performance of our U.K. business, which experienced a 7.4% increase in same-store new unit sales.  The same-store unit decrease in the U.S. was driven primarily by an increased focus on improvements to gross profit, which negatively impacted unit sales. Overall, same-store units increased 7.4% internationally and decreased 2.1% in the U.S.

 

Revenues

 

New vehicle retail sales revenue increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $423.8 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a $292.4 million, or 3.2%, decrease in same-store revenues. Excluding $158.8 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store new retail revenue decreased 1.4%. The same-store revenue decrease is due to a decrease in same-store new retail unit sales, which decreased revenue by $392.2 million, offset by the $431 per unit increase in comparative average selling prices per unit (offset by a $686 per unit decrease attributable to negative foreign currency fluctuations), which increased revenue by $99.8 million.

 

40


 

Table of Contents

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a $462.4 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a $124.2 million, or 1.4%, decrease in same-store revenues.  Excluding $364.0 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store new retail revenue increased 2.6%. The same-store revenue decrease is due to the $935 per unit decrease in comparative average selling prices per unit (including a $1,586 per unit decrease attributable to negative foreign currency fluctuations), which decreased revenue by $212.4 million, offset by an increase in same-store new retail unit sales, which increased revenue by $88.2 million.

 

Gross Profit

 

Retail gross profit from new vehicle sales increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $37.2 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a $24.8 million, or 3.5%, decrease in same-store gross profit during the year. Excluding $12.3 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store gross profit decreased 1.8%. The decrease in same-store gross profit is due to a decrease in same-store new retail unit sales, which decreased gross profit by $30.1 million, offset by a $23 per unit increase in the average gross profit per new vehicle retailed (offset by a $53 per unit decrease attributable to negative foreign currency fluctuations), which increased gross profit by $5.3 million.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a $49.9 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a $23.0 million, or 3.4%, decrease in same-store gross profit during the year. Excluding $30.3 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store gross profit increased 1.1%. The decrease in same-store gross profit is due to a  $130 per unit decrease in the average gross profit per new vehicle retailed (including a $132 per unit decrease attributable to negative foreign currency fluctuations), which decreased gross profit by $29.5 million, offset by the increase in same-store new retail unit sales, which increased gross profit by $6.5 million.

 

Retail Automotive Dealership Used Vehicle Data

(In millions, except unit and per unit amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

Used Vehicle Data

    

2017

  

2016

  

Change

  

% Change

  

  

2016

  

2015

  

Change

  

% Change

  

Used retail unit sales

 

 

252,922

 

 

207,556

 

 

45,366

 

21.9

%

 

 

207,556

 

 

198,459

 

 

9,097

 

4.6

%

Same-store used retail unit sales

 

 

201,283

 

 

202,463

 

 

(1,180)

 

(0.6)

%

 

 

191,234

 

 

192,093

 

 

(859)

 

(0.4)

%

Used retail sales revenue

 

$

6,386.8

 

$

5,663.7

 

$

723.1

 

12.8

%

 

$

5,663.7

 

$

5,425.5

 

$

238.2

 

4.4

%

Same-store used retail sales revenue

 

$

5,502.7

 

$

5,536.3

 

$

(33.6)

 

(0.6)

%

 

$

5,267.0

 

$

5,295.7

 

$

(28.7)

 

(0.5)

%

Used retail sales revenue per unit

 

$

25,252

 

$

27,287

 

$

(2,035)

 

(7.5)

%

 

$

27,287

 

$

27,338

 

$

(51)

 

(0.2)

%

Same-store used retail sales revenue per unit

 

$

27,338

 

$

27,345

 

$

(7)

 

(0.0)

%

 

$

27,542

 

$

27,568

 

$

(26)

 

(0.1)

%

Gross profit — used

 

$

358.0

 

$

330.5

 

$

27.5

 

8.3

%

 

$

330.5

 

$

328.3

 

$

2.2

 

0.7

%

Same-store gross profit — used

 

$

297.2

 

$

324.1

 

$

(26.9)

 

(8.3)

%

 

$

310.2

 

$

325.9

 

$

(15.7)

 

(4.8)

%

Average gross profit per used vehicle retailed

 

$

1,415

 

$

1,592

 

$

(177)

 

(11.1)

%

 

$

1,592

 

$

1,654

 

$

(62)

 

(3.7)

%

Same-store average gross profit per used vehicle retailed

 

$

1,476

 

$

1,601

 

$

(125)

 

(7.8)

%

 

$

1,622

 

$

1,696

 

$

(74)

 

(4.4)

%

Gross margin % — used

 

 

5.6

%

 

5.8

%

 

(0.2)

%

(3.4)

%

 

 

5.8

%

 

6.1

%

 

(0.3)

%

(4.9)

%

Same-store gross margin % — used

 

 

5.4

%

 

5.9

%

 

(0.5)

%

(8.5)

%

 

 

5.9

%

 

6.2

%

 

(0.3)

%

(4.8)

%

 

Units

 

Retail unit sales of used vehicles increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a 46,546 unit increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a 1,180 unit, or 0.6%, decrease in same-store retail unit sales. Used units increased 38.9% internationally and increased 9.9% in the U.S. These increases are primarily due to our 2017 acquisitions of the stand-alone used vehicle dealerships in the U.S. and the U.K., CarSense and CarShop, respectively. Same-store used units increased 1.7% internationally and decreased 2.1% in the U.S.

41


 

Table of Contents

 

Overall, we believe our used vehicle sales are being positively impacted by our 2017 acquisitions of our stand-alone used vehicle dealerships and strength in the used vehicle market due to an increase in lease returns,   providing customers with an additional supply of affordable late model, low mileage vehicles from which to choose.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016  is due to a  9,956 unit increase from net dealership acquisitions,  offset by an 859 unit, or 0.4%, decrease in same-store retail unit sales. Used units increased 14.7% internationally and decreased 1.5% in the U.S. Used units increased internationally primarily due to inclusion of our German automotive dealership joint venture which we began consolidating during the third quarter of 2015. Same-store units increased 3.4% internationally and decreased 2.6% in the U.S. The international same-store unit increase was driven primarily by an increase in premium brands internationally, while the same-store unit decrease in the U.S. was driven primarily by an increased focus on improvements to gross profit, which negatively impacted unit sales.

 

Revenues

 

Used vehicle retail sales revenue increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $756.7 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a $33.6 million, or 0.6%, decrease in same-store revenues. Excluding $127.7 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store used retail revenue increased 1.7%. The same-store revenue decrease is due to the decrease in same-store used retail unit sales, which decreased revenue by $32.2 million, coupled with a $7 per unit decrease in comparative average selling prices (including a $634 per unit decrease attributable to negative foreign currency fluctuations), which decreased revenue by $1.4 million. Used retail sales revenue per unit was also negatively impacted by lower selling prices from our stand-alone used vehicle dealerships in the U.S. and the U.K., which reduced used retail sales revenue per unit by $2,046.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a $266.9 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a $28.7 million, or 0.5%,  decrease in same-store revenues. Excluding $295.9 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store used retail revenue increased 5.0%. The same-store revenue decrease is due to the decrease in same-store used retail unit sales, which decreased revenue by $23.7 million, coupled with a $26 per unit decrease in comparative average selling prices (including a $1,548 per unit decrease attributable to negative foreign currency fluctuations), which decreased revenue by $5.0 million.

 

Gross Profit

 

Retail gross profit from used vehicle sales increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $54.4 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a $26.9  million, or 8.3%, decrease in same-store gross profit. Excluding $6.8 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store gross profit decreased 6.2%. The decrease in same-store gross profit is due to a $125 per unit decrease in average gross profit per used vehicle retailed (including a $34 per unit decrease attributable to negative foreign currency fluctuations), which decreased gross profit by $25.1 million, coupled with the decrease in same-store used retail unit sales, which decreased gross profit by $1.8 million. Used average gross profit per unit was also negatively impacted by lower margins from our stand-alone used vehicle dealerships in the U.S. and the U.K., which reduced used average gross profit per unit by $53.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a $17.9 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a $15.7 million, or 4.8%, decrease in same-store gross profit. Excluding $14.1 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store gross profit decreased 0.5%. The decrease in same-store gross profit is due to a $74 per unit decrease in average gross profit per used vehicle retailed (including a $74 per unit decrease attributable to negative foreign currency fluctuations), which decreased gross profit by $14.2 million, coupled with the decrease in same-store used retail unit sales, which decreased gross profit by $1.5 million.

 

42


 

Table of Contents

Retail Automotive Dealership Finance and Insurance Data

(In millions, except unit and per   unit amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

Finance and Insurance Data

    

2017

  

2016

  

Change

  

% Change

  

  

2016

  

2015

  

Change

  

% Change

  

Total retail unit sales

 

 

501,696

 

 

457,251

 

 

44,445

 

9.7

%

 

 

457,251

 

 

431,983

 

 

25,268

 

5.8

%

Total same-store retail unit sales

 

 

432,741

 

 

444,143

 

 

(11,402)

 

(2.6)

%

 

 

420,635

 

 

419,231

 

 

1,404

 

0.3

%

Finance and insurance revenue

 

$

581.8

 

$

495.0

 

$

86.8

 

17.5

%

 

$

495.0

 

$

478.3

 

$

16.7

 

3.5

%

Same-store finance and insurance revenue

 

$

508.3

 

$

484.5

 

$

23.8

 

4.9

%

 

$

483.8

 

$

476.3

 

$

7.5

 

1.6

%

Finance and insurance revenue per unit

 

$

1,160

 

$

1,082

 

$

78

 

7.2

%

 

$

1,082

 

$

1,107

 

$

(25)

 

(2.3)

%

Same-store finance and insurance revenue per unit

 

$

1,175

 

$

1,091

 

$

84

 

7.7

%

 

$

1,150

 

$

1,136

 

$

14

 

1.2

%

 

Finance and insurance revenue increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $63.0 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, coupled with a $23.8 million, or 4.9%, increase in same-store revenues.  Excluding $10.0 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store finance and insurance revenue increased 7.0%. The same-store revenue increase is due to an $84 per unit increase in comparative average selling prices per unit (offset by a $23 per unit decrease attributable to negative foreign currency fluctuations), which increased revenue by $36.3 million, offset by a decrease in same-store retail unit sales, which decreased revenue by $12.5 million. We believe the increase in same-store finance and insurance revenue per unit, particularly in the U.S., is primarily due to our efforts to increase finance and insurance revenue, which include adding resources to target underperforming locations and drive additional training, product penetration, and changes to product portfolios.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a  $9.2 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, coupled with a  $7.5 million, or 1.6%, increase in same-store revenues. Excluding $21.7 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store finance and insurance revenue increased  6.1%. The same-store revenue increase is due to an increase in comparative average selling prices per unit, which increased revenue by $5.9 million, coupled with the increase in same-store retail unit sales, which increased revenue by $1.6 million. Finance and insurance revenue per unit decreased due to a $97 per unit decrease internationally (including a $49 per unit decrease attributable to negative foreign currency fluctuations), as well as due to inclusion of our German automotive dealership joint venture which we began consolidating during the third quarter of 2015. This decrease is offset by an increase in finance and insurance revenue per unit in the U.S., which increased 2.4% to $1,150 per unit.

 

Retail Automotive Dealership Service and Parts Data

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

Service and Parts Data

    

2017

  

2016

  

Change

  

% Change

  

  

2016

  

2015

  

Change

  

% Change

  

Service and parts revenue

 

$

2,057.5

 

$

1,948.6

 

$

108.9

 

5.6

%

 

$

1,948.6

 

$

1,830.7

 

$

117.9

 

6.4

%

Same-store service and parts revenue

 

$

1,950.5

 

$

1,919.0

 

$

31.5

 

1.6

%

 

$

1,830.3

 

$

1,790.8

 

$

39.5

 

2.2

%

Gross profit — service and parts

 

$

1,219.7

 

$

1,129.7

 

$

90.0

 

8.0

%

 

$

1,129.7

 

$

1,084.0

 

$

45.7

 

4.2

%

Same-store service and parts gross profit

 

$

1,148.1

 

$

1,112.1

 

$

36.0

 

3.2

%

 

$

1,073.9

 

$

1,068.9

 

$

5.0

 

0.5

%

Gross margin % — service and parts

 

 

59.3

%

 

58.0

%

 

1.3

%

2.2

%

 

 

58.0

%

 

59.2

%

 

(1.2)

%

(2.0)

%

Same-store service and parts gross margin %

 

 

58.9

%

 

58.0

%

 

0.9

%

1.6

%

 

 

58.7

%

 

59.7

%

 

(1.0)

%

(1.7)

%

 

Revenues

 

Service and parts revenue increased from 2016 to 2017, including a 4.2% increase in the U.S. and an 8.7% increase internationally. The overall increase in service and parts revenue is due to a $77.4 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, coupled with a $31.5 million, or 1.6%, increase in same-store revenues during the year. Excluding $22.2 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store service and parts revenue increased 2.8%. The increase in

43


 

Table of Contents

same-store revenue is due to a $37.6 million, or 8.2%, increase in warranty revenue, and a  $0.6 million, or 0.4%, increase in vehicle preparation and body shop revenue, offset by a $6.7 million, or 0.5%, decrease in customer pay revenue. 

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a  $78.4 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, coupled with a  $39.5 million, or 2.2%, increase in same-store revenues during the year. Excluding $59.4 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store service and parts revenue increased 5.5%. The increase in same-store revenue is due to a $26.9 million, or 2.2%, increase in customer pay revenue, a  $10.2 million, or 2.3%, increase in warranty revenue, and a $2.4 million, or 1.7%, increase in vehicle preparation and body shop revenue.

 

Gross Profit

 

Service and parts gross profit increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $54.0 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, coupled with a $36.0 million, or 3.2%, increase in same-store gross profit during the year. Excluding $14.4 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store service and parts gross profit increased 4.5%. The same-store gross profit increase is due to the increase in same-store revenues, which increased gross profit by $18.6 million, coupled with a 0.9% increase in same-store gross margin, which increased gross profit by $17.4 million. The same-store gross profit increase is due to a $25.8 million, or 11.0%, increase in warranty gross profit, a $6.6 million, or 1.1%, increase in customer pay gross profit, and a $3.6 million, or 1.3%, increase in vehicle preparation and body shop gross profit.  

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a $40.7 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, coupled with a $5.0 million, or 0.5%, increase in same-store gross profit. Excluding $36.1 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, same-store service and parts gross profit increased 3.8%. The same-store gross profit increase is due to the increase in same-store revenues, which increased gross profit by $23.2 million, offset by a 1.0% decrease in same-store gross margin, which decreased gross profit by $18.2 million. The same-store gross profit increase is due to a $2.2 million, or 0.9%, increase in vehicle preparation and body shop gross profit, a $2.0 million, or 0.9%, increase in warranty gross profit, and a $0.8 million, or 0.1%, increase in customer pay gross profit.

 

44


 

Table of Contents

Retail Commercial Truck Dealership Data

(In millions, except unit and per unit amounts)

 

Premier Truck Group generated $1,048.0 million of revenue during 2017 compared to $1,000.7 million of revenue during 2016, an increase of 4.7%, and generated  $165.8 million of gross profit during 2017 compared to $142.9 million of gross profit during 2016, an increase of 16.0%.

 

Premier Truck Group generated $1,000.7 million of revenue during 2016 compared to $944.1 million of revenue during 2015, an increase of 6.0%, and generated $142.9 million of gross profit during 2016 compared to  $147.0 million of gross profit during 2015, a decrease of 2.8%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

New Commercial Truck Data

    

2017

 

2016

 

Change

  

% Change

  

    

2016

 

2015

 

Change

  

% Change

  

New retail unit sales

 

 

5,824

 

 

6,079

 

 

(255)

 

(4.2)

%

 

 

6,079

 

 

5,864

 

 

215

 

3.7

%

Same-store new retail unit sales

 

 

4,781

 

 

5,245

 

 

(464)

 

(8.8)

%

 

 

2,445

 

 

3,763

 

 

(1,318)

 

(35.0)

%

New retail sales revenue

 

$

613.2

 

$

625.5

 

$

(12.3)

 

(2.0)

%

 

$

625.5

 

$

572.5

 

$

53.0

 

9.3

%

Same-store new retail sales revenue

 

$

491.7

 

$

534.6

 

$

(42.9)

 

(8.0)

%

 

$

274.2

 

$

397.0

 

$

(122.8)

 

(30.9)

%

New retail sales revenue per unit

 

$

105,286

 

$

102,892

 

$

2,394

 

2.3

%

 

$

102,892

 

$

97,629

 

$

5,263

 

5.4

%

Same-store new retail sales revenue per unit

 

$

102,851

 

$

101,920

 

$

931

 

0.9

%

 

$

112,163

 

$

105,515

 

$

6,648

 

6.3

%

Gross profit — new

 

$

27.1

 

$

23.1

 

$

4.0

 

17.3

%

 

$

23.1

 

$

26.8

 

$

(3.7)

 

(13.8)

%

Same-store gross profit — new

 

$

22.1

 

$

20.7

 

$

1.4

 

6.8

%

 

$

12.9

 

$

21.4

 

$

(8.5)

 

(39.7)

%

Average gross profit per new truck retailed

 

$

4,615

 

$

3,808

 

$

807

 

21.2

%

 

$

3,808

 

$

4,576

 

$

(768)

 

(16.8)

%

Same-store average gross profit per new truck retailed

 

$

4,625

 

$

3,946

 

$

679

 

17.2

%

 

$

5,268

 

$

5,672

 

$

(404)

 

(7.1)

%

Gross margin % — new

 

 

4.4

%

 

3.7

%

 

0.7

%

18.9

%

 

 

3.7

%

 

4.7

%

 

(1.0)

%

(21.3)

%

Same-store gross margin % — new

 

 

4.5

%

 

3.9

%

 

0.6

%

15.4

%

 

 

4.7

%

 

5.4

%

 

(0.7)

%

(13.0)

%

 

Units

 

Retail unit sales of new trucks decreased from 2016 to 2017 primarily due to a 464 unit decrease in same-store retail unit sales, offset by a 209 increase from net dealership acquisitions. Same-store new truck units decreased 8.8% from 2016 to 2017, primarily due to decline in North American Class 8 heavy-duty truck sales throughout the majority of 2017; however, year over year improvements in the Class 8 market occurred in the later months of 2017, which moderated the decrease in our retail new unit sales in 2017.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is primarily due to a  1,533 unit increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a 1,318 unit decrease in same-store retail unit sales. Same-store new truck units decreased 35.0% from 2015 to 2016,  as the North American Class 8 heavy-duty truck market declined by 19.4% during 2016 compared to 2015, due in part to excess fleet capacity and softer freight demand.

 

Revenues

 

New commercial truck retail sales revenue decreased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $42.9 million decrease in same-store revenues, offset by a $30.6 million increase from net dealership acquisitions. The same-store revenue decrease is due to the decrease in same-store new retail unit sales, which decreased revenue by $47.3 million, offset by a $931 per unit increase in comparative average selling prices, which increased revenue by $4.4 million.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a $175.8 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a $122.8 million decrease in same-store revenues. The same-store revenue decrease is due to the decrease in same-store new retail unit sales, which decreased revenue by $139.1 million, offset by a $6,648 per unit increase in comparative average selling prices, which increased revenue by $16.3 million.

 

Gross Profit

 

New commercial truck retail gross profit increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $2.6 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, coupled with a $1.4 million increase in same-store gross profit. The increase in same-store gross

45


 

Table of Contents

profit is due to a $679 per unit increase in average gross profit per new truck retailed, which increased gross profit by $3.2 million, offset by a decrease in same-store new retail unit sales, which decreased gross profit by $1.8 million.

 

The decrease from 2015 to 2016 is due to an $8.5 million decrease in same-store gross profit, offset by a $4.8 million increase from net dealership acquisitions. The decrease in same-store gross profit is due to the decrease in same-store new retail unit sales, which decreased gross profit by $7.5 million, coupled with a $404 per unit decrease in average gross profit per new truck retailed, which decreased gross profit by $1.0 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

Used Commercial Truck Data

    

2017

 

2016

 

Change

  

% Change

  

    

2016

 

2015

 

Change

  

% Change

  

Used retail unit sales

 

 

1,632

 

 

1,031

 

 

601

 

58.3

%

 

 

1,031

 

 

1,113

 

 

(82)

 

(7.4)

%

Same-store used retail unit sales

 

 

1,426

 

 

993

 

 

433

 

43.6

%

 

 

880

 

 

1,044

 

 

(164)

 

(15.7)

%

Used retail sales revenue

 

$

89.4

 

$

51.8

 

$

37.6

 

72.6

%

 

$

51.8

 

$

58.7

 

$

(6.9)

 

(11.8)

%

Same-store used retail sales revenue

 

$

79.9

 

$

50.2

 

$

29.7

 

59.2

%

 

$

44.4

 

$

55.4

 

$

(11.0)

 

(19.9)

%

Used retail sales revenue per unit

 

$

54,808

 

$

50,276

 

$

4,532

 

9.0

%

 

$

50,276

 

$

52,775

 

$

(2,499)

 

(4.7)

%

Same-store used retail sales revenue per unit

 

$

56,031

 

$

50,581

 

$

5,450

 

10.8

%

 

$

50,443

 

$

53,027

 

$

(2,584)

 

(4.9)

%

Gross profit — used

 

$

8.7

 

$

(1.7)

 

$

10.4

 

611.8

%

 

$

(1.7)

 

$

5.4

 

$

(7.1)

 

(131.5)

%

Same-store gross profit — used

 

$

8.2

 

$

(1.8)

 

$

10.0

 

555.6

%

 

$

(0.7)

 

$

5.2

 

$

(5.9)

 

(113.5)

%

Average gross profit per used truck retailed

 

$

5,317

 

$

(1,626)

 

$

6,943

 

427.0

%

 

$

(1,626)

 

$

4,810

 

$

(6,436)

 

(133.8)

%

Same-store average gross profit per used truck retailed

 

$

5,732

 

$

(1,842)

 

$

7,574

 

411.2

%

 

$

(829)

 

$

4,975

 

$

(5,804)

 

(116.7)

%

Gross margin % — used

 

 

9.7

%

 

(3.3)

%

 

13.0

%

393.9

%

 

 

(3.3)

%

 

9.2

%

 

(12.5)

%

(135.9)

%

Same-store gross margin % — used

 

 

10.3

%

 

(3.6)

%

 

13.9

%

386.1

%

 

 

(1.6)

%

 

9.4

%

 

(11.0)

%

(117.0)

%

 

Units

 

Retail unit sales of used trucks increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a 433 unit increase in same-store retail unit sales, coupled with a 168 unit increase from net dealership acquisitions. The overall increase from 2016 to 2017 is primarily due to a more stable used truck pricing environment due in part to a reduction in excess capacity in the market and our ability to proactively manage our used truck inventory through the purchase and sale of more desirable trucks.

 

The decrease from 2015 to 2016 is due to a 164 unit decrease in same-store retail unit sales, offset by  an 82 unit increase from net dealership acquisitions. The overall decrease from 2015 to 2016 is primarily due to softer freight demand and the resulting de-fleeting occurring within the industry, resulting in reduced demand, prices, and gross profit.

 

Revenues

 

Used commercial truck retail sales revenue increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $29.7 million increase in same-store revenues, coupled with a $7.9 million increase from net dealership acquisitions. The same-store revenue increase is due to the increase in same-store used retail unit sales, which increased revenue by $24.3 million, coupled with a $5,450 per unit increase in comparative average selling prices, which increased revenue by $5.4 million.

 

The decrease from 2015 to 2016 is due to an $11.0 million decrease in same-store revenues, offset by a $4.1 million increase from net dealership acquisitions. The same-store revenue decrease is due to the decrease in same-store used retail unit sales, which decreased revenue by $8.7 million, coupled with a $2,584 per unit decrease in comparative average selling prices, which decreased revenue by $2.3 million.

 

Gross Profit

 

Used commercial truck retail gross profit increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $10.0 million increase in same-store gross profit, coupled with a $0.4 million increase from net dealership acquisitions. The increase in same-store gross profit is due to a $7,574 per unit increase in average gross profit per used truck retailed, which increased gross profit by $7.5 million, coupled with the increase in same-store used retail unit sales, which increased gross profit by $2.5 million. 

 

The decrease from 2015 to 2016 is due to a $5.9 million decrease in same-store gross profit, coupled with a $1.2 million decrease from net dealership acquisitions. The decrease in same-store gross profit is due to a $5,804 per unit

46


 

Table of Contents

decrease in average gross profit per used truck retailed, which decreased gross profit by $5.1 million, coupled with the decrease in same-store used retail unit sales, which decreased gross profit by $0.8 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

Service and Parts Data

    

2017

 

2016

 

Change

  

% Change

  

    

2016

 

2015

 

Change

  

% Change

  

Service and parts revenue

 

$

325.6

 

$

306.0

 

$

19.6

 

6.4

%

 

$

306.0

 

$

286.0

 

$

20.0

 

7.0

%

Same-store service and parts revenue

 

$

283.3

 

$

279.0

 

$

4.3

 

1.5

%

 

$

214.7

 

$

221.2

 

$

(6.5)

 

(2.9)

%

Gross profit — service and parts

 

$

121.4

 

$

113.2

 

$

8.2

 

7.2

%

 

$

113.2

 

$

105.5

 

$

7.7

 

7.3

%

Same-store service and parts gross profit

 

$

107.3

 

$

104.6

 

$

2.7

 

2.6

%

 

$

86.4

 

$

88.0

 

$

(1.6)

 

(1.8)

%

Gross margin % — service and parts

 

 

37.3

%

 

37.0

%

 

0.3

%

0.8

%

 

 

37.0

%

 

36.9

%

 

0.1

%

0.3

%

Same-store service and parts gross margin %

 

 

37.9

%

 

37.5

%

 

0.4

%

1.1

%

 

 

40.2

%

 

39.8

%

 

0.4

%

1.0

%

 

Revenues

 

Service and parts revenue increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $15.3 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, coupled with a $4.3 million increase in same-store revenues. Customer pay work represents approximately 86% of PTG’s 2017 service and parts revenue, largely due to the significant amount of retail sales of parts and accessories. The increase in same-store revenue is due to a $7.6 million, or 3.3%, increase in customer pay revenue, offset by a $2.0 million, or 5.6%, decrease in warranty revenue, and a $1.3 million, or 10.8%, decrease in body shop revenue. The increase in same-store service and parts revenue is largely due to an increase in parts sales.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a $26.5 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a $6.5 million decrease in same-store revenues. Customer pay work represents approximately 84% of PTG’s 2016 service and parts revenue, largely due to the significant amount of retail sales of parts and accessories. The decrease in same-store revenue is due to a $10.2 million, or 5.5%, decrease in customer pay revenue, offset by a $3.4 million, or 13.5%, increase in warranty revenue, and a $0.3 million, or 3.4%, increase in body shop revenue. The decrease in same-store service and parts revenue is largely due to a decline in parts sales.

 

Gross Profit

 

Service and parts gross profit increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $5.5 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, coupled with a $2.7 million increase in same-store gross profit. The same-store gross profit increase is due to the increase in same-store revenues, which increased gross profit by $1.6 million, coupled with a 0.4% increase in gross margin, which increased gross profit by $1.1 million. The same-store gross profit increase is due to a $4.4 million, or 5.8%, increase in customer pay gross profit, offset by a $1.1 million, or 6.4%, decrease in warranty gross profit, and a $0.6 million, or 5.1%, decrease in body shop gross profit.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a $9.3 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, offset by a $1.6 million decrease in same-store gross  profit. The same-store gross profit decrease is due to the decrease in same-store revenues, which decreased gross profit by $2.6 million, offset by a 0.4% increase in gross margin, which increased gross profit by $1.0 million. The same-store gross profit decrease is due to a $4.1 million, or 6.1%, decrease in customer pay gross profit, and a $0.3 million, or 3.2%, decrease in body shop gross profit, offset by a $2.8 million, or 25.2%, increase in warranty gross profit.

 

47


 

Table of Contents

Commercial Vehicle Distribution Data

(In millions, except unit amounts)

 

Our commercial vehicle distribution business is comprised of our Penske Commercial Vehicles Australia business and our Penske Power Systems business. These businesses generated $511.0 million of revenue during 2017 compared to $428.8 million of revenue during 2016, an increase of 19.2%. Excluding $14.7 million of favorable foreign currency fluctuations, revenues increased 15.7%. These businesses generated $131.2 million of gross profit during 2017 compared to $115.6 million of gross profit during 2016, an increase of 13.5%. Excluding $3.9 million of favorable foreign currency fluctuations, gross profit increased 10.1%.

 

These businesses generated $428.8 million of revenue during 2016 compared to $431.5 million of revenue during 2015, a decrease of 0.6%. Excluding $3.1 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, revenues increased 0.1%. These businesses generated $115.6 million of gross profit during 2016 compared to $110.0 million of gross profit during 2015, an increase of 5.1%. Excluding $0.8 million of negative foreign currency fluctuations, gross profit increased 5.8%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

Penske Commercial Vehicles Australia Data

    

2017

 

2016

 

Change

  

% Change

  

 

2016

 

2015

 

Change

  

% Change

 

Vehicle and parts unit sales

 

 

1,354

 

 

1,049

 

 

305

 

29.1

%

 

 

1,049

 

 

1,243

 

 

(194)

 

(15.6)

%

Sales revenue

 

$

250.3

 

$

220.5

 

$

29.8

 

13.5

%

 

$

220.5

 

$

233.6

 

$

(13.1)

 

(5.6)

%

Gross profit

 

$

41.5

 

$

35.5

 

$

6.0

 

16.9

%

 

$

35.5

 

$

37.9

 

$

(2.4)

 

(6.3)

%

 

The increase in revenue and gross profit of PCV Australia from 2016 to 2017 is primarily attributable to an overall improvement in market conditions, with an increase in the heavy-duty truck markets in Australia and New Zealand of 21.8% in 2017, as well as new business gained in military truck supply and service. In addition, the recent strengthening of the Australian Dollar versus the U.S. Dollar and British Pound, including the pricing impact on the products purchased by PCV Australia from these countries, has contributed to an improvement in gross margin.

 

The decrease in revenue and gross profit of PCV Australia from 2015 to 2016 is attributable principally to lower units distributed, which we believe is due to difficult macroeconomic conditions, the declining price of commodities, and the weakening of the Australian dollar versus the U.S. Dollar, including the impact on the products purchased by PCV Australia. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

Penske Power Systems Data

    

2017

 

2016

 

Change

  

% Change

  

 

2016

 

2015

 

Change

  

% Change

 

Sales revenue

 

$

260.7

 

$

208.3

 

$

52.4

 

25.2

%

 

$

208.3

 

$

197.9

 

$

10.4

 

5.3

%

Gross profit

 

$

89.7

 

$

80.1

 

$

9.6

 

12.0

%

 

$

80.1

 

$

72.1

 

$

8.0

 

11.1

%

 

The increase in revenue and gross profit of PPS from 2016 to 2017 is primarily attributable to continued new order growth when compared to the same period last year, as well as the addition of Western Star and MAN franchises at select branches, being appointed the sole franchisee for PCV Australia in several key markets, and improving economic conditions. 

 

The increase in revenue and gross profit of PPS from 2015 to 2016 is primarily attributable to a change in mix of product related sales and continued new order growth, partially offset by a decline in service and parts sales.

48


 

Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

Selling, General and Administrative Data

  

2017

  

2016

  

Change

   

% Change

     

2016

  

2015

  

Change

  

% Change

   

Personnel expense

 

$

1,439.2

 

$

1,317.5

 

$

121.7

 

9.2

$

1,317.5

 

$

1,278.7

 

$

38.8

 

3.0

Advertising expense

 

$

115.8

 

$

102.5

 

$

13.3

 

13.0

$

102.5

 

$

101.0

 

$

1.5

 

1.5

Rent & related expense

 

$

323.9

 

$

291.2

 

$

32.7

 

11.2

$

291.2

 

$

288.5

 

$

2.7

 

0.9

Other expense

 

$

637.1

 

$

590.8

 

$

46.3

 

7.8

$

590.8

 

$

554.8

 

$

36.0

 

6.5

Total SG&A expenses

 

$

2,516.0

 

$

2,302.0

 

$

214.0

 

9.3

$

2,302.0

 

$

2,223.0

 

$

79.0

 

3.6

Same-store SG&A expenses

 

$

2,284.4

 

$

2,237.0

 

$

47.4

 

2.1

$

2,135.3

 

$

2,174.0

 

$

(38.7)

 

(1.8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel expense as % of gross profit

 

 

44.7

%

 

44.4

%

 

0.3

%

0.7

 

44.4

%

 

44.6

%

 

(0.2)

%

(0.4)

Advertising expense as % of gross profit

 

 

3.6

%

 

3.5

%

 

0.1

%

2.9

 

3.5

%

 

3.5

%

 

 —

%

 —

Rent & related expense as % of gross profit

 

 

10.0

%

 

9.8

%

 

0.2

%

2.0

 

9.8

%

 

10.1

%

 

(0.3)

%

(3.0)

Other expense as % of gross profit

 

 

19.8

%

 

19.9

%

 

(0.1)

%

(0.5)

 

19.9

%

 

19.3

%

 

0.6

%

3.1

Total SG&A expenses as % of gross profit

 

 

78.1

%

 

77.6

%

 

0.5

%

0.6

 

77.6

%

 

77.5

%

 

0.1

%

0.1

Same-store SG&A expenses as % of same-store gross profit

 

 

77.9

%

 

77.3

%

 

0.6

%

0.8

 

77.1

%

 

77.6

%

 

(0.5)

%

(0.6)

 

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses increased from 2016 to 2017 due to a $166.6 million increase from net acquisitions, coupled with a $47.4 million, or 2.1%, increase in same-store SG&A. The increase in same-store SG&A is primarily due to an increase in same-store variable personnel expenses as a result of the 0.3% increase in same-store gross retail profit versus the prior year, offset by a  $27.4 million decrease due to negative foreign currency fluctuations. Excluding the reduction related to foreign currency fluctuations, same-store SG&A increased 3.3%.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a $117.7 million increase from net acquisitions, offset by a $38.7 million, or 1.8%, decrease in same-store SG&A expenses. The decrease in same-store SG&A is primarily due to a decrease in same-store variable personnel expenses as a result of the 1.0% decrease in same-store retail gross profit versus the prior year, as well as an $81.8 million decrease due to negative foreign currency fluctuations. Excluding the reduction related to foreign currency fluctuations, same-store SG&A increased 2.0%.

 

SG&A expenses as a percentage of total revenue were 11.8%, 11.4% and 11.5% in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, and as a percentage of gross profit were 78.1%, 77.6%, and 77.5%, in 2017,  2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

Depreciation

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

Change

    

% Change

    

2016

    

2015

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Depreciation

 

$

95.1

 

$

89.7

 

$

5.4

 

6.0

%  

$

89.7

 

$

78.0

 

$

11.7

 

15.0

%  

 

The increase in depreciation from 2016 to 2017 is due to a $4.6 million increase from net acquisitions, coupled with a $0.8 million, or 0.9%, increase in same-store depreciation during the year. 

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a $7.4 million increase from net acquisitions, coupled with a $4.3 million, or 5.6%, increase in same-store depreciation during the year. 

 

The overall increases are primarily related to our ongoing facility improvement and expansion programs.

 

49


 

Table of Contents

Floor Plan Interest Expense

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

Change

    

% Change

    

2016

    

2015

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Floor plan interest expense

 

$

63.4

 

$

50.9

 

$

12.5

 

24.6

%  

$

50.9

 

$

44.5

 

$

6.4

 

14.4

%  

 

The increase in floor plan interest expense from 2016 to 2017 is due to a $9.6 million, or 19.5%, increase in same-store floor plan interest expense, coupled with a $2.9 million increase from net dealership acquisitions.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is due to a $3.2 million increase from net dealership acquisitions, coupled with a $3.2 million, or 7.4%, increase in same-store floor plan interest expense. 

 

The overall increases are primarily due to increases in amounts outstanding under floor plan arrangements, due in part to increased levels of inventory, and increases in applicable rates.

 

Other Interest Expense

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

Change

    

% Change

    

2016

    

2015

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Other interest expense

 

$

107.4

 

$

85.4

 

$

22.0

 

25.8

%  

$

85.4

 

$

69.4

 

$

16.0

 

23.1

%  

 

The increase in other interest expense from 2016 to 2017 is primarily due to the issuance of our $300.0 million 3.75% senior subordinated notes in August 2017, as well as an increase in outstanding revolver borrowings under the U.S. and U.K. credit agreements, and our Australia working capital and capital loan agreements, as well as due to increases in applicable rates.  

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is primarily due to the issuance of our $500.0 million 5.50% senior subordinated notes in May 2016, as well as an increase in outstanding revolver borrowings under the U.S. and U.K. credit agreements and our Australia working capital loan agreement.

 

Equity in Earnings of Affiliates

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

Change

    

% Change

    

2016

    

2015

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Equity in earnings of affiliates

 

$

107.6

 

$

69.5

 

$

38.1

 

54.8

%  

$

69.5

 

$

39.3

 

$

30.2

 

76.8

%  

 

The increase in equity in earnings of affiliates from 2016 to 2017 is primarily due to increases in our investment in PTL from 23.4% to 28.9% in September 2017 and from 9.0% to 23.4% in July 2016. Equity in earnings of affiliates from PTL increased by $40.0 million from 2016 to 2017. This increase was offset primarily by decreases in earnings from other non-automotive equity method investments, some of which were sold in 2017.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is primarily due to an increase in our investment in PTL from 9.0% to 23.4% in July 2016. Equity in earnings of affiliates from PTL increased by $29.4 million from 2015 to 2016. The remaining increase is primarily due to an increase in earnings from our investment in Japan made during the first quarter of 2016.

 

50


 

Table of Contents

Income Taxes

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017 vs. 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 vs. 2015

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

Change

    

% Change

    

2016

    

2015

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Income taxes

 

$

(64.8)

 

$

160.7

 

$

(225.5)

 

(140.3)

%  

$

160.7

 

$

158.0

 

$

2.7

 

1.7

%  

 

Income taxes decreased from 2016 to 2017 due to the enactment of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”), which resulted in a net tax benefit of $243.4 million in 2017.  The decrease in income taxes as a result of the Act is from the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the corporate income tax rate reduction, partially offset by taxes on the accumulated earnings and profits from our international operations.  The decrease from the net tax benefit was partially offset by a  $40.1 million increase in our pre-tax income compared to the prior year.

 

The increase from 2015 to 2016 is primarily due to a $16.2 million increase in our pre-tax income compared to the prior year, partially offset by a decrease in our effective tax rate compared to the prior year. The decrease in our effective tax rate in 2016 is partially due to a decrease in income tax expense resulting from an elimination of $5.1 million of deferred tax liabilities related to our acquisition of the remaining ownership interests of Premier Truck Group during 2016.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our cash requirements are primarily for working capital, inventory financing, the acquisition of new businesses, the improvement and expansion of existing facilities, the purchase or construction of new facilities, debt service and repayments, dividends, and potential repurchases of our outstanding securities under the program discussed below. Historically, these cash requirements have been met through cash flow from operations, borrowings under our credit agreements and floor plan arrangements, the issuance of debt securities, sale-leaseback transactions, mortgages, and dividends and distributions from joint venture investments or the issuance of equity securities.

 

We have historically expanded our operations through organic growth and the acquisition of dealerships and other businesses. We believe that cash flow from operations, dividends and distributions from our joint venture investments, and our existing capital resources, including the liquidity provided by our credit agreements and floor plan financing arrangements, will be sufficient to fund our existing operations and current commitments for at least the next twelve months. In the event we pursue significant acquisitions or other expansion opportunities, pursue significant repurchases of our outstanding securities, or refinance or repay existing debt, we may need to raise additional capital either through the public or private issuance of equity or debt securities or through additional borrowings, which sources of funds may not necessarily be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. In addition, our liquidity could be negatively impacted in the event we fail to comply with the covenants under our various financing and operating agreements or in the event our floor plan financing is withdrawn.

 

As of December 31, 2017, we had working capital of $26.1 million, including $45.7 million of cash, available to fund our operations and capital commitments. In addition, we had $528.0 million, £125.0 million ($168.9 million), and AU $50.0 million ($39.0 million) available for borrowing under our U.S. credit agreement, U.K. credit agreement, and Australian working capital loan agreement, respectively. 

 

Securities Repurchases

 

From time to time, our Board of Directors has authorized securities repurchase programs pursuant to which we may, as market conditions warrant, purchase our outstanding common stock or debt on the open market, in privately negotiated transactions, via a tender offer, or through a pre-arranged trading plan. We have historically funded any such repurchases using cash flow from operations, borrowings under our U.S. credit facility, and borrowings under our U.S. floor plan arrangements. The decision to make repurchases will be based on factors such as the market price of the relevant security versus our view of its intrinsic value, the potential impact of such repurchases on our capital structure, and our consideration of any alternative uses of our capital, such as for acquisitions and strategic investments in our current businesses, in addition to any then-existing limits imposed by our finance agreements and securities trading policy. In October 2017, our Board of Directors increased the authority delegated to management to repurchase our outstanding securities to $200.0 million. Prior to the increase,  we had $19.4 million in remaining authority.  As of

51


 

Table of Contents

December 31, 2017, we had $200.0 million in repurchase authorization remaining under the securities repurchase program. Refer to the disclosures provided in Part II, Item 8, Note 14 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements set forth below for a summary of shares repurchased under our securities repurchase program.

 

Dividends

 

We paid the following cash dividends on our common stock in 2016 and 2017:  

 

Per Share Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

2016

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

0.26

Second Quarter

 

 

0.27

Third Quarter

 

 

0.28

Fourth Quarter

 

 

0.29

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

0.30

Second Quarter

 

 

0.31

Third Quarter

 

 

0.32

Fourth Quarter

 

 

0.33

 

We also announced a cash dividend of $0.34 per share payable on March 1, 2018 to shareholders of record as of February 12, 2018. Future quarterly or other cash dividends will depend upon a variety of factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors, which may include our earnings, capital requirements, restrictions relating to any then-existing indebtedness, financial condition and other factors.

 

Vehicle Financing

 

We finance substantially all of the commercial vehicles we purchase for distribution, new vehicles for retail sale, and a portion of our used vehicle inventories for retail sale, under floor plan and other revolving arrangements with various lenders, including the captive finance companies associated with automotive manufacturers. In the U.S., the floor plan arrangements are due on demand; however, we have not historically been required to repay floor plan advances prior to the sale of the vehicles that have been financed. We typically make monthly interest payments on the amount financed. Outside of the U.S., substantially all of the floor plan arrangements are payable on demand or have an original maturity of 90 days or less, and we are generally required to repay floor plan advances at the earlier of the sale of the vehicles that have been financed or the stated maturity.

 

The agreements typically grant a security interest in substantially all of the assets of our dealership and distribution subsidiaries and, in the U.S., Australia and New Zealand, are guaranteed or partially guaranteed by us. Interest rates under the arrangements are variable and increase or decrease based on changes in the prime rate, defined LIBOR, the Finance House Base Rate, the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, the Canadian Prime Rate, the Australian Bank Bill Swap Rate, or the New Zealand Bank Bill Benchmark Rate. To date, we have not experienced any material limitation with respect to the amount or availability of financing from any institution providing us vehicle financing. We also receive non-refundable credits from certain of our vehicle manufacturers, which are treated as a reduction of cost of sales as vehicles are sold.

 

52


 

Table of Contents

Long-Term Debt Obligations

 

As of December 31, 2017, we had the following long-term debt obligations outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31,

(In millions)

 

2017

U.S. credit agreement — revolving credit line

 

$

172.0

U.K. credit agreement — revolving credit line

 

 

47.3

U.K. credit agreement — overdraft line of credit

 

 

 —

5.75% senior subordinated notes due 2022

 

 

545.9

5.375% senior subordinated notes due 2024

 

 

297.2

5.50% senior subordinated notes due 2026

 

 

494.4

3.75% senior subordinated notes due 2020

 

 

296.5

Australia capital loan agreement

 

 

39.0

Australia working capital loan agreement

 

 

 —

Mortgage facilities

 

 

235.5

Other

 

 

35.4

Total long-term debt

 

$

2,163.2

 

As of December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all covenants under our credit agreements, and we believe we will remain in compliance with such covenants for the next twelve months. Refer to the disclosures provided in Part II, Item 8, Note 9 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements set forth below for a detailed description of our long-term debt obligations.

 

Short-Term Borrowings

 

In 2017, we had four principal sources of short-term borrowings: the revolving portion of the U.S. credit agreement, the revolving portion of the U.K. credit agreement, our Australian working capital loan agreement and the floor plan agreements that we utilize to finance our vehicle inventories. We are also able to access availability under the floor plan agreements to fund our cash needs, including payments made relating to our higher interest rate revolving credit agreements.

 

During 2017, outstanding revolving commitments varied between $120.0 million and $532.0 million under the U.S. credit agreement, between £9.0 million and £140.0 million ($12.2 million and $189.2 million) under the U.K. credit agreement’s revolving credit line (excluding the overdraft facility), and between AU $0 million and AU $53.8 million ($0 million and $42.0 million) under the Australia working capital loan agreement. The amounts outstanding under our floor plan agreements varied based on the timing of the receipt and expenditure of cash in our operations, driven principally by the levels of our vehicle inventories.

 

PTL Dividends

 

We currently hold a 28.9% ownership interest in Penske Truck Leasing. As discussed previously, we increased our ownership interest in PTL during 2016 and 2017 by 14.4% and 5.5%, respectively. The PTL partnership agreement requires PTL, subject to applicable law and the terms of its credit agreements, to make quarterly distributions to the partners with respect to each fiscal year by no later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of the year and by April 15 of the following year. PTL’s principal debt agreements allow partner distributions only as long as they are not in default under that agreement and the amount they pay does not exceed 50% of its consolidated net income. During 2017,  2016, and 2015 we received $52.4 million, $21.7 million, and $13.8 million, respectively, of pro rata cash distributions relating to this investment. We currently expect to continue to receive future distributions from PTL quarterly, subject to its financial performance.

 

53


 

Table of Contents

Operating Leases

 

We estimate the total rent obligations under our operating leases, including any extension periods we may exercise at our discretion and assuming constant consumer price indices, to be $5.1 billion. As of December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all covenants under these leases, and we believe we will remain in compliance with such covenants for the next twelve months. Refer to the disclosures provided in Part II, Item 8, Note 11 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements set forth below for a detailed description of our operating leases.

 

Sale/Leaseback Arrangements

 

We have in the past and may in the future enter into sale-leaseback transactions to finance certain property acquisitions and capital expenditures, pursuant to which we sell property and/or leasehold improvements to third parties and agree to lease those assets back for a certain period of time. Such sales generate proceeds that vary from period to period.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

 

Refer to the disclosures provided in Part II, Item 8, Note 11 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements set forth below for a detailed description of our off-balance sheet arrangements which include lease obligations and a limited parent guarantee related to our floor plan credit agreement with Mercedes Benz Financial Services Australia.

 

Cash Flows

 

Cash and cash equivalents increased by $21.7 million in 2017, decreased by $38.4 million in 2016, and increased by $26.1 million in 2015. The major components of these changes are discussed below.

 

Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities

 

Cash provided by continuing operating activities was $623.0 million, $371.3 million, and $397.8 million during 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Cash flows from continuing operating activities includes net income, as adjusted for non-cash items and the effects of changes in working capital.

 

We finance substantially all of the commercial vehicles we purchase for distribution, new vehicles for retail sale, and a portion of our used vehicle inventories for retail sale, under floor plan and other revolving arrangements with various lenders, including the captive finance companies associated with automotive manufacturers. We retain the right to select which, if any, financing source to utilize in connection with the procurement of vehicle inventories. Many vehicle manufacturers provide vehicle financing for the dealers representing their brands; however, it is not a requirement that we utilize this financing. Historically, our floor plan finance source has been based on aggregate pricing considerations.

 

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles relating to the statement of cash flows, we report all cash flows arising in connection with floor plan notes payable with the manufacturer of a particular new vehicle as an operating activity in our statement of cash flows, and all cash flows arising in connection with floor plan notes payable to a party other than the manufacturer of a particular new vehicle, all floor plan notes payable relating to pre-owned vehicles, and all floor plan notes payable related to our commercial vehicles in Australia and New Zealand, as a financing activity in our statement of cash flows. Currently, the majority of our non-trade vehicle financing is with other manufacturer captive lenders. To date, we have not experienced any material limitation with respect to the amount or availability of financing from any institution providing us vehicle financing.

 

We believe that changes in aggregate floor plan liabilities are typically linked to changes in vehicle inventory, and therefore, are an integral part of understanding changes in our working capital and operating cash flow. As a result, we

54


 

Table of Contents

prepare the following reconciliation to highlight our operating cash flows with all changes in vehicle floor plan being classified as an operating activity for informational purposes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

(In millions)

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

Net cash from continuing operating activities as reported

 

$

623.0

 

$

371.3

 

$

397.8

Floor plan notes payable — non-trade as reported

 

 

185.3

 

 

101.0

 

 

154.2

Net cash from continuing operating activities including all floor plan notes payable

 

$

808.3

 

$

472.3

 

$

552.0

 

Cash Flows from Continuing Investing Activities

 

Cash used in continuing investing activities was $928.7 million, $836.7 million, and $351.7 million during 2017,  2016, and 2015, respectively. Cash flows from continuing investing activities consist primarily of cash used for capital expenditures, net expenditures for acquisitions and other investments, and proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions. Capital expenditures were $247.0 million, $203.1 million, and $199.5 million during 2017,  2016, and 2015, respectively. Capital expenditures relate primarily to improvements to our existing dealership facilities, the construction of new facilities, the acquisition of the property or buildings associated with existing leased facilities, and the acquisition of land for future development. We currently expect to finance our retail automotive segment and retail commercial truck segment capital expenditures with operating cash flows or borrowings under our U.S. or U.K. credit facilities. Cash used in acquisitions and other investments, net of cash acquired, was $449.7 million, $140.8 million, and $156.9 million during 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, and included cash used to repay sellers floor plan liabilities in such business acquisitions of $101.6 million, $62.2 million, and $60.3 million, respectively.  Cash used to acquire additional ownership interests in PTL was $239.1 million and $498.5 million during 2017 and 2016, respectively. Proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions were $22.2 million during 2017.

 

Cash Flows from Continuing Financing Activities

 

Cash provided by continuing financing activities was $322.6 million and $433.0 million during 2017 and 2016, respectively, and cash used in continuing financing activities was $55.6 million during 2015. Cash flows from continuing financing activities include net borrowings or repayments of long-term debt, issuance of long-term debt, repurchases of common stock, net borrowings or repayments of floor plan notes payable non-trade, payment of debt issuance costs, and dividends.

 

We had net repayments of long-term debt of $26.0 million and $62.1 million during 2017 and 2015, respectively, and net borrowings of long-term debt of $122.9 million during 2016. We issued $300.0 million and $500.0 million of senior subordinated notes in 2017 and 2016, respectively, and paid $4.0 million and $6.7 million of debt issuance costs in conjunction with the issuance of the senior subordinated notes during 2017 and 2016, respectively. We paid $1.8 million of debt issuance costs in 2015 in conjunction with the changes made to our U.K. credit agreement during the year. We had net borrowings of floor plan notes payable non-trade of $185.3 million, $101.0 million, and $154.2 million during 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. In 2017, 2016, and 2015, we repurchased 0.4 million, 4.7 million, and 1.0 million shares of common stock for $18.5 million, $173.6 million, and $48.9 million, respectively. We also paid $108.4 million, $95.1 million, and $84.8 million of cash dividends to our stockholders during 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations

 

Cash flows relating to discontinued operations are not currently considered, nor are they expected to be, material to our liquidity or our capital resources. Management does not believe that there are any material past, present or upcoming cash transactions relating to discontinued operations.

 

Contractual Payment Obligations

 

The table below sets forth our best estimates as to the amounts and timing of future payments relating to our most significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017, excluding amounts related to entities classified as discontinued operations. The information in the table reflects future unconditional payments and is based upon, among other things, the terms of any relevant agreements. Future events, including acquisitions, divestitures, new or revised operating lease agreements, borrowings or repayments under our credit agreements and our floor plan arrangements, and

55


 

Table of Contents

purchases or refinancing of our securities, could cause actual payments to differ significantly from these amounts.  Potential payments noted above under “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” are excluded from this table.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

Less than

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

More than

(In millions)

 

Total

 

1 year

 

1 to 3 years

 

3 to 5 years

 

5 years

Floor plan notes payable (A)

 

$

3,761.8

 

$

3,761.8

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Long-term debt obligations

 

 

2,163.2

 

 

72.8

 

 

545.8

 

 

613.0

 

 

931.6

Operating lease commitments

 

 

5,120.9

 

 

237.4

 

 

462.2

 

 

445.1

 

 

3,976.2

Scheduled interest payments (B)

 

 

609.1

 

 

97.0

 

 

192.1

 

 

165.5

 

 

154.5

Uncertain tax positions (C)

 

 

3.5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3.5

 

 

 —

 

 

$

11,658.5

 

$

4,169.0

 

$

1,200.1

 

$

1,227.1

 

$

5,062.3

                                                 

(A)

Floor plan notes payable are revolving financing arrangements. Payments are generally made as required pursuant to the floor plan borrowing agreements discussed above under “Vehicle Financing.”

 

(B)

Estimates of future variable rate interest payments under floor plan notes payable and our credit agreements are excluded due to our inability to estimate changes in interest rates in the future. See “Vehicle Financing,” “U.S. Credit Agreement,” “U.K. Credit Agreement,”  and “Australia Loan Agreements” in Part II, Item 8 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements set forth below for a discussion of such variable rates.

 

(C)

Due to the subjective nature of our uncertain tax positions, we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the timing of payments arising in connection with the unrecognized tax benefits; however, as a result of the statute of limitations, we do not expect any of these payments to occur in more than 5 years. We have thus classified these as “3 to 5 years.” 

 

We expect that, other than for scheduled payments upon the maturity or termination dates of certain of our debt instruments, the amounts above will be funded through cash flows from operations or borrowings under our credit agreements. In the case of payments upon the maturity or termination dates of our debt instruments, we currently expect to be able to refinance such instruments in the normal course of business or otherwise fund them from cash flows from operations or borrowings under our credit agreements. 

 

Related Party Transactions

 

Stockholders Agreement

 

Several of our directors and officers are affiliated with Penske Corporation or related entities. Roger S. Penske, our Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, is also Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Penske Corporation, and through entities affiliated with Penske Corporation, our largest stockholder owning approximately 41% of our outstanding common stock. Mitsui & Co., Ltd. and Mitsui & Co. (USA), Inc. (collectively, “Mitsui”) own approximately 17% of our outstanding common stock. Mitsui, Penske Corporation and certain other affiliates of Penske Corporation are parties to a stockholders agreement pursuant to which the Penske affiliated companies agreed to vote their shares for up to two directors who are representatives of Mitsui. In turn, Mitsui agreed to vote their shares for up to fourteen directors voted for by the Penske affiliated companies. This agreement terminates in March 2024, upon the mutual consent of the parties, or when either party no longer owns any of our common stock.

 

Other Related Party Interests and Transactions

 

Robert Kurnick, Jr., our President and a director, is also the Vice Chair and a director of Penske Corporation. Bud Denker, our Executive Vice President, Human Resources, is also the President of Penske Corporation. Roger S. Penske, Jr., one of our directors, is the son of our chair and is also a director of Penske Corporation. Kanji Sasaki, one of our directors and officers, is also an employee of Mitsui & Co.

 

We sometimes pay to and/or receive fees from Penske Corporation, its subsidiaries, and its affiliates for services rendered in the ordinary course of business, or to reimburse payments made to third parties on each other’s behalf. These transactions are reviewed periodically by our Audit Committee and reflect the provider’s cost or an amount mutually agreed upon by both parties.

56


 

Table of Contents

 

Penske Truck Leasing

 

On September 7, 2017, we acquired an additional 5.5% ownership interest in PTL from GE Capital for approximately $239.1 million in cash. At the same time, Mitsui, our second largest shareholder, acquired an additional 10.0% ownership interest in PTL at the same valuation. After the transaction, PTL is owned 41.1% by Penske Corporation, 28.9% by us, and 30.0% by Mitsui. GE Capital no longer owns any ownership interests in PTL.

 

In December 2017, we sold our 31% ownership interest in Penske Vehicle Services to PTL for a purchase price of $19.2 million.

 

We have also entered into other joint ventures with certain related parties as more fully discussed in Part II, Item 8, Note 12 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements set forth below.

 

Cyclicality

 

Unit sales of motor vehicles, particularly new vehicles, have been cyclical historically, fluctuating with general economic cycles. During economic downturns, the automotive and truck retailing industry tends to experience periods of decline and recession similar to those experienced by the general economy. We believe that the industry is influenced by general economic conditions and particularly by consumer confidence, the level of personal discretionary spending, fuel prices, interest rates, and credit availability.

 

Seasonality

 

Dealership. Our business is modestly seasonal overall. Our U.S. operations generally experience higher volumes of vehicle sales in the second and third quarters of each year due in part to consumer buying trends and the introduction of new vehicle models. Also, vehicle demand, and to a lesser extent demand for service and parts, is generally lower during the winter months than in other seasons, particularly in regions of the U.S. where dealerships may be subject to severe winters. Our U.K. operations generally experience higher volumes of vehicle sales in the first and third quarters of each year, due primarily to vehicle registration practices in the U.K.

 

Commercial Vehicle Distribution. Our commercial vehicle distribution business generally experiences higher sales volumes during the second quarter of the year, which is primarily attributable to commercial vehicle customers completing annual capital expenditures before their fiscal year-end, which is typically June 30 in Australia.

 

Effects of Inflation

 

We believe that inflation rates over the last few years have not had a significant impact on revenues or profitability. We do not expect inflation to have any near-term material effects on the sale of our products and services; however, we cannot be sure there will be no such effect in the future. We finance substantially all of our inventory through various revolving floor plan arrangements with interest rates that vary based on various benchmarks. Such rates have historically increased during periods of increasing inflation.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Certain statements and information set forth herein, as well as other written or oral statements made from time to time by us or by our authorized officers on our behalf, constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Federal Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “goal,” “plan,” “seek,” “project,” “continue,” “will,” “would,” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. We intend for our forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and we set forth this statement in order to comply with such safe harbor provisions. You should note that our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or when made and we undertake no duty or obligation to update or revise our forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new

57


 

Table of Contents

information, future events, or otherwise. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements with respect to:

 

·

our future financial and operating performance;

·

future acquisitions and dispositions;

·

future potential capital expenditures and securities repurchases;

·

our ability to realize cost savings and synergies;

·

our ability to respond to economic cycles;

·

trends in the automotive retail industry and commercial vehicles industries and in the general economy in the various countries in which we operate;

·

our ability to access the remaining availability under our credit agreements;

·

our liquidity;

·

performance of joint ventures, including PTL;

·

future foreign exchange rates;

·

the outcome of various legal proceedings;

·

results of self-insurance plans;

·

trends affecting our future financial condition or results of operations; and

·

our business strategy.

 

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are not assurances of future performance. Actual results may differ materially from anticipated results due to a variety of factors, including the factors identified under “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include those mentioned in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” such as the following:

 

·

our business and the automotive retail and commercial vehicles industries in general are susceptible to adverse economic conditions, including changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, customer demand, customer confidence, fuel prices, unemployment rates and credit availability;

 

·

the political and economic outcome of Brexit in the U.K.;

·

the number of new and used vehicles sold in our markets;

·

the effect on our businesses of new mobility technologies such as shared vehicle services, such as Uber and Lyft, and the eventual availability of driverless vehicles;

·

vehicle manufacturers exercise significant control over our operations, and we depend on them and the continuation of our franchise and distribution agreements in order to operate our business;

·

we depend on the success, popularity and availability of the brands we sell, and adverse conditions affecting one or more vehicle manufacturers, including the adverse impact on the vehicle and parts supply chain due to natural disasters or other disruptions that interrupt the supply of vehicles and parts to us, may negatively impact our revenues and profitability;

58


 

Table of Contents

·

we are subject to the risk that a substantial number of our new or used inventory may be unavailable due to recall or other reasons;

·

the success of our commercial vehicle distribution operations and engine and power systems distribution operations depends upon continued availability of the vehicles, engines, power systems, and other parts we distribute, demand for those vehicles, engines, power systems, and parts, and general economic conditions in those markets;

·

a restructuring of any significant vehicle manufacturer or supplier;

·

our operations may be affected by severe weather, such as the recent hurricanes in Puerto Rico, Florida, and Texas, or other periodic business interruptions;

·

we have substantial risk of loss not covered by insurance;

·

we may not be able to satisfy our capital requirements for acquisitions, facility renovation projects, financing the purchase of our inventory, or refinancing of our debt when it becomes due;

·

our level of indebtedness may limit our ability to obtain financing generally and may require that a significant portion of our cash flow be used for debt service;

·

non-compliance with the financial ratios and other covenants under our credit agreements and operating leases;

·

higher interest rates may significantly increase our variable rate interest costs and, because many customers finance their vehicle purchases, decrease vehicle sales;

·

our operations outside of the U.S. subject our profitability to fluctuations relating to changes in foreign currency values, which have most recently occurred as a result of the June 2016 U.K. referendum for Brexit;

·

import product restrictions and foreign trade risks that may impair our ability to sell foreign vehicles profitably;

·

with respect to PTL, changes in the financial health of its customers, labor strikes or work stoppages by its employees, a reduction in PTL’s asset utilization rates, continued availability from truck manufacturers and suppliers of vehicles and parts for its fleet, changes in values of used trucks which affects PTL’s profitability on truck sales, compliance costs in regards to its trucking fleet and truck drivers, its ability to retain qualified drivers and technicians, conditions in the capital markets to assure PTL’s continued availability of capital to purchase trucks, the effect of changes in lease accounting rules on PTL customers’ purchase/lease decisions, and industry competition, each of which could impact distributions to us;

·

we are dependent on continued availability of our information technology systems;

·

if we lose key personnel, especially our Chief Executive Officer, or are unable to attract additional qualified personnel;

·

new or enhanced regulations relating to automobile dealerships including those that may be issued by the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau in the U.S. or the Financial Conduct Authority in the U.K. restricting automotive financing;

·

changes in tax, financial or regulatory rules or requirements;

·

we could be subject to legal and administrative proceedings which, if the outcomes are adverse to us, could have a material adverse effect on our business;

·

if state dealer laws in the U.S. are repealed or weakened, our automotive dealerships may be subject to increased competition and may be more susceptible to termination, non-renewal or renegotiation of their franchise agreements;

59


 

Table of Contents

·

some of our directors and officers may have conflicts of interest with respect to certain related party transactions and other business interests; and

·

shares of our common stock eligible for future sale may cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

 

We urge you to carefully consider these risk factors and further information under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in evaluating all forward-looking statements regarding our business. Readers of this report are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this report. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. Except to the extent required by the federal securities laws and the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and regulations, we have no intention or obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

Additional Information

 

Investors and others should note that we announce material financial information using our company website (www.penskeautomotive.com), our investor relations website (investors.penskeautomotive.com), SEC filings, press releases, public conference calls and webcasts. Information about Penske Automotive Group, its business, and its results of operations may also be announced by posts on the following social media channels from time to time:

 

·

Penske Automotive Group’s Twitter feed ( www.twitter.com/penskecarscorp )

·

Penske Automotive Group’s Facebook page ( www.facebook.com/penskecars )

·

Penske Automotive Group’s Social website (www.penskesocial.com)

 

The information that we post on these social media channels could be deemed to be material information. As a result, we encourage investors, the media, and others interested in Penske Automotive Group to review the information that we post on these social media channels. These channels may be updated from time to time on Penske Automotive Group’s investor relations website. The information on or accessible through our websites and social media channels is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our references to such content are intended to be inactive textual or oral references only.

 

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Interest Rates. We are exposed to market risk from changes in the interest rates on a significant portion of our outstanding debt. Outstanding revolving balances under our credit agreements bear interest at variable rates based on a margin over defined LIBOR, the Bank of England Base Rate, or the Australian Bank Bill Swap Rate. Based on the amount outstanding under these facilities as of December 31, 2017, a 100 basis point change in interest rates would result in an approximate $2.2 million change to our annual other interest expense. Similarly, amounts outstanding under floor plan financing arrangements bear interest at a variable rate based on a margin over the prime rate, defined LIBOR, the Finance House Base Rate, the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, the Canadian Prime Rate, the Australian Bank Bill Swap Rate, or the New Zealand Bank Bill Benchmark Rate.

 

Based on an average of the aggregate amounts outstanding under our floor plan financing arrangements subject to variable interest payments during the year ended December 31, 2017, a 100 basis point change in interest rates would result in an approximate $34.3 million change to our annual floor plan interest expense.

 

We evaluate our exposure to interest rate fluctuations and follow established policies and procedures to implement strategies designed to manage the amount of variable rate indebtedness outstanding at any point in time in an effort to mitigate the effect of interest rate fluctuations on our earnings and cash flows. These policies include:

 

·

the maintenance of our overall debt portfolio with targeted fixed and variable rate components;

·

the use of authorized derivative instruments;

·

the prohibition of using derivatives for trading or other speculative purposes; and

·

the prohibition of highly leveraged derivatives or derivatives which we are unable to reliably value, or for which we are unable to obtain a market quotation. 

60


 

Table of Contents

 

Interest rate fluctuations affect the fair market value of our fixed rate debt, mortgages, and certain seller financed promissory notes, but, with respect to such fixed rate debt instruments, do not impact our earnings or cash flows.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates. As of December 31, 2017, we had consolidated operations in the U.K., Germany, Italy, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. In each of these markets, the local currency is the functional currency. In the event we change our intent with respect to the investment in any of our international operations, we would expect to implement strategies designed to manage those risks in an effort to mitigate the effect of foreign currency fluctuations on our earnings and cash flows. A ten percent change in average exchange rates versus the U.S. Dollar would have resulted in an approximate $890.0 million change to our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

 

We purchase certain of our new vehicles, parts and other products from non-U.S. manufacturers. Although we purchase the majority of our inventories in the local functional currency, our business is subject to certain risks, including, but not limited to, differing economic conditions, changes in political climate, differing tax structures, other regulations and restrictions, and foreign exchange rate volatility which may influence such manufacturers’ ability to provide their products at competitive prices in the local jurisdictions. Our future results could be materially and adversely impacted by changes in these or other factors.

 

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements are incorporated by reference into this Item 8.

 

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and   Financial Disclosure

 

Deloitte & Touche LLP is our principal independent registered public accounting firm. In delivering its audit opinion, Deloitte & Touche LLP has historically relied on the opinions of KPMG LLP, principally in respect of our subsidiary which holds our U.K. operations. In an effort to achieve synergies associated with retaining only one auditing firm, our Audit Committee approved the dismissal of KPMG LLP on May 9, 2017 and Deloitte & Touche LLP is now our sole independent auditor, as previously disclosed.

 

The reports of KPMG LLP for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle. During our fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and through the subsequent date of dismissal (i) there were no disagreements (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions) between us and KPMG LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of KPMG LLP would have caused KPMG LLP to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its reports on our consolidated financial statements for such years, and (ii) there were no “reportable events” (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

 

Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the principal executive and financial officers, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), as of the end of the period covered by this report. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive and financial officers, to allow timely discussions regarding required disclosure.

 

Based upon this evaluation, our principal executive and financial officers concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. In addition, we maintain internal controls designed to provide us with the information required for accounting and financial reporting purposes. There were no

61


 

Table of Contents

changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the most recent quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s and our auditor’s reports on our internal control over financial reporting are included with our financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Item 9B.   Other Information

 

Not applicable.

 

62


 

Table of Contents

PART III

 

The information required by Items 10 through 14 is included in our definitive proxy statement under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Our Corporate Governance,” “Ratification of the Selection of our Independent Auditor,” “Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation,” “Executive Officers,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” and “Related Party Transactions.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The following table provides details regarding the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights granted under our equity compensation plans (including individual equity compensation arrangements) as of December 31, 2017. Our equity plan is described in more detail in Part II, Item 8, Note 13 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements appearing below in this report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

 

Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (A))

 

Plan Category

    

(A)

    

 

(B)

    

(C)

  

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

3,219,205

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Total

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

3,219,205

 

 

 

 

PART I V

 

Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(1)

Financial Statements

 

The consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(2)

Financial Statement Schedule 

 

The Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts following the Consolidated Financial Statements is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(3)

Exhibits 

 

The Exhibits listed below are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 16.   Form 10-K Summary

 

None.

63


 

Table of Contents

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

 

Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement is identified with an asterisk.

 

 

 

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.2 to our Form 8-K filed July 2, 2007).

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 to our Form 8-K filed October 23, 2013).

4.1.1

Indenture, regarding our 5.75% senior subordinated notes due 2022, dated as of August 28, 2012, by and among us, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to our Form 8-K filed August 28, 2012).

4.1.2

Form of 5.75% senior subordinated notes due 2022 (included within the Indenture filed as exhibit 4.1.1).

4.1.3

Supplemental Indenture dated February 25, 2014, regarding our 5.75% senior subordinated notes due 2022, dated as of August 28, 2012, by and among us, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1.3 to our Form 10-K filed March 3, 2014).

4.1.4

First Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 27, 2016, regarding our 5.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022, dated as of August 28, 2012 by and among us, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to our Form 10-Q filed April 27, 2016).

4.1.5

Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 13, 2016, regarding our 5.75% senior subordinated notes due 2022, dated as of August 28, 2012, by and among us, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to our Form 10-Q filed July 29, 2016).

4.2.1

Indenture dated November 21, 2014 (the “2014 Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to our Form 8-K filed November 21, 2014).

4.2.2

First Supplemental Indenture to 2014 Indenture, dated November 21, 2014 relating to the Company’s 5.375% senior subordinated notes due 2024 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 to our Form 8-K filed November 21, 2014).

4.2.3

Form of 5.375% senior subordinated notes due 2024 (included within the First Supplemental Indenture filed as exhibit 4.2.2).

4.2.4

Second Supplemental Indenture to 2014 Indenture, dated April 27, 2016 adding additional guarantors (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 to our Form 10-Q filed April 27, 2016).

4.2.5

Third Supplemental Indenture to 2014 Indenture, dated May 25, 2016 related to the Company’s 5.50% senior subordinated notes due 2026 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to our Form 8-K filed May 25, 2016).

4.2.6

Form of 5.50% senior subordinated notes due 2026 (included within the Third Supplemental Indenture filed as exhibit 4.2.5).

4.2.7

Fourth Supplemental Indenture to 2014 Indenture, dated July 13, 2016 adding additional guarantors (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 to our Form 10-Q filed July 29, 2016).

4.2.8

Fifth Supplemental Indenture to 2014 Indenture, dated August 15, 2017 related to the Company’s 3.75% senior subordinated notes due 2020 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to our Form 8-K filed August 15, 2017).

4.2.9

Form of 3.75% senior subordinated notes due 2020 (included within the Fifth Supplemental Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.2.8).

4.3.1

Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 1, 2015 among us, Mercedes-Benz Financial Services USA LLC and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to our Form 10-Q filed May 1, 2015).

4.3.2

First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 27, 2016 among us, Mercedes-Benz Financial Services USA LLC and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to our Form 8-K filed July 28, 2016).

64


 

Table of Contents

4.3.3

Consent and Second Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated August 1, 2017 among us, Mercedes-Benz Financial Services USA LLC and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to our Form 8-K filed August 1, 2017).

4.3.4

Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of September 8, 2004 among us, Mercedes-Benz Financial Services USA LLC and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed September 10, 2004).

4.4

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 2, 2015, by and among our U.K. Subsidiaries, Royal Bank of Scotland plc, and BMW Financial Services (GB) Limited (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 to our Form 10-Q filed May 1, 2015).

*10.1

Penske Automotive Group, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.3 to our Form S-8 filed November 2, 2012).

*10.2

Penske Automotive Group 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed May 6, 2015).  

*10.3

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.13 to our Form 10-K filed February 25, 2016).

*10.4

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 to our Form 10-K filed February 25, 2016).

*10.5

Amended and Restated Penske Automotive Group, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.16 to our Form 10-K filed February 28, 2011).  

*10.6

Penske Automotive Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan dated October 11, 2017, effective January 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed October 13, 2017).

10.7.1

First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated April 1, 2003 between UAG Connecticut I, LLC and Noto Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 to our Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2003).

10.7.2

Letter Agreement dated April 1, 2003 between UAG Connecticut I, LLC and Noto Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 to our Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2003).

10.8

First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated November 15, 2013 between PAG Greenwich Holdings, LLC and Noto Automotive LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 to our Form 10-K filed March 3, 2014).

10.9

Registration Rights Agreement among us and Penske Automotive Holdings Corp. dated as of December 22, 2000 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.26.1 to our Form 10-K filed March 29, 2001).

10.10

Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement among us, Mitsui & Co., Ltd. and Mitsui & Co. (U.S.A.), Inc. dated as of March 26, 2004 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed March 26, 2004).

10.11.1

Stockholders Agreement by and among Mitsui & Co., Ltd., Mitsui & Co (U.S.A.), Inc., Penske Corporation and Penske Automotive Holdings Corp. dated as of July 20, 2013 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 46 to Amendment No. 26 to Schedule 13D filed July 30, 2013).

10.11.2

Letter Agreement re: Amendment of PAG Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2017, by and among Penske Corporation, Penske Automotive Holdings Corp., Mitsui & Co. Ltd. and Mitsui & Co. (U.S.A.), Inc. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 21 of Amendment No. 29 to Schedule 13D filed October 23, 2017).

10.12

Trade name and Trademark Agreement dated May 6, 2008 between us and Penske System, Inc. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q filed May 8, 2008).

10.13

Seventh Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Penske Truck Leasing Co., L.P. dated September 7, 2017 by and among Penske Truck Leasing Corporation, PTL GP, LLC, GE Capital Truck Leasing Holding LLC, General Electric Credit Corporation of Tennessee, MBK USA Commercial Vehicles Inc. and us (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed September 8, 2017).

65


 

Table of Contents

10.14

Cooperation Agreement dated as of September 7, 2017 by and among us, Penske Truck Leasing Co., L.P., Penske Truck Leasing Corporation, PTL GP, LLC, General Electric Credit Corporation of Tennessee, GE Capital Truck Leasing Holding LLC and MBK USA Commercial Vehicles, Inc. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed September 8, 2017).

10.15

Agreement of Purchase and Sale dated as of September 7, 2017 by and among us, GE Capital Truck Leasing Holding LLC, and General Electric Credit Corporation of Tennessee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed September 8, 2017).

10.16

Amended and Restated Rights Agreement dated March 17, 2015 by and between us and Penske Truck Leasing Corporation (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q filed May 1, 2015).

10.17

Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of LJ VP Holdings LLC dated September 7, 2017 by and among Penske Truck Leasing Corporation, GE Capital US Holdings, Inc. and us (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 to our Form 8-K filed September 8, 2017).

10.18

Second Amended and Restated Penske Automotive Group 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan dated December 28, 2017, effective January 1, 2018.

12

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

21

Subsidiary List.

23.1

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

23.2

Consent of KPMG LLP.

23.3

Consent of KPMG LLP.

31.1

Rule 13(a)-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) Certification.

31.2

Rule 13(a)-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) Certification.

32

Section 1350 Certification.

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

                                                 

* Compensatory plans or contracts

 

In accordance with Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K, copies of certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company or its subsidiaries are not filed herewith. We hereby agree to furnish a   copy of any such instrument to the Commission upon request. 

 

66


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 22, 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

Penske Automotive Group, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Roger S. Penske

 

 

Roger S. Penske

Chair of the Board and

Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Roger S. Penske

 

Chair of the Board and

 

February 22, 2018

Roger S. Penske

 

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J.D. Carlson

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

February 22, 2018

J.D. Carlson

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John D. Barr

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

John D. Barr

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lisa Davis

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

Lisa Davis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael R. Eisenson

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

Michael R. Eisenson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert H. Kurnick, Jr.

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

Robert H. Kurnick, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William J. Lovejoy

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

William J. Lovejoy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kimberly J. McWaters

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

Kimberly J. McWaters

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lucio A. Noto

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

Lucio A. Noto

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Roger S. Penske Jr.

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

Roger S. Penske Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sandra E. Pierce

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

Sandra E. Pierce

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kanji Sasaki

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

Kanji Sasaki

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Greg C. Smith

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

Greg C. Smith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald G. Steinhart

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

Ronald G. Steinhart

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ H. Brian Thompson

 

Director

 

February 22, 2018

H. Brian Thompson

 

 

 

 

 

 

67


 

Table of Contents

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and For the Years Ended

December 31, 2017,  2016 and 2015

 

 

 

Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

F-2

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms  

F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets  

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Income  

F-8

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income  

F-9

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  

F-10

Consolidated Statements of Equity  

F-11

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

F-12

 

 

F-1


 

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

The management of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting provides reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on our assessment we believe that, as of December 31, 2017, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

 

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on page F-3.

 

Penske Automotive Group, Inc.

February 22, 2018

 

 

 

F-2


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Penske Automotive Group, Inc.

 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of the other auditors for 2016 and 2015, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

 

We did not audit the financial statements of Sytner Group Limited (a consolidated subsidiary) as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016, which statements reflect total assets constituting 21% of consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2016, and total revenues constituting 32% of consolidated total revenues for the year then ended. Those financial statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Sytner Group Limited as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016, is based solely on the report of the other auditors. We also did not audit the financial statements of UAG UK Holdings Limited and subsidiaries (a consolidated subsidiary) for the year ended December 31, 2015, which statements reflect total revenues constituting 39% of consolidated total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015. Those financial statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for UAG UK Holdings Limited and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2015, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

 

Basis for Opinions

 

The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

 

Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures to respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control

F-3


 

Table of Contents

based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Detroit, Michigan
February 22, 2018

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1999.

F-4


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Sytner Group Limited

 

 We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of Sytner Group Limited (“Sytner”) and subsidiaries (together the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for the year then ended. In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the related financial statement schedule. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of Sytner’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Milton Keynes, United Kingdom

February 24, 2017

F-5


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

UAG UK Holdings Limited

 

We have audited the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows of UAG UK Holdings Limited (“UAG”) and subsidiaries (together the “Company”)  for the year ended December 31, 2015. In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the related financial statement schedule. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of UAG’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and the cash flows of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Milton Keynes, United Kingdom

February 25, 2016

F-6


 

Table of Contents

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

(In millions, except share and

 

 

 

per share amounts)

 

ASSETS

 

 

    

    

 

    

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

45.7

 

$

24.0

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5.5 and $4.5

 

 

954.9

 

 

879.0

 

Inventories

 

 

3,944.1

 

 

3,408.2

 

Other current assets

 

 

81.8

 

 

73.9

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

 —

 

 

8.4

 

Total current assets

 

 

5,026.5

 

 

4,393.5

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

2,108.6

 

 

1,806.5

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,660.5

 

 

1,291.2

 

Other indefinite-lived intangible assets

 

 

474.0

 

 

420.1

 

Equity method investments

 

 

1,256.6

 

 

893.4

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

14.4

 

 

28.3

 

Total assets

 

$

10,540.6

 

$

8,833.0

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Floor plan notes payable

 

$

2,343.2

 

$

2,084.5

 

Floor plan notes payable — non-trade

 

 

1,418.6

 

 

1,233.3

 

Accounts payable

 

 

641.6

 

 

497.4

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

523.5

 

 

360.0

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

72.8

 

 

48.3

 

Liabilities held for sale

 

 

0.7

 

 

6.1

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

5,000.4

 

 

4,229.6

 

Long-term debt

 

 

2,090.4

 

 

1,828.8

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

481.5

 

 

564.6

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

540.3

 

 

430.5

 

Total liabilities

 

 

8,112.6

 

 

7,053.5

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Penske Automotive Group stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 240,000,000 shares authorized; 85,787,507 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017; 85,214,345 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Non-voting Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 7,125,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Class C Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

532.3

 

 

497.1

 

Retained earnings

 

 

2,009.4

 

 

1,504.5

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(146.5)

 

 

(250.7)

 

Total Penske Automotive Group stockholders’ equity

 

 

2,395.2

 

 

1,750.9

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

32.8

 

 

28.6

 

Total equity

 

 

2,428.0

 

 

1,779.5

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

10,540.6

 

$

8,833.0

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7


 

Table of Contents

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail automotive dealership

 

$

19,824.3

 

$

18,673.2

 

$

17,896.3

 

Retail commercial truck dealership

 

 

1,048.0

 

 

1,000.7

 

 

944.1

 

Commercial vehicle distribution and other

 

 

514.6

 

 

444.6

 

 

444.5

 

Total revenues

 

 

21,386.9

 

 

20,118.5

 

 

19,284.9

 

Cost of sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail automotive dealership

 

 

16,899.5

 

 

15,968.4

 

 

15,288.3

 

Retail commercial truck dealership

 

 

882.2

 

 

857.8

 

 

797.1

 

Commercial vehicle distribution and other

 

 

382.7

 

 

325.7

 

 

332.0

 

Total cost of sales

 

 

18,164.4

 

 

17,151.9

 

 

16,417.4

 

Gross profit

 

 

3,222.5

 

 

2,966.6

 

 

2,867.5

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

2,516.0

 

 

2,302.0

 

 

2,223.0

 

Depreciation

 

 

95.1

 

 

89.7

 

 

78.0

 

Operating income

 

 

611.4

 

 

574.9

 

 

566.5

 

Floor plan interest expense

 

 

(63.4)

 

 

(50.9)

 

 

(44.5)

 

Other interest expense

 

 

(107.4)

 

 

(85.4)

 

 

(69.4)

 

Equity in earnings of affiliates

 

 

107.6

 

 

69.5

 

 

39.3

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

548.2

 

 

508.1

 

 

491.9

 

Income taxes

 

 

64.8

 

 

(160.7)

 

 

(158.0)

 

Income from continuing operations

 

 

613.0

 

 

347.4

 

 

333.9

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

(1.0)

 

 

(3.5)

 

Net income

 

 

612.8

 

 

346.4

 

 

330.4

 

Less: (Loss) income attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

(0.5)

 

 

3.5

 

 

4.3

 

Net income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

613.3

 

$

342.9

 

$

326.1

 

Basic earnings per share attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

7.14

 

$

4.00

 

$

3.67

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

(0.00)

 

 

(0.01)

 

 

(0.04)

 

Net income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

7.14

 

$

3.99

 

$

3.63

 

Shares used in determining basic earnings per share

 

 

85,877,227

 

 

86,000,754

 

 

89,759,626

 

Diluted earnings per share attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

7.14

 

$

4.00

 

$

3.67

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

(0.00)

 

 

(0.01)

 

 

(0.04)

 

Net income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

7.14

 

$

3.99

 

$

3.63

 

Shares used in determining diluted earnings per share

 

 

85,877,227

 

 

86,000,754

 

 

89,759,626

 

Amounts attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

613.0

 

$

347.4

 

$

333.9

 

Less: (Loss) income attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

(0.5)

 

 

3.5

 

 

4.3

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

 

 

613.5

 

 

343.9

 

 

329.6

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

(1.0)

 

 

(3.5)

 

Net income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

613.3

 

$

342.9

 

$

326.1

 

Cash dividends per share

 

$

1.26

 

$

1.10

 

$

0.94

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-8


 

Table of Contents

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Net income

 

$

612.8

    

$

346.4

    

$

330.4

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

99.2

 

 

(117.3)

 

 

(62.9)

 

Other adjustments to comprehensive income, net

 

 

8.2

 

 

(11.7)

 

 

(7.4)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

107.4

 

 

(129.0)

 

 

(70.3)

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

720.2

 

 

217.4

 

 

260.1

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

2.7

 

 

2.7

 

 

3.2

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

717.5

 

$

214.7

 

$

256.9

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-9


 

Table of Contents

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

 

Net income

 

$

612.8

 

$

346.4

 

$

330.4

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from continuing operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

95.1

 

 

89.7

 

 

78.0

 

Earnings of equity method investments

 

 

(68.9)

 

 

(50.0)

 

 

(28.0)

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

0.2

 

 

1.0

 

 

3.5

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(108.7)

 

 

162.2

 

 

44.6

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(73.1)

 

 

(92.5)

 

 

(23.5)

 

Inventories

 

 

(419.9)

 

 

130.4

 

 

(428.4)

 

Floor plan notes payable

 

 

276.3

 

 

(162.8)

 

 

360.8

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

272.0

 

 

(17.8)

 

 

66.0

 

Other

 

 

37.2

 

 

(35.3)

 

 

(5.6)

 

Net cash provided by continuing operating activities

 

 

623.0

 

 

371.3

 

 

397.8

 

Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of equipment and improvements

 

 

(247.0)

 

 

(203.1)

 

 

(199.5)

 

Proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions

 

 

22.2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Acquisition of additional ownership interest in Penske Truck Leasing

 

 

(239.1)

 

 

(498.5)

 

 

 —

 

Acquisitions net, including repayment of sellers’ floor plan notes payable of $101.6,  $62.2 and $60.3, respectively

 

 

(449.7)

 

 

(140.8)

 

 

(156.9)

 

Other

 

 

(15.1)

 

 

5.7

 

 

4.7

 

Net cash used in continuing investing activities

 

 

(928.7)

 

 

(836.7)

 

 

(351.7)

 

Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from borrowings under U.S. credit agreement revolving credit line

 

 

2,040.0

 

 

1,476.5

 

 

1,420.4

 

Repayments under U.S. credit agreement revolving credit line

 

 

(2,108.0)

 

 

(1,396.5)

 

 

(1,260.4)

 

Repayments under U.S. credit agreement term loan

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(88.0)

 

Repayment of U.S. commercial truck capital loan

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(60.5)

 

Issuance of 3.75% senior subordinated notes

 

 

300.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Issuance of 5.50% senior subordinated notes

 

 

 —

 

 

500.0

 

 

 —

 

Net borrowings (repayments) of other long-term debt

 

 

42.0

 

 

42.9

 

 

(73.6)

 

Net borrowings of floor plan notes payable — non-trade

 

 

185.3

 

 

101.0

 

 

154.2

 

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

(4.0)

 

 

(6.7)

 

 

(1.8)

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

(18.5)

 

 

(173.6)

 

 

(48.9)

 

Dividends

 

 

(108.4)

 

 

(95.1)

 

 

(84.8)

 

Other

 

 

(5.8)

 

 

(15.5)

 

 

(12.2)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing financing activities

 

 

322.6

 

 

433.0

 

 

(55.6)

 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operating activities

 

 

0.5

 

 

1.6

 

 

(5.5)

 

Net cash provided by discontinued investing activities

 

 

2.4

 

 

1.7

 

 

129.6

 

Net cash used in discontinued financing activities

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

(87.1)

 

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

 

 

2.7

 

 

3.1

 

 

37.0

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

2.1

 

 

(9.1)

 

 

(1.4)

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

21.7

 

 

(38.4)

 

 

26.1

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

24.0

 

 

62.4

 

 

36.3

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

45.7

 

$

24.0

 

$

62.4

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid (received) for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

163.2

 

$

129.8

 

$

110.1

 

Income taxes

 

 

(29.7)

 

 

48.6

 

 

114.9

 

Seller financed/assumed debt

 

 

0.8

 

 

 —

 

 

2.6

 

Non cash activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consideration transferred through common stock issuance

 

$

32.4

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

20.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

F-10


 

Table of Contents

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voting and Non-voting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Additional

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Issued

    

 

 

    

Paid-in

    

Retained

    

Other Comprehensive

    

Penske Automotive Group

    

Non-controlling

    

Total

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income (Loss)

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

Interest

 

Equity

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

Balance, January 1, 2015

 

90,244,840

 

$

 —

 

$

690.7

 

$

1,015.4

 

$

(53.3)

 

$

1,652.8

 

$

28.4

 

$

1,681.2

 

Equity compensation

 

290,580

 

 

 —

 

 

14.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

14.0

 

 

 —

 

 

14.0

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

(1,010,696)

 

 

 —

 

 

(48.9)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(48.9)

 

 

 —

 

 

(48.9)

 

Dividends ($0.94 per share)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(84.8)

 

 

 —

 

 

(84.8)

 

 

 —

 

 

(84.8)

 

Purchase of controlling interest

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

22.5

 

 

22.5

 

Purchase of subsidiary shares from non-controlling interest

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(6.1)

 

 

(6.1)

 

Distributions to non-controlling interest

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(3.8)

 

 

(3.8)

 

Sale of subsidiary shares to non-controlling interest

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

0.2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

0.2

 

 

0.5

 

 

0.7

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(61.8)

 

 

(61.8)

 

 

(1.1)

 

 

(62.9)

 

Other

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(7.4)

 

 

(7.4)

 

 

 —

 

 

(7.4)

 

Net income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

326.1

 

 

 —

 

 

326.1

 

 

4.3

 

 

330.4

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

89,524,724

 

 

 —

 

 

656.0

 

 

1,256.7

 

 

(122.5)

 

 

1,790.2

 

 

44.7

 

 

1,834.9

 

Equity compensation

 

346,663

 

 

 —

 

 

14.3

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

14.3

 

 

 —

 

 

14.3

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

(4,657,042)

 

 

 —

 

 

(173.6)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(173.6)

 

 

 —

 

 

(173.6)

 

Dividends ($1.10 per share)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(95.1)

 

 

 —

 

 

(95.1)

 

 

 —

 

 

(95.1)

 

Purchase of subsidiary shares from non-controlling interest

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(0.3)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(0.3)

 

 

(10.4)

 

 

(10.7)

 

Distributions to non-controlling interest

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(2.4)

 

 

(2.4)

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(116.5)

 

 

(116.5)

 

 

(0.8)

 

 

(117.3)

 

Other

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

0.7

 

 

 —

 

 

(11.7)

 

 

(11.0)

 

 

(6.0)

 

 

(17.0)

 

Net income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

342.9

 

 

 —

 

 

342.9

 

 

3.5

 

 

346.4

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

85,214,345

 

 

 —

 

 

497.1

 

 

1,504.5

 

 

(250.7)

 

 

1,750.9

 

 

28.6

 

 

1,779.5

 

Equity compensation

 

343,385

 

 

 —

 

 

14.9

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

14.9

 

 

 —

 

 

14.9

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

(435,710)

 

 

 —

 

 

(18.5)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(18.5)

 

 

 —

 

 

(18.5)

 

Issuance of common stock

 

665,487

 

 

 —

 

 

32.4

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

32.4

 

 

 —

 

 

32.4

 

Dividends ($1.26 per share)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(108.4)

 

 

 —

 

 

(108.4)

 

 

 —

 

 

(108.4)

 

Purchase of subsidiary shares from non-controlling interest

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(0.4)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(0.4)

 

 

(0.3)

 

 

(0.7)

 

Distributions to non-controlling interest

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1.4)

 

 

(1.4)

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

96.0

 

 

96.0

 

 

3.2

 

 

99.2

 

Other

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

6.8

 

 

 —

 

 

8.2

 

 

15.0

 

 

3.2

 

 

18.2

 

Net income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

613.3

 

 

 —

 

 

613.3

 

 

(0.5)

 

 

612.8

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

85,787,507

 

$

 —

 

$

532.3

 

$

2,009.4

 

$

(146.5)

 

$

2,395.2

 

$

32.8

 

$

2,428.0

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

F-11


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, the use of the terms “PAG,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in these Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements refers to Penske Automotive Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Business Overview and Concentrations

 

We are a diversified international transportation services company that operates automotive and commercial truck dealerships principally in the United States, Canada and Western Europe, and distributes commercial vehicles, diesel engines, gas engines, power systems and related parts and services principally in Australia and New Zealand.

 

In 2017, our business generated $21.4 billion in total revenue, which is comprised of approximately $19.8 billion from retail automotive dealerships, $1.0 billion from retail commercial truck dealerships and $0.5 billion from commercial vehicle distribution and other operations.

 

Retail Automotive Dealership. We believe we are the second largest automotive retailer headquartered in the U.S. as measured by the $19.8 billion in total retail automotive dealership revenue we generated in 2017. As of December 31, 2017, we operated 343 retail automotive franchises, of which 155 franchises are located in the U.S. and 188 franchises are located outside of the U.S. The franchises outside the U.S. are located primarily in the U.K.

 

We are engaged in the sale of new and used motor vehicles and related products and services, including vehicle service, collision repair, and placement of finance and lease contracts, third-party insurance products and other aftermarket products. We operate dealerships under franchise agreements with a number of automotive manufacturers and distributors. In accordance with individual franchise agreements, each dealership is subject to certain rights and restrictions typical of the industry. The ability of the manufacturers to influence the operations of the dealerships, or the loss of a significant number of franchise agreements, could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, Audi/Volkswagen/Porsche/Bentley franchises accounted for 24% of our total retail automotive dealership revenues, BMW/MINI franchises accounted for 23%, Toyota/Lexus franchises accounted for 13%, and Mercedes-Benz/Sprinter/smart accounted for 10%. No other manufacturers’ franchises accounted for more than 10% of our total retail automotive dealership revenues. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had receivables from manufacturers of $230.1 million and $196.5 million, respectively. In addition, a large portion of our contracts in transit, which are included in accounts receivable, are due from manufacturers’ captive finance companies.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we acquired eight retail automotive franchises, were awarded five retail automotive franchises, and disposed of twenty-five retail automotive franchises. Of the retail automotive franchises acquired, two are located in New Jersey and represent the Jaguar and Land Rover brands, two are located in Arizona and represent the Mercedes-Benz and Sprinter brands, two are located in the U.K. and represent the BMW and MINI brands, and two are located in Germany and represent the Audi and Volkswagen brands. Of the franchises disposed of, nine represented franchises in Puerto Rico, five represented smart franchises in the U.S., and five represented BMW, MINI, and Lexus franchises in the U.K.

 

In the first quarter of 2017, we acquired CarSense in the U.S. and CarShop in the U.K., both businesses representing stand-alone used vehicle dealerships, which we believe complement our existing franchised retail automotive dealership operations and provide scalable opportunities across our market areas. Our CarSense operations consist of five locations operating in the Philadelphia and Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania market areas, including southern New Jersey. Our CarShop operations consist of five retail locations and a vehicle preparation center operating principally throughout Southern England. In January 2018, we expanded our U.K. stand-alone used vehicle dealerships by acquiring The Car People, one of the U.K.’s leading retailers of used vehicles. The Car People has four retail locations operating across Northern England, which complements CarShop’s locations principally in Southern England.

 

F-12


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

Retail Commercial Truck Dealership.   We operate a heavy and medium-duty truck dealership group known as Premier Truck Group (“PTG”) with locations in Texas, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Georgia, and Canada. As of December 31, 2017, PTG operated twenty locations, including fourteen full-service dealerships and six collision centers, offering primarily Freightliner and Western Star branded trucks. Four of these locations were acquired in April 2016 in the greater Toronto, Canada market area, and two of these locations were acquired in December 2016 in the Niagara Falls, Canada market area. PTG also offers a full range of used trucks available for sale as well as service and parts departments, providing a full range of maintenance and repair services.

 

Commercial Vehicle Distribution . We are the exclusive importer and distributor of Western Star heavy-duty trucks (a Daimler brand), MAN heavy and medium-duty trucks and buses (a VW Group brand), and Dennis Eagle refuse collection vehicles, together with associated parts, across Australia, New Zealand and portions of the Pacific. This business, known as Penske Commercial Vehicles Australia (“PCV Australia”), distributes commercial vehicles and parts to a network of more than 70 dealership locations, including eight company-owned retail commercial vehicle dealerships.

 

We are also a leading distributor of diesel and gas engines and power systems, principally representing MTU, Detroit Diesel, Mercedes-Benz Industrial, Allison Transmission and MTU Onsite Energy. This business, known as Penske Power Systems (“PPS”), offers products across the on- and off-highway markets in Australia, New Zealand and portions of the Pacific and supports full parts and aftersales service through a network of branches, field locations and dealers across the region. The on-highway portion of this business complements our PCV Australia distribution business, including integrated operations at retail locations selling PCV brands.

 

Penske Truck Leasing.   We currently hold a 28.9% ownership interest in Penske Truck Leasing Co., L.P. (“PTL”), a leading provider of transportation services and supply chain management. PTL is capable of meeting customers’ needs across the supply chain with a broad product offering that includes full-service truck leasing, truck rental and contract maintenance, along with logistic services such as dedicated contract carriage, distribution center management, transportation management and lead logistics provider. On July 27, 2016, we acquired an additional 14.4% ownership interest in PTL from subsidiaries of GE Capital Global Holdings, LLC (collectively, “GE Capital”) for approximately $498.5 million in cash to bring our ownership interest to 23.4%. Prior to this acquisition, we held a 9.0% ownership interest in PTL. On September 7, 2017, we acquired an additional 5.5% ownership interest from GE Capital for approximately $239.1 million in cash. At the same time, affiliates of Mitsui & Co., Ltd. (“Mitsui”), our second largest shareholder, acquired an additional 10.0% ownership interest in PTL at the same valuation. PTL is currently owned 41.1% by Penske Corporation, 28.9% by us, and 30.0% by Mitsui. GE Capital no longer owns any ownership interests in PTL. We account for our investment in PTL under the equity method, and we therefore record our share of PTL’s earnings on our statements of income under the caption “Equity in earnings of affiliates,” which also includes the results of our other equity method investments. 

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements include all majority‑owned subsidiaries. Investments in affiliated companies, representing an ownership interest in the voting stock of the affiliate of between 20% and 50% or an investment in a limited partnership or a limited liability corporation for which our investment is more than minor, are stated at the cost of acquisition plus our equity in undistributed net earnings since acquisition. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

The consolidated financial statements, including the comparative periods presented, have been adjusted for entities that have been treated as discontinued operations prior to adoption of ASU No. 2014-08 in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

F-13


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The accounts requiring the use of significant estimates include accounts receivable, inventories, income taxes, intangible assets, and certain reserves.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly‑liquid investments that have an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.

 

Contracts in Transit

 

Contracts in transit represent receivables from unaffiliated finance companies relating to the sale of customers’ installment sales and lease contracts arising in connection with the sale of a vehicle by us. Contracts in transit, included in accounts receivable, net in our consolidated balance sheets, amounted to $356.1 million and $322.7 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Inventory Valuation

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost for new and used vehicle inventories includes acquisition, reconditioning, dealer installed accessories, and transportation expenses and is determined using the specific identification method. Inventories of dealership parts and accessories are accounted for using the “first‑in, first‑out” (“FIFO”) method of inventory accounting and the cost is based on factory list prices.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over estimated useful lives using the straight‑line method. Useful lives for purposes of computing depreciation for assets, other than leasehold improvements, range between 3 and 15 years. Leasehold improvements and equipment under capital lease are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset, not to exceed 40 years.

 

Expenditures relating to recurring repair and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Expenditures that increase the useful life or substantially increase the serviceability of an existing asset are capitalized. When equipment is sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet, with any resulting gain or loss being reflected in income.

 

Income Taxes

 

Tax regulations may require items to be included in our tax return at different times than when those items are reflected in our financial statements. Some of the differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible on our tax return, and some are temporary differences, such as the timing of depreciation expense. Temporary differences create deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that will be used as a tax deduction or credit in our tax return in future years which we have already recorded in our financial statements. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent deductions taken on our tax return that have not yet been recognized as an expense in our financial statements. We establish valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets if the amount of expected future taxable income is not more likely than not to allow for the use of the deduction or credit.

F-14


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Intangible Assets

 

Our principal intangible assets relate to our franchise agreements with vehicle manufacturers and distributors, which represent the estimated value of franchises acquired in business combinations, our distribution agreements with commercial vehicle manufacturers, which represent the estimated value of distribution rights acquired in business combinations, and goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of tangible and identified intangible assets acquired in business combinations. We believe the franchise values of our automotive dealerships and the distribution agreements of our commercial vehicle distribution operations have an indefinite useful life based on the following:

 

·

Automotive retailing and commercial vehicle distribution are mature industries and are based on franchise and distribution agreements with the vehicle manufacturers and distributors;

·

There are no known changes or events that would alter the automotive retailing franchise or commercial vehicle distribution environments;

·

Certain franchise agreement terms are indefinite;

·

Franchise and distribution agreements that have limited terms have historically been renewed by us without substantial cost; and

·

Our history shows that manufacturers and distributors have not terminated our franchise or distribution agreements.

 

Impairment Testing

 

Other indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for impairment annually on October 1 and upon the occurrence of an indicator of impairment through a comparison of its carrying amount and estimated fair value. An indicator of impairment exists if the carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value and an impairment loss may be recognized up to that excess. The fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow approach, which includes assumptions about revenue and profitability growth, profit margins, and the cost of capital. We also evaluate in connection with the annual impairment testing whether events and circumstances continue to support our assessment that the other indefinite-lived intangible assets continue to have an indefinite life.

 

Goodwill impairment is assessed at the reporting unit level annually on October 1 and upon the occurrence of an indicator of impairment. Our operations are organized by management into operating segments by line of business and geography. We have determined that we have four reportable segments as defined in generally accepted accounting principles for segment reporting: (i) Retail Automotive, consisting of our retail automotive dealership operations; (ii) Retail Commercial Truck, consisting of our retail commercial truck dealership operations in the U.S. and Canada; (iii) Other, consisting of our commercial vehicle and power systems distribution operations and other non-automotive consolidated operations; and (iv) Non-Automotive Investments, consisting of our equity method investments in non-automotive operations. We have determined that the dealerships in each of our operating segments within the Retail Automotive reportable segment are components that are aggregated into six reporting units for the purpose of goodwill impairment testing, as they (A) have similar economic characteristics (all are automotive dealerships having similar margins), (B) offer similar products and services (all sell new and/or used vehicles, service, parts and third-party finance and insurance products), (C) have similar target markets and customers (generally individuals), and (D) have similar distribution and marketing practices (all distribute products and services through dealership facilities that market to customers in similar fashions). The reporting units are Eastern, Central, and Western United States, CarSense, International, and CarShop. Our Retail Commercial Truck reportable segment has been determined to represent one operating segment and reporting unit. The goodwill included in our Other reportable segment relates primarily to our commercial vehicle distribution operating segment. There is no goodwill recorded in our Non-Automotive Investments reportable segment.

 

F-15


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

For our Retail Automotive, Retail Commercial Truck, and Other reporting units, we prepared a quantitative assessment of the carrying value of goodwill. We estimated the fair value of our reporting units using an “income” valuation approach. The “income” valuation approach estimates our enterprise value using a net present value model, which discounts projected free cash flows of our business using the weighted average cost of capital as the discount rate. In connection with this process, we also reconcile the estimated aggregate fair values of our reporting units to our market capitalization. We believe this reconciliation process is consistent with a market participant perspective. This consideration would also include a control premium that represents the estimated amount an investor would pay for our equity securities to obtain a controlling interest, and other significant assumptions including revenue and profitability growth, franchise profit margins, residual values and the cost of capital. We concluded that the fair value of each of these reporting units exceeded its carrying value.

 

Investments

 

We account for each of our investments under the equity method, pursuant to which we record our proportionate share of the investee’s income each period. The net book value of our investments was $1,256.6 million and $893.4 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, including $1,185.6 million and $823.8 million relating to PTL as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In July 2016, we increased our ownership interest in PTL from 9.0% to 23.4% as a result of our acquisition of an additional 14.4% ownership interest, and in September 2017, we acquired an additional 5.5% ownership interest, as discussed previously. We currently hold a 28.9% ownership interest in PTL.

 

Investments for which there is not a liquid, actively traded market are reviewed periodically by management for indicators of impairment. If an indicator of impairment is identified, management estimates the fair value of the investment using a discounted cash flow approach, which includes assumptions relating to revenue and profitability growth, profit margins, residual values, and our cost of capital. Declines in investment values that are deemed to be other than temporary may result in an impairment charge reducing the investments’ carrying value to fair value.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

For all of our non-U.S. operations, the functional currency is the local currency. The revenue and expense accounts of our non-U.S. operations are translated into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates that prevailed during the period. Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. operations are translated into U.S. dollars using period end exchange rates. Cumulative translation adjustments relating to foreign functional currency assets and liabilities are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of equity.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Accounting standards establish a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value and also establishes the following three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2

Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted market prices in markets that are not active; or model‑derived valuations or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities

Level 3

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities

F-16


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, debt, floor plan notes payable, and forward exchange contracts used to hedge future cash flows. Other than our fixed rate debt, the carrying amount of all significant financial instruments approximates fair value due either to length of maturity, the existence of variable interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates, or as a result of mark to market accounting.

 

Our fixed rate debt consists of amounts outstanding under our senior subordinated notes and mortgage facilities. We estimate the fair value of our senior unsecured notes using quoted prices for the identical liability (Level 2), and we estimate the fair value of our mortgage facilities using a present value technique based on our current market interest rates for similar types of financial instruments (Level 2). A summary of the carrying values and fair values of our 5.75% senior subordinated notes, 5.375% senior subordinated notes, 5.50% senior subordinated notes, 3.75% senior subordinated notes, and our fixed rate mortgage facilities are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

  

Carrying Value

  

Fair Value

  

Carrying Value

  

Fair Value

 

5.75% senior subordinated notes due 2022

 

$

545.9

 

$

562.3

 

$

545.1

 

$

567.6

 

5.375% senior subordinated notes due 2024

 

 

297.2

 

 

300.2

 

 

296.8

 

 

293.0

 

5.50% senior subordinated notes due 2026

 

 

494.4

 

 

505.0

 

 

493.7

 

 

489.4

 

3.75% senior subordinated notes due 2020

 

 

296.5

 

 

301.7

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Mortgage facilities

 

 

235.5

 

 

233.4

 

 

199.9

 

 

195.6

 

 

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Dealership Vehicle, Parts and Service Sales

 

We record revenue for vehicle sales when vehicles are delivered, which is when the transfer of title and risks and rewards of ownership are considered passed to the customer. We record revenue for service or repair work when the work is completed, and record parts sales when parts are delivered to our customers. Sales promotions that we offer to customers are accounted for as a reduction of revenues at the time of sale. Rebates and other incentives offered directly to us by manufacturers are recognized as a reduction of cost of sales. Reimbursements of qualified advertising expenses are treated as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses. The amounts received under certain manufacturer rebate and incentive programs are based on the attainment of program objectives, and such earnings are recognized either upon the sale of the vehicle for which the award was received, or upon attainment of the particular program goals if not associated with individual vehicles. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are recorded on a net basis (excluded from revenue).

 

Dealership Finance and Insurance Sales

 

Subsequent to the sale of a vehicle to a customer, we sell installment sale contracts to various financial institutions on a non‑recourse basis (with specified exceptions) to mitigate the risk of default. We receive a commission from the lender equal to either the difference between the interest rate charged to the customer and the interest rate set by the financing institution or a flat fee. We also receive commissions for facilitating the sale of various products to customers, including guaranteed vehicle protection insurance, vehicle theft protection and extended service contracts. These commissions are recorded as revenue at the time the customer enters into the contract. In the case of finance contracts, a customer may prepay or fail to pay their contract, thereby terminating the contract. Customers may also terminate extended service contracts and other insurance products, which are fully paid at purchase, and become eligible for refunds of unused premiums. In these circumstances, a portion of the commissions we received may be charged back based on the terms of the contracts. The revenue we record relating to these transactions is net of an estimate of the amount of chargebacks we will be required to pay. Our estimate is based upon our historical experience with similar contracts, including the impact of refinance and default rates on retail finance contracts and cancellation rates on extended service contracts and other

F-17


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

insurance products. Aggregate reserves relating to chargeback activity were $24.9 million and $23.5 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Commercial Vehicle Distribution

 

We record revenue from the distribution of vehicles, engines, and products when the goods are delivered, which is when the transfer of title and risks and rewards of ownership are considered passed to the customer. We record revenue for service or repair work when the work is completed, and record parts sales when parts are delivered to our customers. For our long-term power generation contracts, we record revenue as services are provided in accordance with contract milestones.

 

Defined Contribution Plans

 

We sponsor a number of defined contribution plans covering a significant majority of our employees. Our contributions to such plans are discretionary and are based on the level of compensation and contributions by plan participants. We incurred expenses of $16.8 million, $14.5 million, and $16.0 million relating to such plans during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

Advertising

 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred or when such advertising takes place. We incurred net advertising costs of $115.8 million, $102.5 million, and $101.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Qualified advertising expenditures reimbursed by manufacturers, which are treated as a reduction of advertising expense, were $18.6 million, $16.6 million, and $17.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

Self-Insurance

 

We retain risk relating to certain of our general liability insurance, workers’ compensation insurance, vehicle physical damage insurance, property insurance, employment practices liability insurance, directors and officers insurance, and employee medical benefits in the U.S. As a result, we are likely to be responsible for a significant portion of the claims and losses incurred under these programs. The amount of risk we retain varies by program, and for certain exposures, we have pre‑determined maximum loss limits for certain individual claims and/or insurance periods. Losses, if any, above the pre‑determined loss limits are paid by third‑party insurance carriers. Certain insurers have limited available property coverage in response to the natural catastrophes experienced in recent years. Our estimate of future losses is prepared by management using our historical loss experience and industry‑based development factors. Aggregate reserves relating to retained risk were $30.3 million and $28.3 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

F-18


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share is computed using net income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders and the number of weighted average shares of voting common stock outstanding, including outstanding unvested restricted stock awards which contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends. Diluted earnings per share is computed using net income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders and the number of weighted average shares of voting common stock outstanding, adjusted for any dilutive effects.

 

A reconciliation of the number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

85,877,227

 

86,000,754

 

89,759,626

 

Effect of non-participatory equity compensation

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including effect of dilutive securities

 

85,877,227

 

86,000,754

 

89,759,626

 

 

Hedging

 

Generally accepted accounting principles relating to derivative instruments and hedging activities require all derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. These accounting principles also define requirements for designation and documentation of hedging relationships, as well as ongoing effectiveness assessments, which must be met in order to qualify for hedge accounting. For a derivative that does not qualify as a hedge, changes in fair value are recorded in earnings immediately. If the derivative is designated as a fair‑value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item are recorded in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash‑flow hedge, effective changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of equity, and recorded in the income statement only when the hedged item affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of the derivative attributable to hedge ineffectiveness are recorded in earnings immediately.

 

Stock‑Based Compensation

 

Generally accepted accounting principles relating to share‑based payments require us to record compensation expense for all awards based on their grant‑date fair value. Our share‑based payments have generally been in the form of “non‑vested shares,” the fair value of which are measured as if they were vested and issued on the grant date.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Revenue Recognition

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” This ASU supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition.” ASU No. 2014-09 will require an entity to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers using a five-step model that requires entities to exercise judgment when considering the terms of contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) — Deferral of the Effective Date” providing for a one-year deferral of the effective date of ASU 2014-09 and allowing for early adoption as of the original effective date. The FASB has since also issued additional ASUs containing various updates to Topic 606 which will all be adopted along with ASU 2014-09 (collectively, “the new revenue recognition standard,” “ASC 606”). For public companies, the new revenue recognition

F-19


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

standard is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods. These ASUs can be adopted either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented under the full retrospective approach, or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption under the modified retrospective approach. We intend to adopt these ASUs on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective approach and will apply the adoption only to contracts not completed as of the date of adoption, with no restatement of comparative periods, and a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings recognized as of the date of adoption.

 

As part of the adoption of ASC 606, we performed an assessment of the impact the new revenue recognition standard will have on our consolidated financial statements. Based on our assessment performed, we concluded that the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard will not have a material impact on our financial statements, as we expect the timing of our revenue recognition for most of our revenue streams to generally remain the same; however, we have identified certain revenue streams impacted by the new revenue recognition standard with resulting changes in our revenue recognition practices.

 

For our Retail Automotive and Retail Commercial Truck reportable segments, under legacy guidance we have recognized revenues at a point in time upon meeting relevant revenue recognition criteria. Under ASC 606, the timing of revenue recognition for our service and collision revenue stream will change, as we concluded the performance obligations for service and collision work are satisfied over time under the new revenue recognition standard. Although there is a change in timing of our revenue recognition for our service and parts revenue stream, the expected impact on our consolidated financial statements as a result of this change is not expected to be material. All other revenue streams for these businesses will continue to be recognized at a point in time, and our performance obligations and revenue recognition timing and practices will remain consistent with how revenues have been recorded under legacy guidance.

 

For our Other reportable segment consisting primarily of our businesses in Australia and New Zealand, Penske Commercial Vehicles Australia and Penske Power Systems, under legacy guidance we recognized revenues for vehicles, engines, parts, and services at a point in time upon meeting relevant revenue recognition criteria. For our long-term power generation contracts at Penske Power Systems, we recognized revenues using the percentage of completion method in accordance with contract milestones. Under ASC 606, the timing of revenue recognition for the service revenue stream for PCV Australia and PPS will change, as we concluded the performance obligations for service work are satisfied over time under the new revenue recognition standard. For revenues previously recognized using the percentage of completion method, these revenues will continue to be recognized as performance obligations are satisfied over time, consistent with the timing of recognition under legacy guidance, but will now be recognized in accordance with the new revenue recognition criteria utilizing the output method, which measures the value to the customer of the goods or services transferred to date relative to the remaining goods or services promised.

 

The expected impact on our consolidated financial statements as a result of the changes in revenue recognition practices described previously is not expected to be material. We estimate the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard will result in a net, after-tax cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings of approximately $6.0 million as of January 1, 2018.

 

In addition to the changes in revenue recognition practices noted above, we are also required to enhance our disclosures on revenue recognition upon adoption beginning with interim periods in 2018. We also evaluated, documented, and have implemented required changes in internal controls that were deemed necessary as part of our adoption of the new revenue recognition standard. Although new controls have been implemented as a result of the adoption, such changes were not deemed material.

 

Inventory Measurement

 

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (Topic 330).” Under ASU 2015-11, inventory that is measured using the first-in, first-out (FIFO), specific identification, or average cost

F-20


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

methods should be measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. This ASU does not impact inventory measurement under the last-in, first-out (LIFO) or retail inventory methods. For public companies, this ASU is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. The amendments from this update are to be applied prospectively. We adopted this ASU prospectively on the effective date of January 1, 2017. The adoption of this accounting standard update has not had a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Income Taxes

 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) — Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.” Under ASU 2015-17, entities are required to classify all deferred tax liabilities and assets as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. For public companies, this ASU is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. The amendments from this update are to be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. We adopted this ASU retrospectively on the effective date of January 1, 2017. Amounts reclassified from “Other current assets” to “Deferred tax liabilities” were $28.7 million as of December 31, 2016. Other than the revised presentation of our consolidated balance sheets, the adoption of this accounting standard update has not had a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Accounting for Leases

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” Under this new guidance, a company will now recognize most leases on its balance sheet as lease liabilities with corresponding right-of-use assets. For public companies, this ASU is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. We intend to adopt this ASU on January 1, 2019. The amendments from this update are to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The adoption of this ASU will result in a significant increase to our consolidated balance sheets for lease liabilities and right-of-use assets. We are currently evaluating the other impacts the adoption of this accounting standard update will have on our consolidated financial statements. We believe our current off-balance sheet leasing commitments are reflected in our credit rating.

 

Share-Based Payment Accounting

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Improvement to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.” This ASU simplified several aspects of accounting for share-based payment transactions, including income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. For public companies, this ASU is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. This ASU was adopted on the effective date of January 1, 2017. As part of the adoption of this ASU, we have elected to record forfeitures as they occur. The amendments to timing of recognition of excess tax benefits, minimum statutory withholding requirements, and forfeitures were adopted using a modified retrospective approach. The cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2017 was not material. Amendments related to cash flow presentation of employee taxes paid was adopted retrospectively, with $5.8 million and $6.3 million reclassified from operating activities to financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Amendments related to the recognition of excess tax benefits on the income statement and presentation of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows were adopted prospectively, and therefore, prior periods were not adjusted. The adoption of this accounting standard update has not had a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

F-21


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments.” This ASU provides new guidance on eight specific cash flow issues related to how such cash receipts and cash payments should be presented in a statement of cash flows. For public companies, this ASU is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. The amendments from this update are to be applied retrospectively. We intend to adopt this ASU on January 1, 2018. We do not expect the adoption of this accounting standard update to have a material impact on our consolidated cash flows.

 

Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, “Income Statement     Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)  —   Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” This ASU allows for a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the enactment of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“the Act”). The update also requires entities to disclose whether or not they elected to reclassify the tax effects related to the Act as well as their accounting policy for releasing income tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income. This ASU is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. We are currently assessing whether we will adopt the optional guidance of this accounting standard update, as well as the potential impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

2. Equity Method Investees

 

As of December 31, 2017, we had investments in the following companies that are accounted for under the equity method: the Nix Group (50%) operating automotive dealerships in Germany, Ibericar Keldinich SL (50%) operating automotive dealerships in Spain, the Nicole Group (49%) operating automotive dealerships in Japan, and Penske Commercial Leasing Australia (28%) which rents heavy-duty commercial vehicles in Australia. Investments in these entities amounted to $71.0 million at December 31, 2017. Investments in these entities, as well as National Powersport Auctions and Penske Vehicle Services (discussed below), amounted to $69.6 million at December 31, 2016.

 

In September 2016, we sold a 12% interest, and in September 2017 sold an additional 5% interest, in our Penske Commercial Leasing Australia joint venture to PTL and continue to account for this investment under the equity method under our current 28% ownership.

 

In May 2017, we sold our 7% interest in National Powersport Auctions . In December 2017, we sold our 31% interest in Penske Vehicle Services to PTL. The equity earnings associated with these investments are included within continuing operations under the caption “Equity in earnings of affiliates” for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

In September 2015, we sold our 50% interest in our Max Cycles non-automotive joint venture, which operated BMW motorcycle dealerships. In October 2015, our Penske-Wynn Ferrari/Maserati joint venture sold substantially all of its assets to a third party. The equity earnings associated with these investments are included within continuing operations under the caption “Equity in earnings of affiliates” for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

In September 2015, we acquired an additional 10% interest in the Jacobs Group, which was previously accounted for under the equity method, resulting in us owning a 60% controlling interest in this joint venture; we therefore began consolidating this entity in our financial results in the year ended December 31, 2015. Additionally, during the first quarter of 2016, we acquired an additional 8% interest in the Jacobs Group and owned 68% of this joint venture as of

F-22


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

December 31, 2017. The equity earnings associated with this investment prior to consolidation were included within continuing operations under the caption “Equity in earnings of affiliates” through September 2015.

 

We also have a 28.9% ownership interest in PTL, a leading provider of transportation services and supply chain management. Our investment in PTL, which is accounted for under the equity method, amounted to $1,185.6 million and $823.8 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In July 2016, we increased our ownership interest in PTL from 9.0% to 23.4% as a result of our acquisition of an additional 14.4% ownership interest, and in September 2017, we acquired an additional 5.5% ownership interest, as discussed previously.

 

We recorded $107.6 million, $69.5 million, and $39.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, on our statements of income under the caption “Equity in earnings of affiliates” related to earnings from our equity method investments.

 

The combined results of operations and financial position of our equity method investees as of December 31 for each of the years presented are summarized as follows:

 

Condensed income statement information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Revenues

 

$

7,680.8

 

$

7,397.2

 

$

6,770.3

 

Gross profit

 

 

1,792.4

 

 

1,670.4

 

 

2,396.8

 

Net income

 

 

416.1

 

 

411.5

 

 

398.5

 

 

 

Condensed balance sheet information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Current assets

 

$

1,317.9

 

$

1,188.2

 

Noncurrent assets

 

 

11,729.4

 

 

10,529.9

 

Total assets

 

$

13,047.3

 

$

11,718.1

 

Current liabilities

 

$

2,101.0

 

$

1,794.7

 

Noncurrent liabilities

 

 

8,160.3

 

 

7,393.6

 

Equity

 

 

2,786.0

 

 

2,529.8

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

13,047.3

 

$

11,718.1

 

 

 

 

 

F-23


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

3. Business Combinations

 

During 2017,  we acquired CarSense, a stand-alone specialty retailer of used vehicles in the U.S. representing five locations, acquired CarShop, a stand-alone specialty retailer of used vehicles in the U.K. representing five retail locations and a vehicle preparation center, and acquired eight retail automotive franchises. The companies acquired in 2017 generated $1,046.4 million of revenue and $37.1 million of pre-tax income from our date of acquisition through December 31, 2017. During 2016, we acquired twenty retail automotive franchises and seven retail commercial truck dealerships. Our financial statements include the results of operations of the acquired entities from the date of acquisition. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded in our consolidated financial statements, and may be subject to adjustment pending completion of final valuation. A summary of the aggregate consideration paid and the aggregate amounts of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

11.1

 

$

3.9

 

Inventory

 

 

139.9

 

 

80.5

 

Other current assets

 

 

2.9

 

 

0.1

 

Property and equipment

 

 

21.8

 

 

16.4

 

Indefinite-lived intangibles

 

 

365.6

 

 

51.1

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

 

0.1

 

 

2.7

 

Current liabilities

 

 

(33.6)

 

 

(9.2)

 

Noncurrent liabilities

 

 

(1.9)

 

 

(4.7)

 

Total consideration

 

$

505.9

 

$

140.8

 

Consideration transferred through common stock issuance

 

 

(32.4)

 

 

 —

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

(20.0)

 

 

 —

 

Seller financed/assumed debt

 

 

(3.8)

 

 

 —

 

Total cash used in acquisitions

 

$

449.7

 

$

140.8

 

 

 

The following unaudited consolidated pro forma results of operations of PAG for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 give effect to acquisitions consummated during 2017 and 2016 as if they had occurred on January 1, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Revenues

 

$

21,548.1

 

$

21,766.5

 

Income from continuing operations

 

 

617.0

 

 

370.7

 

Net income

 

 

616.8

 

 

369.6

 

Income from continuing operations per diluted common share

 

$

7.18

 

$

4.31

 

Net income per diluted common share

 

$

7.18

 

$

4.30

 

 

 

 

4. Discontinued Operations and Divestitures

 

Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations

 

We classify an entity as held for sale in the period in which all of the following criteria are met:

 

                   management, having the authority to approve the action, commits to a plan to sell the entity;

                   the entity is available for immediate sale in its present condition;

                   an active program to locate a buyer and other actions required to complete the plan to sell have been initiated;

F-24


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

                   the sale is probable and transfer is expected to be completed within one year;

                   the entity is being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value; and

                   actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn.

 

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08 that changed the definition of a discontinued operation to include only those disposals of components of an entity or components of an entity that are classified as held for sale that represent a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. We adopted this accounting standard update effective January 1, 2015.

 

Prior to the adoption of ASU No. 2014-08, we accounted for dispositions as discontinued operations when it was evident that the operations and cash flows of an entity being disposed of would be eliminated from ongoing operations and we would not have any significant continuing involvement in its operations. The results of operations for those entities that were classified as discontinued operations prior to adoption of ASU No. 2014-08 are included in “Loss from discontinued operations” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income for all periods presented and will continue to be reported within discontinued operations in the future. Beginning with disposals or entities classified as held for sale subsequent to January 1, 2015, only those that represent a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major impact on our operations and financial results will be included in discontinued operations.

 

We had no entities newly classified as held for sale in 2017, 2016, or 2015 that met the criteria to be classified as discontinued operations. As such, the combined financial information presented below represents only retail automotive dealerships and our car rental business that were classified as discontinued operations prior to adoption of ASU No. 2014-08:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Revenues

 

$

2.1

 

$

24.8

 

$

75.8

 

Pre-tax loss

 

 

(0.4)

 

 

(1.7)

 

 

(6.7)

 

Pre-tax gain on disposal

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

    

2016

 

Inventories

 

$

 —

 

$

4.6

 

Other assets

 

 

 —

 

 

3.8

 

Total assets

 

$

 —

 

$

8.4

 

Floor plan notes payable (including non-trade)

 

$

 —

 

$

4.8

 

Other liabilities

 

 

0.7

 

 

1.3

 

Total liabilities

 

$

0.7

 

$

6.1

 

 

 

Divestitures

 

In 2017, we disposed of twenty-five retail automotive franchises. The results of operations for one of the retail automotive franchises is included in discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015. The remaining twenty-four retail automotive franchises did not meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale and treated as discontinued operations; therefore, the results of operations for these businesses are included within continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

 

F-25


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

In December 2016, we sold our 90% ownership interest in i.M. Branded, a provider of dealership graphics and millwork, which we previously consolidated in our financial statements. The results of operations for this business are included within continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, as this business did not meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale and treated as discontinued operations.

 

In February 2015, we divested our car rental business that included Hertz car rental franchises in the Memphis, Tennessee market and certain markets throughout Indiana. We received proceeds of $17.8 million from the sale, excluding sales of car rental vehicles. The results of operations of our car rental business are included in discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

 

5. Inventories

 

Inventories consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Retail automotive dealership new vehicles

 

$

2,344.1

 

$

2,153.0

 

Retail automotive dealership used vehicles

 

 

993.1

 

 

771.7

 

Retail automotive parts, accessories and other

 

 

141.7

 

 

119.1

 

Retail commercial truck dealership vehicles and parts

 

 

207.0

 

 

170.3

 

Commercial vehicle distribution vehicles, parts and engines

 

 

258.2

 

 

194.1

 

Total inventories

 

$

3,944.1

 

$

3,408.2

 

 

We receive credits from certain vehicle manufacturers that reduce cost of sales when the vehicles are sold. Such credits amounted to $55.4 million, $51.6 million, and $43.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

6. Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Buildings and leasehold improvements

 

$

1,633.3

 

$

1,438.4

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

1,080.1

 

 

894.3

 

Total

 

$

2,713.4

 

$

2,332.7

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(604.8)

 

 

(526.2)

 

Property and equipment, net

 

$

2,108.6

 

$

1,806.5

 

 

 

Approximately  $27.8 million and $27.1 million of capitalized interest is included in buildings and leasehold improvements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and is being depreciated over the useful life of the related assets.

 

F-26


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

7. Intangible Assets

 

Following is a summary of the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, net of accumulated impairment losses recorded prior to December 31, 2012 of $606.3 million and $37.1 million, respectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

Other Indefinite

 

 

 

 

 

Lived Intangible

 

 

Goodwill

 

Assets

Balance — December 31, 2015

 

$

1,323.1

 

$

408.0

Additions

 

 

24.9

 

 

26.2

Disposals

 

 

(1.7)

 

 

(0.3)

Foreign currency translation

 

 

(55.1)

 

 

(13.8)

Balance — December 31, 2016

 

$

1,291.2

 

$

420.1

Additions

 

 

324.8

 

 

40.8

Disposals

 

 

(4.5)

 

 

(1.7)

Foreign currency translation

 

 

49.0

 

 

14.8

Balance — December 31, 2017

 

$

1,660.5

 

$

474.0

 

 

Following is a summary of the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Automotive

    

Truck

    

Other

    

Total

Balance — December 31, 2015

 

$

1,095.6

 

$

147.5

 

$

80.0

 

$

1,323.1

Additions

 

 

9.8

 

 

15.1

 

 

 —

 

 

24.9

Disposals

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

 —

 

 

(1.5)

 

 

(1.7)

Foreign currency translation

 

 

(55.0)

 

 

(0.6)

 

 

0.5

 

 

(55.1)

Balance — December 31, 2016

 

$

1,050.2

 

$

162.0

 

$

79.0

 

$

1,291.2

Additions

 

 

324.8

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

324.8

Disposals

 

 

(4.5)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(4.5)

Foreign currency translation

 

 

41.6

 

 

1.0

 

 

6.4

 

 

49.0

Balance — December 31, 2017

 

$

1,412.1

 

$

163.0

 

$

85.4

 

$

1,660.5

There is no goodwill recorded in our Non-Automotive Investments reportable segment.

We test for impairment of our intangible assets at least annually. We did not record any impairment charges relating to our intangible assets in 2017, 2016, or 2015.

 

8. Vehicle Financing

 

We finance substantially all of the commercial vehicles we purchase for distribution, new vehicles for retail sale, and a portion of our used vehicle inventories for retail sale, under floor plan and other revolving arrangements with various lenders, including the captive finance companies associated with automotive manufacturers. In the U.S., the floor plan arrangements are due on demand; however, we have not historically been required to repay floor plan advances prior to the sale of the vehicles that have been financed. We typically make monthly interest payments on the amount financed. Outside of the U.S., substantially all of the floor plan arrangements are payable on demand or have an original maturity of 90 days or less, and we are generally required to repay floor plan advances at the earlier of the sale of the vehicles that have been financed or the stated maturity.

F-27


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

The agreements typically grant a security interest in substantially all of the assets of our dealership and distribution subsidiaries and, in the U.S., Australia and New Zealand, are guaranteed or partially guaranteed by us. Interest rates under the arrangements are variable and increase or decrease based on changes in the prime rate, defined London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), the Finance House Base Rate, the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, the Canadian Prime Rate, the Australian Bank Bill Swap Rate (“BBSW”), or the New Zealand Bank Bill Benchmark Rate. To date, we have not experienced any material limitation with respect to the amount or availability of financing from any institution providing us vehicle financing. We also receive non-refundable credits from certain of our vehicle manufacturers, which are treated as a reduction of cost of sales as vehicles are sold.

 

The weighted average interest rate on floor plan borrowings was 1.8%, 1.5%, and 1.5% for 2017,  2016, and 2015, respectively. We classify floor plan notes payable to a party other than the manufacturer of a particular new vehicle, and all floor plan notes payable relating to pre-owned vehicles, as “Floor plan notes payable — non-trade” on our consolidated balance sheets and classify related cash flows as a financing activity on our consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

9. Long‑Term Debt

 

Long‑term debt consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

    

2017

    

2016

U.S. credit agreement — revolving credit line

 

$

172.0

 

$

240.0

U.K. credit agreement — revolving credit line

 

 

47.3

 

 

48.1

U.K. credit agreement — overdraft line of credit

 

 

 —

 

 

2.7

5.75% senior subordinated notes due 2022

 

 

545.9

 

 

545.1

5.375% senior subordinated notes due 2024

 

 

297.2

 

 

296.8

5.50% senior subordinated notes due 2026

 

 

494.4

 

 

493.7

3.75% senior subordinated notes due 2020

 

 

296.5

 

 

 —

Australia capital loan agreement

 

 

39.0

 

 

 —

Australia working capital loan agreement

 

 

 —

 

 

24.7

Mortgage facilities

 

 

235.5

 

 

199.9

Other

 

 

35.4

 

 

26.1

Total long-term debt

 

$

2,163.2

 

$

1,877.1

Less: current portion

 

 

(72.8)

 

 

(48.3)

Net long-term debt

 

$

2,090.4

 

$

1,828.8

 

 

Scheduled maturities of long‑term debt for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

2018

    

$

72.8

2019

 

 

58.8

2020

 

 

487.0

2021

 

 

36.9

2022

 

 

576.1

2023 and thereafter

 

 

931.6

Total long-term debt reported

 

$

2,163.2

 

 

F-28


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

U.S. Credit Agreement

 

Our U.S. credit agreement (the “U.S. credit agreement”) with Mercedes-Benz Financial Services USA LLC and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation provides for up to $700.0 million in revolving loans for working capital, acquisitions, capital expenditures, investments and other general corporate purposes, which includes $250.0 million in revolving loans solely for future U.S. acquisitions. The U.S. credit agreement provides for a maximum of $150.0 million of future borrowings for foreign acquisitions and expires on September 30, 2020, subject to its “evergreen” termination provisions. The revolving loans bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.00%, subject to an incremental 1.50% for uncollateralized borrowings in excess of a defined borrowing base.

 

The U.S. credit agreement is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by substantially all of our U.S. subsidiaries and contains a number of significant covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, repay other indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions and engage in mergers or consolidations. We are also required to comply with specified financial and other tests and ratios, each as defined in the U.S. credit agreement including: a ratio of current assets to current liabilities, a fixed charge coverage ratio, a ratio of debt to stockholders’ equity and a ratio of debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). A breach of these requirements would give rise to certain remedies under the agreement, the most severe of which is the termination of the agreement and acceleration of the amounts owed.

 

The U.S. credit agreement also contains typical events of default, including change of control, non-payment of obligations and cross-defaults to our other material indebtedness. Substantially all of our U.S. assets are subject to security interests granted to the lenders under the U.S. credit agreement. As of December 31, 2017, we had $172.0 million of revolver borrowings outstanding under the U.S. credit agreement.

 

U.K. Credit Agreement

 

Our subsidiaries in the U.K. (the “U.K. subsidiaries”) are party to a £150.0 million revolving credit agreement with the Royal Bank of Scotland plc (RBS) and BMW Financial Services (GB) Limited, and an additional demand overdraft line of credit with RBS (collectively, the “U.K. credit agreement”) to be used for working capital, acquisitions, capital expenditures, investments and general corporate purposes. The loans mature on the termination date of the facility, which is December 19, 2019. The revolving loans bear interest between defined LIBOR plus 1.35% and defined LIBOR plus 3.0% and the demand overdraft line of credit bears interest at the Bank of England Base Rate plus 1.75%. As of December 31, 2017, outstanding loans under the U.K. credit agreement amounted to £35.0 million ($47.3 million).

 

The U.K. credit agreement is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by our U.K. subsidiaries, and contains a number of significant covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of our U.K. subsidiaries to pay dividends, dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, repay other indebtedness, create liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions and engage in mergers or consolidations. In addition, our U.K. subsidiaries are required to comply with defined ratios and tests, including: a ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, amortization, and rental payments (“EBITAR”) to interest plus rental payments, a measurement of maximum capital expenditures, and a debt to EBITDA ratio. A breach of these requirements would give rise to certain remedies under the agreement, the most severe of which is the termination of the agreement and acceleration of any amounts owed.

 

The U.K. credit agreement also contains typical events of default, including change of control and non-payment of obligations and cross-defaults to other material indebtedness of our U.K. subsidiaries. Substantially all of our U.K. subsidiaries’ assets are subject to security interests granted to the lenders under the U.K. credit agreement.

 

F-29


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

3.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020  

 

In August 2017, we issued $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 (the “3.75% Notes”). Interest on the 3.75% Notes is payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year. The 3.75% Notes mature on August 15, 2020, unless earlier redeemed or purchased by us. The 3.75% Notes are our unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by our 100% owned U.S. subsidiaries. The 3.75% Notes also contain customary negative covenants and events of default.

 

At any time, we may redeem the 3.75% Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 3.75% Notes, plus an applicable make whole premium, and any accrued and unpaid interest. If we experience certain “change of control” events specified in the indenture, holders of the 3.75% Notes will have the option to require us to purchase for cash all or a portion of their notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, if we make certain asset sales and do not reinvest the proceeds thereof or use such proceeds to repay certain debt, we will be required to use the proceeds of such asset sales to make an offer to purchase the notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

5.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2026

 

In May 2016, we issued $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2026 (the “5.50% Notes”). Interest on the 5.50% Notes is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 5.50% Notes mature on May 15, 2026, unless earlier redeemed or purchased by us. The 5.50% Notes are our unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by our 100% owned U.S. subsidiaries. The 5.50% Notes also contain customary negative covenants and events of default.

 

Prior to May 15, 2021, we may redeem the 5.50% Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 5.50% Notes, plus an applicable make whole premium, and any accrued and unpaid interest. On or after May 15, 2021, we may redeem the 5.50% Notes for cash at the redemption prices noted in the indenture, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. We may also redeem up to 40% of the 5.50% Notes using the proceeds of specified equity offerings at any time prior to May 15, 2019 at a price specified in the indenture. If we experience certain “change of control” events specified in the indenture, holders of the 5.50% Notes will have the option to require us to purchase for cash all or a portion of their notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, if we make certain asset sales and do not reinvest the proceeds thereof or use such proceeds to repay certain debt, we will be required to use the proceeds of such asset sales to make an offer to purchase the notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

5.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024

 

In November 2014, we issued $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024 (the “5.375% Notes”). Interest on the 5.375% Notes is payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The 5.375% Notes mature on December 1, 2024, unless earlier redeemed or purchased by us. The 5.375% Notes are our unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by our 100% owned U.S. subsidiaries. The 5.375% Notes also contain customary negative covenants and events of default.

 

Prior to December 1, 2019, we may redeem the 5.375% Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 5.375% Notes, plus an applicable make whole premium, and any accrued and unpaid interest . On or after December 1, 2019, we may redeem the 5.375% Notes for cash at the redemption prices noted in the indenture, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. If we experience certain “change of control” events specified in the indenture, holders of the 5.375% Notes will have the option to require us to purchase for cash all or a portion of their notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, if we make certain asset sales

F-30


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

and do not reinvest the proceeds thereof or use such proceeds to repay certain debt, we will be required to use the proceeds of such asset sales to make an offer to purchase the notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

5.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022

 

In August 2012, we issued $550.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022 (the “5.75% Notes”). Interest on the 5.75% Notes is payable semi‑annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year. The 5.75% Notes mature on October 1, 2022, unless earlier redeemed or purchased by us. The 5.75% Notes are our unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by our 100% owned U.S. subsidiaries. The 5.75% Notes also contain customary negative covenants and events of default.

 

We may redeem the 5.75% Notes for cash at the redemption prices noted in the indenture, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. If we experience certain “change of control” events specified in the indenture, holders of the 5.75% Notes will have the option to require us to purchase for cash all or a portion of their notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, if we make certain asset sales and do not reinvest the proceeds thereof or use such proceeds to repay certain debt, we will be required to use the proceeds of such asset sales to make an offer to purchase the notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

Australia Loan Agreements

 

Penske Commercial Vehicles Australia and Penske Power Systems, were previously party to a working capital loan agreement with Mercedes-Benz Financial Services Australia Pty Ltd with a capacity of AU $50.5 million.  This agreement provided the lender with a secured interest in all assets of our commercial vehicle distribution business and bore interest at the Australian BBSW 30-day Bill Rate plus 2.7%.

 

In December 2017, PCV Australia and PPS replaced the above agreement with two facilities with Volkswagen Financial Services Australia Pty Limited representing a five-year AU $50.0 million capital loan and a one-year AU $50.0 million working capital loan. Both facilities are subject to annual extensions. These agreements each provide the lender with a secured interest in all assets of our commercial vehicle distribution business. The loans bear interest at the Australian BBSW 30-day Bill Rate plus 3.0%. Irrespective of the term of the agreements, both agreements provide the lender with the ability to call the loans on 90 days’ notice. These facilities are also guaranteed by our U.S. parent company up to AU $50.0 million. As of December 31, 2017, we had AU $50.0 million ($39.0 million) outstanding under the capital loan agreement and no amounts outstanding under the working capital loan agreement.

 

Mortgage Facilities

 

We are party to several mortgages that bear interest at defined rates and require monthly principal and interest payments. These mortgage facilities also contain typical events of default, including non‑payment of obligations, cross‑defaults to our other material indebtedness, certain change of control events, and the loss or sale of certain franchises operated at the properties. Substantially all of the buildings and improvements on the properties financed pursuant to the mortgage facilities are subject to security interests granted to the lender. As of December 31, 2017, we owed $235.5 million of principal under our mortgage facilities.

 

10. Derivatives and Hedging

 

Penske Commercial Vehicles Australia and Penske Power Systems sell vehicles, engines, parts and other products purchased from manufacturers in the U.S., Germany, and the U.K. In order to protect against exchange rate movements, Penske Commercial Vehicles Australia and Penske Power Systems enter into foreign exchange forward contracts against

F-31


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

anticipated cash flows. The contracts are timed to mature when major shipments are scheduled to arrive in Australia and when receipt of payment from customers is expected. We classify our foreign exchange forward contracts as cash flow hedges and state them at fair value. We used Level 2 inputs to estimate the fair value of the foreign exchange forward contracts. The fair value of the contracts designated as hedging instruments was estimated to be an asset of $0.2 million and an asset of $0.3 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

11. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

 

We are involved in litigation which may relate to claims brought by governmental authorities, issues with customers, and employment related matters, including class action claims and purported class action claims. As of December 31, 2017, we were not party to any legal proceedings, including class action lawsuits that, individually or in the aggregate, are reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. However, the results of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, and an unfavorable resolution of one or more of these matters could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

We have historically structured our operations so as to minimize ownership of real property. As a result, we lease or sublease substantially all of our facilities. These leases are generally for a period between 5 and 20 years, and are typically structured to include renewal options at our election. We estimate the total rent obligations under these leases, including any extension periods we may exercise at our discretion and assuming constant consumer price indices, to be $5.1 billion. Pursuant to the leases for some of our larger facilities, we are required to comply with specified financial ratios, including a “rent coverage” ratio and a debt to EBITDA ratio, each as defined. For these leases, non‑compliance with the ratios may require us to post collateral in the form of a letter of credit. A breach of the other lease covenants gives rise to certain remedies by the landlord, the most severe of which include the termination of the applicable lease and acceleration of the total rent payments due under the lease.

 

Minimum future rental payments required under operating leases in effect as of December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

    

$

237.4

 

2019

 

 

232.9

 

2020

 

 

229.3

 

2021

 

 

225.5

 

2022

 

 

219.6

 

2023 and thereafter

 

 

3,976.2

 

 

 

$

5,120.9

 

 

 

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2017,  2016, and 2015 amounted to $225.4 million, $206.6 million, and $201.8 million, respectively.

 

We have sold a number of dealerships to third parties and, as a condition to certain of those sales, remain liable for the lease payments relating to the properties on which those businesses operate in the event of non‑payment by the buyer. We are also party to lease agreements on properties that we no longer use in our retail operations that we have sublet to third parties. We rely on subtenants to pay the rent and maintain the property at these locations. In the event the subtenant does not perform as expected, we may not be able to recover amounts owed to us and we could be required to fulfill these obligations. We believe we have made appropriate reserves relating to these locations. The aggregate rent paid by the tenants on those properties in 2017 was approximately $20.6 million and, in aggregate, we currently guarantee or are otherwise liable for approximately $200.1 million of these lease payments, including lease payments during available renewal periods.

 

We currently hold a 28.9% ownership interest in PTL. Historically, affiliates of GE Capital (“GEC”) provided PTL with a majority of its financing, though PTL has refinanced all of its GEC indebtedness. As part of that refinancing, we

F-32


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

and the other PTL partners created a new company (“Holdings”), which, together with GEC, co-issued $700.0 million of 3.8% senior unsecured notes due 2019 (the “Holdings Bonds”). GEC agreed to be a co-obligor of the Holdings Bonds in order to achieve lower interest rates on the Holdings Bonds. As part of Mitsui’s purchase of its 20.0% ownership interest in PTL in March 2015, the ownership interest of GEC in Holdings was redeemed, Holdings was relieved of its obligations under the indenture for the Holdings Bonds, and Holdings became obligated to pay to GEC 50.1% of all interest and principal due under, and 100% of the expenses related to, the Holdings Bonds to the extent Holdings has cash in excess of a certain level of permitted working capital, subject to certain limitations. We agreed to indemnify GEC for 9.0% of any principal or interest that GEC is required to pay on these bonds and pay GEC an annual fee of approximately $0.95 million for acting as obligor. The maximum amount of our contingent obligations to GEC under this agreement was 9.0% of the required principal repayment due in 2019 and 9.0% of interest payments under the Holdings Bonds, plus fees and default interest, if any. On October 2, 2017, we elected to make a payment in full of our obligations under this agreement of $63.8 million and have no further obligations to make payments under this agreement.

 

Our floor plan credit agreement with Mercedes Benz Financial Services Australia (“MBA”) provides us revolving loans for the acquisition of commercial vehicles for distribution to our retail network. This facility includes a limited parent guarantee and a commitment to repurchase dealer vehicles in the event the dealer’s floor plan agreement with MBA is terminated.

 

We have $33.4 million of letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2017, and have posted $25.9 million of surety bonds in the ordinary course of business.

 

12. Related Party Transactions

 

We sometimes pay to and/or receive fees from Penske Corporation and its affiliates for services rendered in the normal course of business, or to reimburse payments made to third parties on each other’s behalf. These transactions are reviewed periodically by our Audit Committee and reflect the provider’s cost or an amount mutually agreed upon by both parties. During 2017, 2016, and 2015, Penske Corporation and its affiliates billed us $6.2 million, $6.9 million, and $6.7 million, respectively, and we billed Penske Corporation and its affiliates $159 thousand, $148 thousand, and $101 thousand, respectively, for such services. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had $58 thousand and $98 thousand of receivables from, and $0.7 million and $0.8 million of payables to, Penske Corporation and its subsidiaries, respectively.

 

On September 7, 2017, we acquired an additional 5.5% ownership interest in PTL, a leading provider of transportation services and supply chain management, from GE Capital for approximately $239.1 million in cash. At the same time, Mitsui, our second largest shareholder, acquired an additional 10.0% ownership interest in PTL at the same valuation. After the transaction,  PTL is owned 41.1% by Penske Corporation, 28.9% by us, and 30.0% by Mitsui. GE Capital no longer owns any ownership interests in PTL. In connection with this transaction, the PTL partners agreed to amend and restate the existing partnership agreement among the partners, which among other things, provides us with specified partner distribution and governance rights and restricts our ability to transfer our interests. We and Mitsui were granted additional governance rights as part of the transaction. In addition, the partnership now has a six member advisory committee (previously seven member) and we continue to be entitled to one of the six representatives. We continue to have the right to pro rata quarterly distributions equal to 50% of PTL’s consolidated net income and we expect to continue to realize significant cash tax savings.

 

We continue to be able to transfer our directly owned interests with the unanimous consent of the other partners, or if we provide the remaining partners with a right of first offer to acquire our interests, except that we may transfer up to 9.02% of our interest to Penske Corporation without complying with the right of first offer to the remaining partner. We and Penske Corporation have previously agreed that (1) in the event of any transfer by Penske Corporation of their partnership interests to a third party, we will be entitled to “tag-along” by transferring a pro rata amount of our

F-33


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

partnership interests on similar terms and conditions, and (2) Penske Corporation is entitled to a right of first refusal in the event of any transfer of our partnership interests, subject to the terms of the partnership agreement. Additionally, PTL has agreed to indemnify the general partner for any actions in connection with managing PTL, except those taken in bad faith or in violation of the partnership agreement.

 

The partnership agreement continues to allow Penske Corporation, beginning December 31, 2017, to give notice to require PTL to begin to effect an initial public offering of equity securities, subject to certain limitations, as soon as practicable after the first anniversary of the initial notice, and, beginning in 2025, we and Mitsui continue to have a   similar right to require PTL to begin an initial public offering of equity securities, subject to certain limitations, as soon as reasonably practicable. The term of the partnership agreement was amended as part of the transaction to be indefinite.

 

In 2017, 2016, and 2015, we received $52.4 million, $21.7 million, and $13.8 million, respectively, from PTL in pro rata cash dividends. In 2014, we formed a venture with PTL, Penske Commercial Leasing Australia. This venture combines PTL’s fleet operations expertise with our market knowledge of commercial vehicles to rent heavy-duty commercial vehicles in Australia. This venture is accounted for as an equity method investment as discussed in Note 2.

 

In December 2017, we sold our 31% ownership interest in Penske Vehicle Services, an automotive fleet management company, to PTL for a purchase price of $19.2 million. We previously accounted for this venture as an equity method investment.

 

In September 2016, PTG completed the sale of certain assets to PTL, a related party. The assets sold consisted of approximately 300 vehicles, together with the associated full-service truck leasing and truck rental contracts with various PTG customers. PTL purchased these assets at fair value, which exceeded our carrying value for these assets, for a total purchase price of approximately $17.0 million.

 

Joint Venture Relationships

 

From time to time we enter into joint venture relationships in the ordinary course of business, pursuant to which we own and operate automotive dealerships together with other investors. We may also provide these dealerships with working capital and other debt financing at costs that are based on our incremental borrowing rate. As of December 31, 2017, our automotive joint venture relationships were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Location

    

Dealerships

    

Ownership Interest

Fairfield, Connecticut

 

Audi, Mercedes-Benz, Sprinter, Porsche

 

80.00

% (A) (B)

Greenwich, Connecticut

 

Mercedes-Benz

 

80.00

% (A) (B)

Northern Italy

 

BMW, MINI, Maserati, Porsche, Audi, Land Rover, Volvo

 

84.00

% (B)

Aachen, Germany

 

Audi, Maserati, SEAT, Skoda, Volkswagen

 

68.00

% (B) (D)

Frankfurt, Germany

 

Lexus, Toyota, Volkswagen

 

50.00

% (C)

Barcelona, Spain

 

BMW, MINI

 

50.00

% (C)

Tokyo, Japan

 

BMW, MINI, Rolls-Royce, Ferrari, ALPINA

 

49.00

% (C)

                                                 

(a)

An entity controlled by one of our directors, Lucio A. Noto, owns a 20% interest in this joint venture.

(b)

Entity is consolidated in our financial statements.

(c)

Entity is accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

(d)

In February 2018, we acquired an additional 7.4% ownership interest in this joint venture and now own 75.4%.

 

Additionally, we are party to non-automotive joint ventures including our investments in Penske Commercial Leasing Australia (28%) and PTL (28.9%) that are accounted for under the equity method, as more fully discussed in Note 2.

 

F-34


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

13. Stock‑Based Compensation

 

Key employees, outside directors, consultants and advisors of PAG are eligible to receive stock‑based compensation pursuant to the terms of our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). This plan allows for the issuance of shares for stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and other awards. The 2015 Plan is a five-year plan which allows for up to 4,000,000 awards of which 3,219,205 shares of common stock were available for grant as of December 31, 2017. Compensation expense related to our equity incentive plan was $16.0 million, $14.8 million, and $14.1 million during 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

Restricted Stock

 

During 2017, 2016, and 2015, we granted 320,018, 316,486, and 295,148 shares, respectively, of restricted common stock and restricted stock units at no cost to participants under the plan. These awards provide the holder voting and dividend rights prior to vesting. The awards are subject to forfeiture and are non‑transferable, which restrictions generally lapse over a four year period from the grant date at a rate of 15%, 15%, 20% and 50% per year. We have determined that the grant date quoted market price of the underlying common stock is the appropriate measure of compensation cost. This cost is amortized as expense over the restriction period. As of December 31, 2017, there was $22.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the restricted stock, which is expected to be recognized over the restricted period.

 

Presented below is a summary of the status of our restricted stock as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Weighted Average

    

Aggregate

 

 

 

Shares

 

Grant Date Fair Value

 

Intrinsic Value

 

December 31, 2016

 

919,193

 

$

22.73

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

320,018

 

 

51.60

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

(328,253)

 

 

47.06

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(11,484)

 

 

44.57

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

899,474

 

$

46.59

 

$

43.0

 

 

 

 

14. Equity

 

A summary of shares repurchased under our securities repurchase program, and shares acquired, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Shares repurchased (1)

    

 

302,000

    

 

4,512,325

    

 

854,313

 

Aggregate purchase price

 

$

12.7

 

$

167.9

 

$

40.9

 

Average purchase price per share

 

$

41.95

 

$

37.21

 

$

47.86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares acquired (2)

 

 

133,710

 

 

144,717

 

 

156,383

 

Aggregate purchase price

 

$

5.8

 

$

5.7

 

$

8.0

 

Average purchase price per share

 

$

43.28

 

$

39.47

 

$

51.05

 

                                                 

(1)

Shares were repurchased under our securities repurchase program. As of December 31, 2017, we had $200.0 million in repurchase authorization under the repurchase program .

(2)

Shares were acquired from employees in connection with a net share settlement feature of employee equity awards .

 

 

 

F-35


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

15. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component and the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during the years ended December 31, 2017,  2016, and 2015 attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Accumulated

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Currency

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

Translation

 

Other

 

Income (Loss)

 

Balance at January 1, 2015

 

$

(51.7)

 

$

(1.6)

 

$

(53.3)

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

 

(61.8)

 

 

(7.4)

 

 

(69.2)

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income — net of tax provision of $0.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income

 

 

(61.8)

 

 

(7.4)

 

 

(69.2)

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

(113.5)

 

$

(9.0)

 

$

(122.5)

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

 

(116.5)

 

 

(11.7)

 

 

(128.2)

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income — net of tax provision $0.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income

 

 

(116.5)

 

 

(11.7)

 

 

(128.2)

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

(230.0)

 

$

(20.7)

 

$

(250.7)

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

 

96.0

 

 

8.2

 

 

104.2

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income — net of tax provision of $0.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income

 

 

96.0

 

 

8.2

 

 

104.2

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

$

(134.0)

 

$

(12.5)

 

$

(146.5)

 

 

 

16. Income Taxes

 

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law P.L. 115-97, commonly referred to as the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”). The Act modifies several provisions of the Internal Revenue Code related to corporations, including a permanent corporate income tax rate reduction from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. The Act also significantly changes U.S. international tax laws for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and requires a one-time mandatory deemed repatriation of all cumulative post-1986 foreign earnings and profits of a U.S. shareholder’s foreign subsidiaries effective in 2017, the year of enactment.

 

As a result of the enacted legislation, we have assessed the impact of the changes to the U.S. income tax system, including but not limited to, adjustments to U.S. current and deferred taxes associated with the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign undistributed earnings. We have estimated that our U.S. federal and state tax liability as a result of the transition tax on repatriation will be $54.8 million on a deemed repatriation of $992.7 million of foreign earnings and profits. The remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the corporate income tax rate reduction is estimated to provide an income tax benefit of $301.6 million. The total benefit recorded in 2017 as a result of the enactment of the Act was $243.4 million, consisting primarily of the deemed repatriation and revaluation of U.S. deferreds noted previously.

 

On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) was issued to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Act enactment date for companies to complete such income tax accounting under ASC 740. In accordance with SAB 118, we have analyzed and computed

F-36


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

the U.S. tax impact of the Act to the best of our ability with the information available at this time and consider our conclusions to be reasonable estimates. Additional information gathering and analysis will be required to refine our detailed computations. Any subsequent adjustments to our provisional estimates will be recorded to current tax expense in the quarter of 2018 when our analysis is considered final and complete.

 

We have considered and analyzed the applicability of any new international tax provisions of the Act effective for tax years after December 31, 2017. The global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) provisions of the Act require a U.S. federal income tax return inclusion of annual foreign earnings in excess of a predetermined return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. FASB guidance released in relation to international tax provisions effective after December 31, 2017 considers multiple methods reasonable for income tax accounting purposes. We believe we will be subject to the GILTI provisions beginning in 2018 due to expense allocations required by the U.S. foreign tax credit rules. During the first quarter of 2018, we will adopt the method of accounting for GILTI inclusions as a period expense and therefore have not accrued any deferred taxes in relation to this provision in the 2017 consolidated financial statements.

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes by geographic region was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

   

2017

   

2016

   

2015

 

U.S.

 

$

375.4

 

$

316.7

 

$

309.4

 

Non-U.S.

 

 

172.8

 

 

191.4

 

 

182.5

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

548.2

 

$

508.1

 

$

491.9

 

 

Income taxes relating to income from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(3.5)

 

$

(47.2)

 

$

61.8

 

State and local

 

 

4.2

 

 

4.7

 

 

11.5

 

Foreign

 

 

43.2

 

 

41.0

 

 

40.1

 

Total current

 

$

43.9

 

$

(1.5)

 

$

113.4

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(150.5)

 

 

140.6

 

 

40.1

 

State and local

 

 

47.2

 

 

22.3

 

 

8.4

 

Foreign

 

 

(5.4)

 

 

(0.7)

 

 

(3.9)

 

Total deferred

 

$

(108.7)

 

$

162.2

 

$

44.6

 

Income taxes

 

$

(64.8)

 

$

160.7

 

$

158.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes relating to income from continuing operations varied from the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate due to the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Income taxes at federal statutory rate of 35%

  

$

191.9

 

$

177.8

 

$

172.2

 

State and local income taxes, net of federal taxes

 

 

13.7

 

 

14.7

 

 

13.3

 

Non-U.S. income taxed at other rates

 

 

(25.2)

 

 

(26.8)

 

 

(27.4)

 

Revaluation of U.S. deferreds

 

 

(301.6)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Deemed mandatory repatriation

 

 

54.8

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other

 

 

1.6

 

 

(5.0)

 

 

(0.1)

 

Income taxes

 

$

(64.8)

 

$

160.7

 

$

158.0

 

 

F-37


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

$

53.6

 

$

71.4

 

Net operating loss and credit carryforwards

 

 

131.0

 

 

32.4

 

Other

 

 

24.0

 

 

18.7

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

208.6

 

 

122.5

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(36.6)

 

 

(17.2)

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

172.0

 

$

105.3

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(178.1)

 

 

(210.9)

 

Partnership investments

 

 

(469.5)

 

 

(448.1)

 

Convertible notes

 

 

(1.5)

 

 

(5.0)

 

Other

 

 

(4.4)

 

 

(5.9)

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(653.5)

 

 

(669.9)

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(481.5)

 

$

(564.6)

 

 

As a result of the deemed mandatory repatriation provisions in the Act discussed previously, we included an estimated $992.7 million of undistributed earnings in income subject to U.S. tax at reduced tax rates. We are not permanently reinvested to the extent of these previously taxed earnings, which may be distributed in the future. As of December 31, 2017, we have not provided U.S. federal income taxes on a total temporary difference of $138.7 million related to the excess of financial reporting basis over tax basis in our non-U.S. subsidiaries, as it is our position that we are permanently reinvested for this basis difference. Our U.K. subsidiary remains permanently reinvested in its non-U.K. subsidiaries. Therefore, we have not recognized any additional deferred tax liabilities related to our investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries.

 

As of December 31, 2017, we have $504.7 million of state net operating loss carryforwards in the U.S. that expire at various dates beginning in 2018 through 2037, U.S. federal and state credit carryforwards of $7.8 million that will not expire, a U.S. foreign tax credit carryforward of $81.7 million that will expire in 2027, U.K. capital loss carryforwards of $5.1 million that will not expire, German net operating loss carryforwards of $27.0 million that will not expire, Australian net operating loss carryforwards of $15.3 million that will not expire, Canadian net operating loss carryforwards of $0.5 million that will not expire, New Zealand net operating loss carryforwards of $2.1 million that will not expire, and Italian net operating loss carryforwards of $0.1 million that will not expire. The Company generated $248.5 million of state net operating loss carryforwards in the U.S. in 2017.

 

A valuation allowance of $1.0 million has been recorded against the state net operating loss carryforwards in the U.S., a valuation allowance of $0.4 million has been recorded against the state credit carryforwards in the U.S., and a valuation allowance of $17.5 million has been recorded against the U.S. foreign tax credit carryforward as of December 31, 2017. A valuation allowance of $9.6 million has been recorded against German net operating losses and other deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2017. A valuation allowance of $8.1 million has been recorded against U.K. deferred tax assets related to buildings as of December 31, 2017.

 

F-38


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

Generally accepted accounting principles relating to uncertain income tax positions prescribe a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized, and provides guidance on the derecognition, measurement, classification, and disclosure relating to income taxes. The movement in uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Uncertain tax positions — January 1

 

$

3.4

 

$

12.8

 

$

13.1

 

Gross increase — tax position in prior periods

 

 

0.2

 

 

0.2

 

 

0.2

 

Gross decrease — tax position in prior periods

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

(0.3)

 

 

 —

 

Gross increase — current period tax position

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Settlements

 

 

 —

 

 

(7.8)

 

 

 —

 

Lapse in statute of limitations

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Foreign exchange

 

 

 —

 

 

(1.5)

 

 

(0.5)

 

Uncertain tax positions — December 31

 

$

3.5

 

$

3.4

 

$

12.8

 

 

 

We have elected to include interest and penalties in our income tax expense. The total interest and penalties included within uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2017 was $2.2 million. We do not expect a significant change to the amount of uncertain tax positions within the next twelve months. Our U.S. federal returns remain open to examination for 2014 through 2016 and various U.S. state jurisdictions are open for periods ranging from 2010 through 2016. The portion of the total amount of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2017 that would, if recognized, impact the effective tax rate was $3.5 million.

 

We have classified our tax reserves as a long‑term obligation on the basis that management does not expect to make payments relating to those reserves within the next twelve months.

 

As a result of our acquisition of the remaining ownership interests of Premier Truck Group in April 2016, bringing our total ownership interest to 100%, the partnership entity was liquidated, thereby yielding an adjustment to the tax basis of this investment. The result was an elimination of $5.1 million of deferred tax liabilities, which reduced income tax expense by the same amount in 2016.

 

17. Segment Information

 

Our operations are organized by management into operating segments by line of business and geography. We have determined that we have four reportable segments as defined in generally accepted accounting principles for segment reporting: (i) Retail Automotive, consisting of our retail automotive dealership operations; (ii) Retail Commercial Truck, consisting of our retail commercial truck dealership operations in the U.S. and Canada; (iii) Other, consisting of our commercial vehicle and power systems distribution operations and other non-automotive consolidated operations; and (iv) Non-Automotive Investments, consisting of our equity method investments in non-automotive operations. The Retail Automotive reportable segment includes all automotive dealerships and all departments relevant to the operation of the dealerships and our retail automotive joint ventures. The individual dealership operations included in the Retail Automotive reportable segment represent six operating segments: Eastern, Central, and Western United States, CarSense, International, and CarShop. These operating segments have been aggregated into one reportable segment as their operations (A) have similar economic characteristics (all are automotive dealerships having similar margins), (B) offer similar products and services (all sell new and/or used vehicles, service, parts and third-party finance and insurance products), (C) have similar target markets and customers (generally individuals) and (D) have similar distribution and marketing practices (all distribute products and services through dealership facilities that market to customers in similar fashions). The accounting policies of the segments are the same and are described in Note 1.

 

F-39


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes revenues, floor plan interest expense, other interest expense, depreciation, equity in earnings of affiliates, and income (loss) from continuing operations before certain non‑recurring items and income taxes, which is the measure by which management allocates resources to its segments and which we refer to as adjusted segment income, for each of our reportable segments.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Retail

 

Retail Commercial

    

 

 

    

Non-Automotive

    

Intersegment

    

 

 

 

 

 

Automotive

 

Truck

 

Other

 

Investments

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

19,824.3

 

$

1,048.0

 

$

514.6

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

21,386.9

 

2016

 

 

18,673.2

 

 

1,000.7

 

 

448.5

 

 

 —

 

 

(3.9)

 

 

20,118.5

 

2015

 

 

17,896.3

 

 

944.1

 

 

446.4

 

 

 —

 

 

(1.9)

 

 

19,284.9

 

Floor plan interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

59.4

 

$

2.7

 

$

1.3

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

63.4

 

2016

 

 

47.1

 

 

2.9

 

 

0.9

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

50.9

 

2015

 

 

41.3

 

 

2.0

 

 

1.2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

44.5

 

Other interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

95.0

 

$

3.4

 

$

9.0

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

107.4

 

2016

 

 

74.8

 

 

4.1

 

 

6.5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

85.4

 

2015

 

 

56.8

 

 

3.8

 

 

8.8

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

69.4

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

85.7

 

$

4.1

 

$

5.3

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

95.1

 

2016

 

 

81.7

 

 

3.2

 

 

4.8

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

89.7

 

2015

 

 

71.3

 

 

2.0

 

 

4.7

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

78.0

 

Equity in earnings of affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

4.6

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

103.0

 

$

 —

 

$

107.6

 

2016

 

 

4.9

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

64.6

 

 

 —

 

 

69.5

 

2015

 

 

4.4

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

34.9

 

 

 —

 

 

39.3

 

Adjusted segment income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

397.2

 

$

38.4

 

$

9.6

 

$

103.0

 

$

 —

 

$

548.2

 

2016

 

 

412.9

 

 

26.2

 

 

4.4

 

 

64.6

 

 

 —

 

 

508.1

 

2015

 

 

420.4

 

 

35.4

 

 

1.2

 

 

34.9

 

 

 —

 

 

491.9

 

 

 

 

 

F-40


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

Total assets, equity method investments, and capital expenditures by reportable segment are as set forth in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Retail

 

Retail Commercial

    

 

    

Non-Automotive

    

Intersegment

    

 

 

 

 

Automotive

 

Truck

 

Other

 

Investments

 

Elimination

 

Total

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

8,157.0

 

$

553.4

 

$

642.1

 

$

1,188.1

 

$

 —

 

$

10,540.6

 

2016

 

 

7,011.5

 

 

489.1

 

 

497.6

 

 

834.8

 

 

 —

 

 

8,833.0

 

Equity method investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

68.5

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,188.1

 

$

 —

 

$

1,256.6

 

2016

 

 

58.6

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

834.8

 

 

 —

 

 

893.4

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

237.8

 

$

6.4

 

$

2.8

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

247.0

 

2016

 

 

195.6

 

 

3.3

 

 

4.2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

203.1

 

2015

 

 

187.7

 

 

4.5

 

 

7.3

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

199.5

 

 

The following table presents certain data by geographic area:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Revenue from external customers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

$

12,487.2

 

$

12,005.9

 

$

11,806.9

 

Non-U.S.

 

 

8,899.7

 

 

8,112.6

 

 

7,478.0

 

Total revenue from external customers

 

$

21,386.9

 

$

20,118.5

 

$

19,284.9

 

Long-lived assets, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

$

2,268.1

 

$

1,847.3

 

 

 

 

Non-U.S.

 

 

1,111.5

 

 

880.9

 

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

 

$

3,379.6

 

$

2,728.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company’s non-U.S. operations are predominantly based in the U.K.

 

F-41


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following tables present our revenue from external customers by product type for our Retail Automotive and Retail Commercial Truck segments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Retail Automotive Dealership Revenue

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

  

New vehicle

 

$

9,678.5

 

$

9,547.1

 

$

9,208.9

 

Used vehicle

 

 

6,386.8

 

 

5,663.7

 

 

5,425.5

 

Finance and insurance, net

 

 

581.8

 

 

495.0

 

 

478.3

 

Service and parts

 

 

2,057.5

 

 

1,948.6

 

 

1,830.7

 

Fleet and wholesale

 

 

1,119.7

 

 

1,018.8

 

 

952.9

 

Total retail automotive dealership revenue

 

$

19,824.3

 

$

18,673.2

 

$

17,896.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Retail Commercial Truck Dealership Revenue

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

  

New truck

 

$

613.2

 

$

625.5

 

$

572.5

 

Used truck

 

 

89.4

 

 

51.8

 

 

58.7

 

Finance and insurance, net

 

 

9.0

 

 

7.3

 

 

6.7

 

Service and parts

 

 

325.6

 

 

306.0

 

 

286.0

 

Lease, rental and wholesale

 

 

10.8

 

 

10.1

 

 

20.2

 

Total retail commercial truck dealership revenue

 

$

1,048.0

 

$

1,000.7

 

$

944.1

 

 

 

 

 

18. Summary of Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

2017 (1)(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

5,081.1

 

$

5,383.4

 

$

5,524.4

 

$

5,398.0

 

Gross profit

 

 

774.3

 

 

817.3

 

 

822.6

 

 

808.3

 

Net income

 

 

83.0

 

 

106.9

 

 

94.3

 

 

328.6

 

Net income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

 

82.6

 

 

106.2

 

 

94.4

 

 

330.1

 

Diluted earnings per share attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

0.96

 

$

1.23

 

$

1.10

 

$

3.85

 

2016 (1)(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

4,824.6

 

$

5,254.1

 

$

5,152.0

 

$

4,887.8

 

Gross profit

 

 

723.8

 

 

771.3

 

 

744.2

 

 

727.3

 

Net income

 

 

80.2

 

 

95.0

 

 

88.5

 

 

82.7

 

Net income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

 

79.3

 

 

93.5

 

 

87.5

 

 

82.6

 

Diluted earnings per share attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

0.90

 

$

1.10

 

$

1.03

 

$

0.97

 

 

                                                 

(1)

As discussed in Note 4, we have treated the operations of certain entities as discontinued operations. The results for all periods have been restated to reflect such treatment.

(2)

Per share amounts are calculated independently for each of the quarters presented. The sum of the quarters may not equal the full year per share amounts due to rounding.

F-42


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

19. Condensed Consolidating Financial Information

 

The following tables include condensed consolidating financial information as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 for Penske Automotive Group, Inc. (as the issuer of the 5.75% Notes, the 5.375% Notes, the 5.50% Notes, and the 3.75% Notes), guarantor subsidiaries, and non-guarantor subsidiaries (primarily representing non-U.S. entities). Guarantor subsidiaries are directly or indirectly 100% owned by PAG, and the guarantees are full and unconditional, and joint and several. The guarantees may be released under certain circumstances upon resale, or transfer by us of the stock of the related guarantor or all or substantially all of the assets of the guarantor to a non-affiliate.

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Penske

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Automotive

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

Company

 

Eliminations

 

Group

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

45.7

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

14.8

 

$

30.9

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

954.9

 

 

(463.6)

 

 

463.6

 

 

523.8

 

 

431.1

 

Inventories

 

 

3,944.1

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,935.0

 

 

2,009.1

 

Other current assets

 

 

81.8

 

 

 —

 

 

7.3

 

 

16.8

 

 

57.7

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total current assets

 

 

5,026.5

 

 

(463.6)

 

 

470.9

 

 

2,490.4

 

 

2,528.8

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

2,108.6

 

 

 —

 

 

3.3

 

 

1,032.9

 

 

1,072.4

 

Intangible assets

 

 

2,134.5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,334.6

 

 

799.9

 

Equity method investments

 

 

1,256.6

 

 

 —

 

 

1,186.9

 

 

 —

 

 

69.7

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

14.4

 

 

(2,772.7)

 

 

2,777.8

 

 

4.6

 

 

4.7

 

Total assets

 

$

10,540.6

 

$

(3,236.3)

 

$

4,438.9

 

$

4,862.5

 

$

4,475.5

 

Floor plan notes payable

 

$

2,343.2

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,272.4

 

$

1,070.8

 

Floor plan notes payable — non-trade

 

 

1,418.6

 

 

 —

 

 

196.6

 

 

601.9

 

 

620.1

 

Accounts payable

 

 

641.6

 

 

 —

 

 

3.9

 

 

194.4

 

 

443.3

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

523.5

 

 

(463.6)

 

 

1.0

 

 

165.2

 

 

820.9

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

72.8

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5.5

 

 

67.3

 

Liabilities held for sale

 

 

0.7

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

0.7

 

 

 —

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

5,000.4

 

 

(463.6)

 

 

201.5

 

 

2,240.1

 

 

3,022.4

 

Long-term debt

 

 

2,090.4

 

 

(150.2)

 

 

1,809.4

 

 

191.6

 

 

239.6

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

481.5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

480.1

 

 

1.4

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

540.3

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

64.7

 

 

475.6

 

Total liabilities

 

 

8,112.6

 

 

(613.8)

 

 

2,010.9

 

 

2,976.5

 

 

3,739.0

 

Total equity

 

 

2,428.0

 

 

(2,622.5)

 

 

2,428.0

 

 

1,886.0

 

 

736.5

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

10,540.6

 

$

(3,236.3)

 

$

4,438.9

 

$

4,862.5

 

$

4,475.5

 

 

F-43


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Penske

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Automotive

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

Company

 

Eliminations

 

Group

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

24.0

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

9.4

 

$

14.6

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

879.0

 

 

(447.0)

 

 

447.0

 

 

483.6

 

 

395.4

 

Inventories

 

 

3,408.2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,830.5

 

 

1,577.7

 

Other current assets

 

 

73.9

 

 

 —

 

 

14.3

 

 

14.6

 

 

45.0

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

8.4

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

8.4

 

 

 —

 

Total current assets

 

 

4,393.5

 

 

(447.0)

 

 

461.3

 

 

2,346.5

 

 

2,032.7

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,806.5

 

 

 —

 

 

3.3

 

 

961.0

 

 

842.2

 

Intangible assets

 

 

1,711.3

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,079.6

 

 

631.7

 

Equity method investments

 

 

893.4

 

 

 —

 

 

833.7

 

 

 —

 

 

59.7

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

28.3

 

 

(2,215.0)

 

 

2,220.6

 

 

4.1

 

 

18.6

 

Total assets

 

$

8,833.0

 

$

(2,662.0)

 

$

3,518.9

 

$

4,391.2

 

$

3,584.9

 

Floor plan notes payable

 

$

2,084.5

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,178.0

 

$

906.5

 

Floor plan notes payable — non-trade

 

 

1,233.3

 

 

 —

 

 

156.0

 

 

623.2

 

 

454.1

 

Accounts payable

 

 

497.4

 

 

 —

 

 

4.9

 

 

171.9

 

 

320.6

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

360.0

 

 

(447.0)

 

 

0.9

 

 

77.2

 

 

728.9

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

48.3

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

6.0

 

 

42.3

 

Liabilities held for sale

 

 

6.1

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

6.1

 

 

 —

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

4,229.6

 

 

(447.0)

 

 

161.8

 

 

2,062.4

 

 

2,452.4

 

Long-term debt

 

 

1,828.8

 

 

(175.8)

 

 

1,577.6

 

 

186.0

 

 

241.0

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

564.6

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

560.9

 

 

3.7

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

430.5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

65.2

 

 

365.3

 

Total liabilities

 

 

7,053.5

 

 

(622.8)

 

 

1,739.4

 

 

2,874.5

 

 

3,062.4

 

Total equity

 

 

1,779.5

 

 

(2,039.2)

 

 

1,779.5

 

 

1,516.7

 

 

522.5

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

8,833.0

 

$

(2,662.0)

 

$

3,518.9

 

$

4,391.2

 

$

3,584.9

 

 

F-44


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Penske

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Automotive

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

Company

 

Eliminations

 

Group

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Revenues

 

$

21,386.9

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

11,825.9

 

$

9,561.0

 

Cost of sales

 

 

18,164.4

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

9,945.0

 

 

8,219.4

 

Gross profit

 

 

3,222.5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,880.9

 

 

1,341.6

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

2,516.0

 

 

 —

 

 

24.5

 

 

1,393.3

 

 

1,098.2

 

Depreciation

 

 

95.1

 

 

 —

 

 

1.6

 

 

53.1

 

 

40.4

 

Operating income

 

 

611.4

 

 

 —

 

 

(26.1)

 

 

434.5

 

 

203.0

 

Floor plan interest expense

 

 

(63.4)

 

 

 —

 

 

(4.9)

 

 

(38.5)

 

 

(20.0)

 

Other interest expense

 

 

(107.4)

 

 

 —

 

 

(73.5)

 

 

(8.9)

 

 

(25.0)

 

Equity in earnings of affiliates

 

 

107.6

 

 

 —

 

 

102.8

 

 

 —

 

 

4.8

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

 —

 

 

(550.6)

 

 

550.6

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

548.2

 

 

(550.6)

 

 

548.9

 

 

387.1

 

 

162.8

 

Income taxes

 

 

64.8

 

 

(64.8)

 

 

64.8

 

 

95.5

 

 

(30.7)

 

Income from continuing operations

 

 

613.0

 

 

(615.4)

 

 

613.7

 

 

482.6

 

 

132.1

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

0.2

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

 —

 

Net income

 

 

612.8

 

 

(615.2)

 

 

613.5

 

 

482.4

 

 

132.1

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

107.4

 

 

(97.5)

 

 

107.4

 

 

 —

 

 

97.5

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

720.2

 

 

(712.7)

 

 

720.9

 

 

482.4

 

 

229.6

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

2.7

 

 

(3.2)

 

 

3.2

 

 

 —

 

 

2.7

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

717.5

 

$

(709.5)

 

$

717.7

 

$

482.4

 

$

226.9

 

 

F-45


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Penske

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Automotive

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

Company

 

Eliminations

 

Group

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Revenues

 

$

20,118.5

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

10,946.2

 

$

9,172.3

 

Cost of sales

 

 

17,151.9

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

9,251.8

 

 

7,900.1

 

Gross profit

 

 

2,966.6

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,694.4

 

 

1,272.2

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

2,302.0

 

 

 —

 

 

19.2

 

 

1,284.4

 

 

998.4

 

Depreciation

 

 

89.7

 

 

 —

 

 

1.7

 

 

47.3

 

 

40.7

 

Operating income

 

 

574.9

 

 

 —

 

 

(20.9)

 

 

362.7

 

 

233.1

 

Floor plan interest expense

 

 

(50.9)

 

 

 —

 

 

(3.0)

 

 

(29.1)

 

 

(18.8)

 

Other interest expense

 

 

(85.4)

 

 

 —

 

 

(59.2)

 

 

(5.1)

 

 

(21.1)

 

Equity in earnings of affiliates

 

 

69.5

 

 

 —

 

 

64.6

 

 

 —

 

 

4.9

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

 —

 

 

(523.3)

 

 

523.3

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

508.1

 

 

(523.3)

 

 

504.8

 

 

328.5

 

 

198.1

 

Income taxes

 

 

(160.7)

 

 

166.6

 

 

(160.7)

 

 

(124.4)

 

 

(42.2)

 

Income from continuing operations

 

 

347.4

 

 

(356.7)

 

 

344.1

 

 

204.1

 

 

155.9

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(1.0)

 

 

1.0

 

 

(1.0)

 

 

(0.9)

 

 

(0.1)

 

Net income

 

 

346.4

 

 

(355.7)

 

 

343.1

 

 

203.2

 

 

155.8

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

(129.0)

 

 

123.9

 

 

(129.0)

 

 

 —

 

 

(123.9)

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

217.4

 

 

(231.8)

 

 

214.1

 

 

203.2

 

 

31.9

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

2.7

 

 

0.8

 

 

(0.8)

 

 

 —

 

 

2.7

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

214.7

 

$

(232.6)

 

$

214.9

 

$

203.2

 

$

29.2

 

 

F-46


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Penske

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Automotive

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

Company

 

Eliminations

 

Group

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Revenues

 

$

19,284.9

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

10,152.4

 

$

9,132.5

 

Cost of sales

 

 

16,417.4

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

8,582.4

 

 

7,835.0

 

Gross profit

 

 

2,867.5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,570.0

 

 

1,297.5

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

2,223.0

 

 

 —

 

 

23.6

 

 

1,193.0

 

 

1,006.4

 

Depreciation

 

 

78.0

 

 

 —

 

 

1.6

 

 

42.0

 

 

34.4

 

Operating income

 

 

566.5

 

 

 —

 

 

(25.2)

 

 

335.0

 

 

256.7

 

Floor plan interest expense

 

 

(44.5)

 

 

 —

 

 

(2.8)

 

 

(22.0)

 

 

(19.7)

 

Other interest expense

 

 

(69.4)

 

 

 —

 

 

(45.6)

 

 

(5.3)

 

 

(18.5)

 

Equity in earnings of affiliates

 

 

39.3

 

 

 —

 

 

34.8

 

 

 —

 

 

4.5

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

 —

 

 

(527.0)

 

 

527.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

491.9

 

 

(527.0)

 

 

488.2

 

 

307.7

 

 

223.0

 

Income taxes

 

 

(158.0)

 

 

170.5

 

 

(158.0)

 

 

(117.4)

 

 

(53.1)

 

Income from continuing operations

 

 

333.9

 

 

(356.5)

 

 

330.2

 

 

190.3

 

 

169.9

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(3.5)

 

 

4.0

 

 

(4.0)

 

 

(1.4)

 

 

(2.1)

 

Net income

 

 

330.4

 

 

(352.5)

 

 

326.2

 

 

188.9

 

 

167.8

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

(70.3)

 

 

62.9

 

 

(70.3)

 

 

 —

 

 

(62.9)

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

260.1

 

 

(289.6)

 

 

255.9

 

 

188.9

 

 

104.9

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

3.2

 

 

1.1

 

 

(1.1)

 

 

 —

 

 

3.2

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Penske Automotive Group common stockholders

 

$

256.9

 

$

(290.7)

 

$

257.0

 

$

188.9

 

$

101.7

 

 

 

F-47


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

Penske

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Automotive

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

Company

 

Group

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities

 

$

623.0

 

$

(46.8)

 

$

643.3

 

$

26.5

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of equipment and improvements

 

 

(247.0)

 

 

(3.2)

 

 

(138.0)

 

 

(105.8)

 

Proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions

 

 

22.2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

22.2

 

Acquisition of additional ownership interest in Penske Truck Leasing

 

 

(239.1)

 

 

(239.1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Acquisitions, net

 

 

(449.7)

 

 

 —

 

 

(334.5)

 

 

(115.2)

 

Other

 

 

(15.1)

 

 

(40.0)

 

 

9.0

 

 

15.9

 

Net cash used in continuing investing activities

 

 

(928.7)

 

 

(282.3)

 

 

(463.5)

 

 

(182.9)

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 3.75% senior subordinated notes

 

 

300.0

 

 

300.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net (repayments) borrowings of long-term debt

 

 

(26.0)

 

 

(68.0)

 

 

6.4

 

 

35.6

 

Net borrowings of floor plan notes payable — non-trade

 

 

185.3

 

 

40.6

 

 

4.8

 

 

139.9

 

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

(4.0)

 

 

(4.0)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

(18.5)

 

 

(18.5)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Dividends

 

 

(108.4)

 

 

(108.4)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other

 

 

(5.8)

 

 

(5.8)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Distributions from (to) parent

 

 

 —

 

 

193.2

 

 

(188.3)

 

 

(4.9)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing financing activities

 

 

322.6

 

 

329.1

 

 

(177.1)

 

 

170.6

 

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

 

 

2.7

 

 

 —

 

 

2.7

 

 

 —

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

2.1

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2.1

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

21.7

 

 

 —

 

 

5.4

 

 

16.3

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

24.0

 

 

 —

 

 

9.4

 

 

14.6

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

45.7

 

$

 —

 

$

14.8

 

$

30.9

 

F-48


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

Penske

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Automotive

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

Company

 

Group

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities

 

$

371.3

 

$

(31.6)

 

$

52.1

 

$

350.8

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of equipment and improvements

 

 

(203.1)

 

 

(1.0)

 

 

(126.6)

 

 

(75.5)

 

Acquisition of additional ownership interest in Penske Truck Leasing

 

 

(498.5)

 

 

(498.5)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Acquisitions, net

 

 

(140.8)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(140.8)

 

Other

 

 

5.7

 

 

 —

 

 

17.0

 

 

(11.3)

 

Net cash used in continuing investing activities

 

 

(836.7)

 

 

(499.5)

 

 

(109.6)

 

 

(227.6)

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 5.50% senior subordinated notes

 

 

500.0

 

 

500.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net borrowings of long-term debt

 

 

122.9

 

 

80.0

 

 

21.6

 

 

21.3

 

Net borrowings (repayments) of floor plan notes payable — non-trade

 

 

101.0

 

 

1.3

 

 

270.8

 

 

(171.1)

 

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

(6.7)

 

 

(6.7)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

(173.6)

 

 

(173.6)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Dividends

 

 

(95.1)

 

 

(95.1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other

 

 

(15.5)

 

 

(5.8)

 

 

 —

 

 

(9.7)

 

Distributions from (to) parent

 

 

 —

 

 

231.0

 

 

(226.2)

 

 

(4.8)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing financing activities

 

 

433.0

 

 

531.1

 

 

66.2

 

 

(164.3)

 

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

 

 

3.1

 

 

 —

 

 

0.7

 

 

2.4

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(9.1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(9.1)

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(38.4)

 

 

 —

 

 

9.4

 

 

(47.8)

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

62.4

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

62.4

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

24.0

 

$

 —

 

$

9.4

 

$

14.6

 

 

 

F-49


 

Table of Contents

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

Penske

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Automotive

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

Company

 

Group

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Net cash provided by continuing operating activities

 

$

397.8

 

$

1.4

 

$

230.3

 

$

166.1

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of equipment and improvements

 

 

(199.5)

 

 

(1.3)

 

 

(119.7)

 

 

(78.5)

 

Acquisitions, net

 

 

(156.9)

 

 

 —

 

 

(93.2)

 

 

(63.7)

 

Other

 

 

4.7

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4.7

 

Net cash used in continuing investing activities

 

 

(351.7)

 

 

(1.3)

 

 

(212.9)

 

 

(137.5)

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (repayments) borrowings of long-term debt

 

 

(62.1)

 

 

72.0

 

 

(4.9)

 

 

(129.2)

 

Net borrowings (repayments) of floor plan notes payable — non-trade

 

 

154.2

 

 

67.9

 

 

(58.3)

 

 

144.6

 

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

(1.8)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1.8)

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

(48.9)

 

 

(48.9)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Dividends

 

 

(84.8)

 

 

(84.8)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other

 

 

(12.2)

 

 

(6.3)

 

 

 —

 

 

(5.9)

 

Distributions from (to) parent

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

8.8

 

 

(8.8)

 

Net cash used in continuing financing activities

 

 

(55.6)

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

(54.4)

 

 

(1.1)

 

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

 

 

37.0

 

 

 —

 

 

37.0

 

 

 —

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(1.4)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1.4)

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

26.1

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

26.1

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

36.3

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

36.3

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

62.4

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

62.4

 

 

 

 

 

F-50


 

Table of Contents

 

Schedule II

 

PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE GROUP, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Balance at

    

 

 

    

Deductions,

    

Balance

 

 

 

Beginning

 

 

 

 

Recoveries, 

 

at End

 

Description

 

of Year

 

Additions

 

& Other

 

of Year

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

4.5

 

$

2.5

 

$

(1.5)

 

$

5.5

 

Tax valuation allowance

 

 

17.2

 

 

21.5

 

 

(2.1)

 

 

36.6

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

4.2

 

$

2.8

 

$

(2.5)

 

$

4.5

 

Tax valuation allowance

 

 

17.3

 

 

2.1

 

 

(2.2)

 

 

17.2

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

3.5

 

$

1.7

 

$

(1.0)

 

$

4.2

 

Tax valuation allowance

 

 

18.2

 

 

0.3

 

 

(1.2)

 

 

17.3

 

 

 

 

 

F-51


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Penske Automotive Group 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

 

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT #003

VOLUME SUBMITTER 401(k) PLAN

 

The undersigned Employer, by executing this Adoption Agreement, establishes a retirement plan and trust (collectively "Plan") under the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan and Trust (basic plan document #08). The Employer, subject to the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections, adopts fully the Volume Submitter   Plan and Trust provisions. This Adoption Agreement, the basic plan document and any attached Appendices or agreements permitted or referenced therein, constitute the Employer's entire plan and trust document. All "Election" references within this Adoption Agreement are Adoption Agreement Elections. All "Article" or "Section" references are basic plan document references. Numbers in parentheses which follow election numbers are basic plan document references. Where an Adoption Agreement election calls for the Employer to supply text, the Employer (without altering the content of any existing printed text) may lengthen any space or line, or create additional tiers. When Employer‑supplied text uses terms substantially similar to existing printed options, all clarifications and caveats applicable to the printed options apply to the Employer‑supplied text unless the context requires otherwise. The Employer makes the following elections granted under the corresponding provisions of the basic plan document.

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

1. EMPLOYER   (1.24) .

Name:  Penske Automotive Group, Inc.

Address:  2555 Telegraph Road, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 48302

Phone number:  248-648-2330

Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN):  22-3086739

E‑mail (optional) :  

Employer's Taxable Year (optional) :    December 31

 

2. PLAN   (1.42) .

Name:  Penske Automotive Group 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan

Plan number:  005   (3‑digit number for Form 5500 reporting)

Trust EIN (optional) :  

 

3. PLAN/LIMITATION YEAR (1.44/1.34) . Plan Year and Limitation Year mean the 12 consecutive month period (except for a short Plan/Limitation Year) ending every:

[ Note: Complete any applicable blanks under Election 3 with a specific date, e.g., June 30 OR the last day of February OR the first Tuesday in January. In the case of a Short Plan Year or a Short Limitation Year, include the year, e.g., May 1, 2014. ]

Plan Year (Choose one of (a) or (b). Choose (c) if applicable.) :

(a) [X] December 31.

(b) [   ] Fiscal Plan Year: ending:                                          .

(c) [   ] Short Plan Year: commencing:                                          and ending:                                          .

Limitation Year (Choose one of (d) or (e). Choose (f) if applicable.) :

(d) [X] Generally same as Plan Year. The Limitation Year is the same as the Plan Year except where the Plan Year is a short year in which event the Limitation Year is always a 12 month period, unless the short Plan Year (and short Limitation Year) result from a Plan amendment.

(e) [   ] Different Limitation Year: ending:                                          .

(f) [   ] Short Limitation Year: commencing:                                          and ending:                                          .

 

4. EFFECTIVE DATE   (1.20) . The Employer's adoption of the Plan is a (Choose one of (a) or (b). Complete (c) if new plan OR complete (c) and (d) if an amendment and restatement. Choose (e) and (f) if applicable.) :   4 p.1 4

(a) [   ] New Plan.

(b) [X] Restated Plan.

PPA RESTATEMENT (leave blank if not applicable)

(1) [   ] This is an amendment and restatement to bring a plan into compliance with the Pension Protection Act of 2006 ("PPA") and other legislative and regulatory changes.

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

1


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

Initial Effective Date   of Plan (enter date)

(c) [X]   September 1, 1998   (hereinafter called the "Effective Date" unless 4(d) is entered below)

Restatement Effective Date   (If this is an amendment and restatement, enter effective date of the restatement.)

(d) [X]   January 1, 2018    (enter month day, year; may enter a restatement date that is the first day of the current Plan Year. The Plan contains appropriate retroactive effective dates with respect to provisions for the appropriate laws if the Plan is a PPA Restatement.) (hereinafter called the "Effective Date")

[ Note :   See Section 1.54 for the definition of Restated Plan. If this Plan is a PPA Restatement, the PPA restatement Effective Date may be a current date (as the basic plan document supplies the Effective Dates of various PPA and other provisions) or may be a retroactive date. If specific Plan provisions, as reflected in this Adoption Agreement and the basic plan documents, do not have the Effective Date stated in this Election 4, indicate as such in the election where called for or in Appendix A. ]

 

(e) [X] Restatement of surviving and merging plans. The Plan restates two (or more) plans (Complete 4(c) and (d) above for this (surviving) Plan. Complete (1) below for the merging plan. Choose (2) if applicable. Unless otherwise noted, the restated Effective Date with regard to a merging plan is the later of the date of the merger or the restated Effective Date of this Plan.) :

(1) Merging plan.    The Around the Clock Freightliner Group, LLC 401(k) Plan was or will be merged into this surviving Plan as of:   February 1, 2016   . The merging plan's restated Effective Date is:   February 1, 2016   . The merging plan's original Effective Date was:   January 1, 1994   .

[ See the Note under Election 4(d) if this document is the merging plan's PPA restatement. ]

(2) [X] Additional merging plans. The following additional plans were or will be merged into this surviving Plan (Complete a. and b. as applicable.) :

Restated Original

Name of merging plan Merger date Effective Date Effective Date

a.   Freightliner of Chattanooga Retirement Plan; Freightliner of Knoxville Retirement Plan;  ATC West Texas, LLC 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan  

 

  February 1, 2016, February 1, 2016, February 1, 2016  

 

  February 1, 2016, February 1, 2016, February 1, 2016  

 

  December 30, 2010, January 1, 1993. November 10, 2014  

b.                                       

 

                                        

 

                                        

 

                                    

 

 

(f) [   ] Special Effective Date for Elective Deferral provisions:  

[ Note: If Elective Deferral provision is not effective as of the Initial Effective Date or the Restatement Effective Date, enter the date as of which the Elective Deferral provision is effective. The Special Effective Date may not precede the date on which the Employer adopted the Plan. ]

 

5. TRUSTEE   (1.67) . The Trustee executing this Adoption Agreement is (Choose one or more of (a), (b), or (c). Choose (d) or (e) if applicable.) :  

(a) [   ] A discretionary Trustee. See Section 8.02(A).

(b) [X] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian. See Section 8.02(B).

(c) [   ] A Trustee under the:                                            (specify name of trust) , a separate trust agreement the Trustee has executed and that the IRS has approved for use with this Plan. Under this Election 5(c) the Trustee is not executing the Adoption Agreement and Article VIII of the basic plan document does not apply, except as indicated otherwise in the separate trust agreement. See Section 8.11(C).

 

(d) [   ] Permitted Trust amendments apply. Under Section 8.11(B) the Employer has made certain permitted amendments to the Trust. Such amendments do not constitute a separate trust under Election 5(c). See Election 59 in Appendix C.

 

(e) [   ] Use of non‑approved trust. A Trustee under the:                                            (specify name of trust) , a separate trust agreement the Trustee has executed for use with this Plan. Under this Election 5(e) the Trustee is not executing the Adoption Agreement and Article VIII of the basic plan document does not apply, except as indicated otherwise in the separate trust agreement. See Section 8.11(C). [ Caution: Election 5(e) will result in the Plan losing reliance on its Advisory Letter and the Plan will be an individually designed plan .]

 

6. CONTRIBUTION TYPES   (1.12) . The selections made below should correspond with the selections made under Article III of this Adoption Agreement. (If this is a frozen Plan (i.e., all contributions have ceased), choose (a) only.) :   6 p.2 6

Frozen Plan.  See Sections 3.01(J) and 11.04.

(a) [   ] Contributions cease. All Contributions have ceased or will cease (Plan is frozen).

(1) [   ] Effective date of freeze:                                             [ Note: Effective date is optional unless this is the amendment or restatement to freeze the Plan. ]

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

2


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

[ Note: Elections 20 through 30 and Elections 36 through 38 do not apply to any Plan Year in which the Plan is frozen .]

Contributions. The Employer and/or Participants, in accordance with the Plan terms, make the following Contribution Types to the Plan/Trust (Choose one or more of (b) through (h).) :

 

(b) [X] Pre‑Tax Deferrals. See Section 3.02 and Elections 20‑23, and 34.

(1) [   ] Roth Deferrals. See Section 3.02(E) and Elections 20, 21, and 23. [ Note: The Employer may not limit Elective Deferrals to Roth Deferrals only. ]

(c) [X] Matching. See Sections 1.35 and 3.03 and Elections 24‑26. [ Note: The Employer may make an Operational QMAC without electing 6(c). See Section 3.03(C)(2). Do not elect for a safe harbor plan; use 6(e) instead. ]

 

(d) [   ] Nonelective.   See Sections 1.38 and 3.04 and Elections 27-29. [ Note: The Employer may make an Operational QNEC without electing 6(d). See Section 3.04(C)(2). ]

 

(e) [   ] Safe Harbor/Additional Matching. The Plan is (or pursuant to a delayed election, may be) a safe harbor 401(k) Plan. The Employer will make (or under a delayed election, may make) Safe Harbor Contributions as it elects in Election 30. The Employer may or may not make Additional Matching Contributions as it elects in Election 30. See Election 26 as to matching Catch‑Up Deferrals. See Section 3.05.

 

(f) [   ] Employee   (after‑tax). See Section 3.09 and Election 36.

 

(g) [   ] SIMPLE 401(k). The Plan is a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. See Section 3.10. [ Note: The Employer electing 6(g) must elect a calendar year under 3(a) and may not elect any other Contribution Types except under Elections 6(b) and 6(h). ]

 

(h) [   ] Designated IRA. See Section 3.12 and Election 37.

 

7. DISABILITY   (1.16) . Disability means (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [   ] Basic Plan. Disability as defined in Section 1.16(A).

(b) [X] Describe:    the Participant has applied and qualifies for disability benefits under the Social Security Act of 1935, as amended.

[ Note: The Employer may elect an alternative definition of Disability for purposes of Plan distributions. However, the use of an alternative definition may result in loss of favorable tax treatment of the Disability distribution. ]

 

8. EXCLUDED EMPLOYEES   (1.22(D)) . The following Employees are not Eligible Employees but are Excluded Employees (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c).) :   8 p.3 8

 

[ Note: Regardless of the Employer's elections under Election 8: (i) Employees of any Related Employers (excluding the Signatory Employer) are Excluded Employees unless the Related Employer becomes a Participating Employer; and (ii)   Reclassified Employees and Leased Employees are Excluded Employees unless the Employer in Appendix B elects otherwise. See Sections 1.22(B), 1.22(D)(3), and 1.24(D). However, in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, see Section 12.02(B) as to the Employees of the Lead Employer. ]

 

(a) [   ] No Excluded Employees. There are no additional excluded Employees under the Plan as to any Contribution Type  (skip to Election 9) .

(b) [X] Exclusions - same for all Contribution Types.   The following Employees are Excluded Employees for all Contribution Types  (Choose one or more of (e) through (j). Choose column (1) for each exclusion elected at (e) through (i).) :

 

(c) [   ] Exclusions ‑ different exclusions apply. The following Employees are Excluded Employees for the designated Contribution Type (Choose one or more of (d) through (j). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

[ Note: For this Election 8, unless described otherwise in Election 8(j), Elective Deferrals includes Pre‑Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals, Employee Contributions and Safe Harbor Contributions. Matching includes all Matching Contributions except Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions except Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. ]

(1) (2) (3) (4)

All Elective

Exclusions Contributions Deferrals Matching Nonelective

(d) [   ] No exclusions. No exclusions as to the N/A [   ] [   ] [   ]

designated Contribution Type. (See Election 8(a))

(e) [X] Collective Bargaining (union) Employees. [X] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

As described in Code §410(b)(3)(A).

See Section 1.22(D)(1).

(f) [X] Non‑Resident Aliens. As described in [X] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Code §410(b)(3)(C). See Section 1.22(D)(2).

(g) [   ] HCEs. See Section 1.22(E). See Election 30(f) [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

as to exclusion of some or all HCEs from Safe Harbor Contributions.

 

(h) [   ] Hourly paid Employees. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

3


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

(i) [X] Part‑Time/Temporary/Seasonal Employees. [X] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

See Section 1.22(D)(4). A Part‑Time, Temporary or Seasonal Employee is an Employee whose regularly scheduled Service is less than   1,000     (specify a maximum of 1,000) Hours of Service in the relevant Eligibility Computation Period.

[ Note: The "relevant" Eligibility Computation Period is the Initial or Subsequent Eligibility Computation Period as defined in Section 2.02(C). ]

 

[ Note: If the Employer under Election 8(i) elects to treat Part‑Time, Temporary and Seasonal Employees as Excluded Employees and any such an Employee actually completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the relevant Eligibility Computation Period, the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee. See Section 1.22(D)(4) .]

 

(j) [   ] Describe   exclusion category and/or Contribution Type:     (e.g., Exclude Division B Employees OR Exclude salaried Employees from Discretionary Matching Contributions.)

 

[ Note: Any exclusion under Election 8(j), except as to Part‑Time/Temporary/Seasonal Employees, may not be based on age or Service or level of Compensation. See Election 14 for eligibility conditions based on age or Service. The exclusions entered under Election 8(j) cannot result in the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees (NHCEs) participating under the plan being only those NHCEs with the lowest amount of compensation and/or the shortest periods of service and who may represent the minimum number of these employees necessary to satisfy coverage under Code §410(b). ]

 

9. COMPENSATION   (1.11(B)) . The following base Compensation (as adjusted under Elections 10 and 11) applies in allocating Employer Contributions (or the designated Contribution Type) (Choose one or more of (a) through (d) and choose Contribution Type as applicable. Choose (e) if applicable.) :   9 p.4 9

[ Note: For this Election 9 all definitions include Elective Deferrals unless excluded under Election 11. See Section 1.11(D). Unless described otherwise in Election 9(d), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions. In applying any Plan definition which references Section 1.11 Compensation, where the Employer in this Election 9 elects more than one Compensation definition for allocation purposes, the Plan Administrator will use W‑2 Wages for other Plan definitions of Compensation if the Employer has elected W‑2 Wages for any Contribution Type or Participant group under Election 9. If the Employer has not elected W‑2 Wages, the Plan Administrator for such other Plan definitions will use 415 Compensation. If the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, see Section 12.07. Election 9(d) below may cause allocation Compensation to fail to be nondiscriminatory under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s). ]

 

(1) (2) (3) (4)

All Elective

Contributions Deferrals Matching Nonelective

(a) [X] W‑2 Wages (plus Elective Deferrals). [X] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

See   Section 1.11(B)(1).

(b) [   ] Code §3401 Federal Income Tax [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Withholding Wages (plus Elective Deferrals). See Section 1.11(B)(2).

(c) [   ] 415 Compensation   (simplified). [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

See Section 1.11(B)(3).

[ Note: The Employer may elect an alternative "general 415 Compensation" definition by electing 9(c) and by electing the alternative definition in Appendix B. See Section 1.11(B)(4). ]

(d) [   ] Describe   Compensation by Contribution Type or by Participant group:  

[ Note: Under Election 9(d), the Employer may: (i) elect Compensation from the elections available under Elections 9(a), (b), or (c), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., W-2 Wages for Matching Contributions for Division A Employees and 415 Compensation in all other cases); and/or (ii) define the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all‑inclusive" description in the Note immediately preceding Election 9(a) (e.g., Compensation for Safe Harbor Matching Contributions means W‑2 Wages and for Additional Matching Contributions means 415 Compensation). ]

 

(e) [   ] Allocate based on specified 12‑month period. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

The allocation of all Contribution Types (or specified Contribution Types) will be made based on Compensation within a specified 12‑month period ending within the Plan Year as follows:

.

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

4


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

10. PRE‑ENTRY/POST‑SEVERANCE COMPENSATION   (1.11(H)/(I)) . Compensation under Election 9:

 

[ Note: For this Election 10, unless described otherwise in Elections 10(c) or (n), Elective Deferrals includes Pre‑Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions. Election 10(c) below may cause allocation Compensation to fail to be nondiscriminatory under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s). ]

(1) (2) (3) (4)

All Elective

Pre‑Entry Compensation (Choose one of (a) or (b). Contributions Deferrals Matching Nonelective

Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

(a) [X] Plan Year. Compensation for the entire Plan [X] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Year which includes the Participant's Entry Date.

 

[ Note: If the Employer under Election 9(e) elects to allocate some or all Contribution Types based on a specified 12‑month period, Election 10(a) applies to that 12‑month period in lieu of the Plan Year .]

 

(b) [   ] Participating Compensation. Only Participating [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Compensation. See Section 1.11(H)(1).

 

[ Note: Under a Participating Compensation election, in applying any Adoption Agreement elected contribution limit or formula, the Plan Administrator will count only the Participant's Participating Compensation. See Section 1.11(H)(1) as to plan disaggregation. ]

(c) [   ] Describe Pre‑Entry Compensation by Contribution Type or by Participant group:  

 

[ Note: Under Election 10(c), the Employer may: (i) elect Compensation from the elections available under Pre-Entry Compensation or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., Participating Compensation for all Contribution Types as to Division A Employees, Plan Year Compensation for all Contribution Types to Division B Employees); and/or (ii) define the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all‑inclusive" description in the Note immediately preceding Pre‑Entry Compensation (e.g., Compensation for Nonelective Contributions is Participating Compensation and for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions is Plan Year Compensation). ]

 

Post‑Severance Compensation. The following adjustments apply to Post‑Severance Compensation paid within any applicable time period as may be required (Choose one of (d), (e), or (f).) :

[ Note: Under the basic plan document, if the Employer does not elect any adjustments, post‑severance compensation includes regular pay, leave cashouts, and deferred compensation, and excludes military and disability continuation payments. ]

(d) [X] None. The Plan includes post‑severance regular pay, leave cashouts, and deferred compensation, and excludes post‑severance military and disability continuation payments as to any Contribution Type except as required under the basic plan document (skip to Election 11).

 

(e) [   ] Same for all Contribution Types. The following adjustments to Post‑Severance Compensation apply to all Contribution Types (Choose one or more of (h) through (n). Choose column (1) for each option elected at (h) through (m).) :

 

(f) [   ] Adjustments - different conditions apply. The following adjustments to Post‑Severance Compensation apply to the designated Contribution Types  (Choose one or more of (g) through (n). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

 

(1) (2) (3) (4)

All Elective

Post‑Severance Compensation: Contributions Deferrals Matching Nonelective

(g) [   ] None. The Plan takes into account N/A [   ] [   ] [   ]

Post‑Severance Compensation as to the (See Election 10(d))

designated Contribution Types as specified under the basic plan document.

(h) [   ] Exclude All. Exclude all Post‑Severance [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Compensation. [ Note: 415 testing Compensation (versus allocation Compensation) must include Post‑Severance Compensation comprised of regular pay. See Section 4.05(F) .]

(i) [   ] Regular Pay. Exclude Post‑Severance Compensation [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

comprised of regular pay. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(a).

[ Note: 415 testing Compensation (versus allocation Compensation) must include Post‑Severance Compensation comprised of regular pay. See Section 4.05(F) .]

(j) [   ] Leave cash‑out. Exclude Post‑Severance [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Compensation comprised of leave cash out. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(b).

(k) [   ] Deferred Compensation. Exclude Post‑Severance [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Compensation comprised of deferred compensation. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(c).

(l) [   ] Salary continuation for military service. Include [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

5


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

Post‑Severance Compensation comprised of salary continuation for military service. See Section 1.11(I)(2).

(m) [   ] Salary continuation for disabled Participants. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Include Post‑Severance Compensation comprised of salary continuation for disabled Participants. See Section 1.11(I)(3). (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] For NHCEs only.

(2) [   ] For all Participants. The salary continuation will continue for the following fixed or determinable period:                                            (specify period) .

 

(n) [   ] Describe   Post‑Severance Compensation by Contribution Type or by Participant group:  

 

[ Note: Under Election 10(n), the Employer may: (i) elect Compensation from the elections available under Post-Severance Compensation or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., Include regular pay Post-Severance Compensation for all Contribution Types as to Division A Employees, no Post-Severance Compensation for all Contribution Types to Division B Employees); and/or (ii) define the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all‑inclusive" description in the Note immediately preceding Pre‑Entry Compensation (e.g., Compensation for Nonelective Contributions does not include any Post‑Severance Compensation and for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions includes regular pay Post‑Severance Compensation). ]

 

11. EXCLUDED COMPENSATION   (1.11(G)) . Apply the following Compensation exclusions to Elections 9 and 10 (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c).) :

(a) [   ] No exclusions. Compensation as to all Contribution Types means Compensation as elected in Elections 9 and 10 (skip to Election 12) .

(b) [X] Exclusions - same for all Contribution Types. The following exclusions apply to all Contribution Types  (Choose one or more of (e) through (l). Choose column (1) for each option elected at (e) through (k).) :

 

(c) [   ] Exclusions ‑ different conditions apply. The following exclusions apply for the designated Contribution Types (Choose one or more of (d) through (l) below. Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

[ Note: In a safe harbor 401(k) plan, allocations qualifying for the ADP or ACP test safe harbors must be based on a nondiscriminatory definition of Compensation. If the Plan applies permitted disparity, allocations also must be based on a nondiscriminatory definition of Compensation if the Plan is to avoid more complex testing. Elections 11(g) through (l) below may cause allocation Compensation to fail to be nondiscriminatory under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s). In a non-safe harbor 401(k) plan, Elections 11(g) through (l) which result in Compensation failing to be nondiscriminatory, may result in more complex nondiscrimination testing. For this Election 11, unless described otherwise in Election 11(l), Elective Deferrals includes Pre‑Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions .]

 

(1) (2) (3) (4)

All Elective

Compensation Exclusions Contributions Deferrals Matching Nonelective

(d) [   ] No exclusions ‑ limited. No exclusion as to N/A [   ] [   ] [   ]

the designated Contribution Type(s). (See Election 11(a))

(e) [   ] Elective Deferrals. See Section 1.21. N/A N/A [   ] [   ]

(f) [   ] Fringe benefits. As described in Treas. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Reg. §1.414(s)‑1(c)(3).

 

(g) [   ] Compensation exceeding $            . [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

 

Apply this election to (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] All Participants.

[ Note: If the Employer elects Safe Harbor Contributions under Election 6(e), the Employer may not elect 11(g)(1) to limit the Safe Harbor Contribution allocation to the NHCEs. ]

(2) [   ] HCE Participants only.

(h) [   ] Bonus. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(i) [   ] Commission. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(j) [   ] Overtime. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

6


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

(k) [   ] Related Employers. See Section 1.24(C).

(If there are Related Employers, choose one or both of (1) and (2).) :

(1) [   ] Non‑Participating. Compensation paid to [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Employees by a Related Employer that is not a Participating Employer.

(2) [   ] Participating. As to the Employees of any [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Participating Employer, Compensation paid by any other Participating Employer to its Employees. See Election 28(g)(2)a.

 

(l) [X] Describe Compensation exclusion(s):    Nonmonetary awards or benefits and any payments in the nature of severance pay and any reimbursed moving expenses are excluded from All Contributions.

 

[ Note: Under Election 11(l), the Employer may: (i) describe Compensation from the elections available under Elections 11(d) through (k), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., No exclusions as to Division A Employees and exclude bonus as to Division B Employees); (ii) define the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all‑inclusive" description in the Note immediately following Election 11(c) (e.g., Elective Deferrals means §125 cafeteria deferrals only OR No exclusions as to Safe Harbor Contributions and exclude bonus as to Nonelective Contributions); and/or (iii) describe another exclusion (e.g., Exclude shift differential pay). ]

 

12. HOURS OF SERVICE   (1.32) . The Plan credits Hours of Service for the following purposes (and to the Employees described in Elections 12(d) or (e)) as follows (Choose one or more of (a) through (e) as applicable.) :   12 p.7 12

(1) (2) (3) (4)

All Allocation

Purposes Eligibility Vesting Conditions

(a) [   ] Actual Method. See Section 1.32(A)(1). [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(b) [X] Equivalency Method:   weekly   [X] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(e.g., daily, weekly, etc.) . See Section 1.32(A)(2).

(c) [   ] Elapsed Time Method. See Section 1.32(A)(3). [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(d) [   ] Actual (hourly) and Equivalency (salaried). [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Actual Method for hourly paid Employees and Equivalency Method:                                            (e.g., daily, weekly, etc.) for salaried Employees.

(e) [   ] Describe method:  

[ Note: Under Election 12(e), the Employer may describe Hours of Service from the elections available under Elections 12(a) through (d), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., For all purposes, Actual Method applies to office workers and Equivalency Method applies to truck drivers). ]

 

13. ELECTIVE SERVICE CREDITING   (1.59(C)) . The Plan must credit Related Employer Service under Section 1.24(C) and also must credit certain Predecessor Employer/Predecessor Plan Service under Section 1.59(B). If the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, the Plan also must credit Service as provided in Section 12.08. The Plan also elects under Section 1.59(C) to credit as Service the following Predecessor Employer service (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :   13 p.7 13

(a) [X] Not applicable. No elective Predecessor Employer Service crediting applies.

(b) [   ] Applies. The Plan credits the specified service with the following designated Predecessor Employers as Service for the Employer for the purposes indicated (Choose one or both of (1) and (2) as applicable. Complete (3). Choose (4) if applicable.) :

[ Note: Any elective Service crediting under this Election 13 must be nondiscriminatory .]

(1) [   ] All purposes. Credit as Service for all purposes, service with Predecessor Employer(s):   (insert as many names as needed) .

(2) [   ] Designated purposes. Credit as Service, service (1) (2) (3)

with the following Predecessor Employer(s) for Contribution

the designated purpose(s): Eligibility Vesting Allocation

a. Employer:

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

b. Employer:

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

c. Employer:

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

 

 

(3) Time period. Subject to any exceptions noted under Election 13(b)(4), the Plan credits as Service under Elections 13(b)(1) or (2) (Choose one or more of a., b., and c. as applicable.) :

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

7


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

a. [   ] All. All service, regardless of when rendered.

b. [   ] Service after. All service, which is or was rendered after:                                            (specify date) .

c. [   ] Service before. All service, which is or was rendered before:                                            (specify date) .

(4) [   ] Describe elective Predecessor Employer Service crediting:  

[ Note: Under Election 13(b)(4), the Employer may describe service crediting from the elections available under Elections 13(b)(1) through (3), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., For all purposes credit all service with X, but credit service with Y only on/after 1/1/05 OR Credit all service for all purposes with entities the Employer acquires after 12/31/04 OR Service crediting for X Company applies only for purposes of Nonelective Contributions and not for Matching Contributions). ]

 

ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

 

14. ELIGIBILITY   (2.01) . To become a Participant in the Plan, an Eligible Employee must satisfy (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c).) :   14 p.8 14

 

[ Note: If the Employer under a safe harbor plan elects "early" eligibility for Elective Deferrals (e.g., less than one Year of Service and age 21), but does not elect early eligibility for any Safe Harbor Contributions, also see Election 30(g). ]

 

[ Note: No eligibility conditions apply to Prevailing Wage Contributions. See Section 2.01(D). ]

 

(a) [   ] No conditions. No eligibility conditions as to all Contribution Types. Entry is on the Employment Commencement Date (if that date is also an Entry Date), or if later, upon the next following Plan Entry Date (skip to Election 16) .

(b) [X] Eligibility - same for all Contribution Types. To become a Participant in the Plan as to all Contribution Types, an Eligible Employee must satisfy the following eligibility conditions (Choose one or more of (e) through (k). Choose column (1) for each option elected at (e) through (j).) :

 

(c) [   ] Eligibility ‑ different conditions apply. To become a Participant in the Plan for the designated Contribution Types, an Eligible Employee must satisfy the following eligibility conditions (either as to all Contribution Types or as to the designated Contribution Type) (Choose one or more of (d) through (k). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

[ Note: For this Election 14, unless described otherwise in Election 14(k), or the context otherwise requires, Elective Deferrals includes Pre‑Tax Deferrals, Roth Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions (except Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under Section 3.05(E)(3) and Operational QMACs under Section 3.03(C)(2)) and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions (except Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions under Section 3.05(E)(2) and Operational QNECs under Section 3.04(C)(2)). Safe Harbor includes Safe Harbor Nonelective and Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If the Employer elects more than one Year of Service as to Additional Matching, the Plan will not satisfy the ACP test safe harbor. See Section 3.05(F)(3). ]

 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

All Elective Safe

Eligibility Conditions Contributions Deferrals Matching Nonelective Harbor

(d) [   ] None. Entry on the Employment Commencement N/A [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

Date (if that date is also an Entry Date) or if later, (See Election 14(a))

upon the next following Plan Entry Date.

(e) [   ] Age                (not to exceed age 21) . [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

(f) [   ] One Year of Service. See Election 16(a). [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

(g) [   ] Two Years of Service (without an intervening N/A N/A [   ] [   ] N/A

Break in Service). 100% vesting is required.

[ Note: Two Years of Service does not apply to Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions or SIMPLE Contributions. ]

(h) [   ]              month(s)   (not exceeding 12 months [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

for Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions and SIMPLE Contributions and not exceeding 24 months for other contributions) . If more than 12 months, 100% vesting is required. Service need not be continuous (no minimum Hours of Service required, and is mere passage of time).

[ Note: While satisfying a months of service condition without an Hours of Service requirement involves the mere passage of time, the Plan need not apply the Elapsed Time Method in Election 12(c) above, and still may elect the Actual Method in 12(a) above. ]

 

(i) [   ]            month(s) with at least            Hours of [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

Service in each month (not exceeding 12 months for Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions and SIMPLE Contributions and not exceeding 24

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

8


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

months for other contributions) . If more than 12 months, 100% vesting is required. If the Employee does not complete the designated Hours of Service each month during the specified monthly time period, the Employee is subject to the one Year of Service (or two Years of Service if elect more than 12 months) requirement as defined in Election 16. The months during which the Employee completes the specified Hours of Service (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] Consecutive. Must be consecutive.

(2) [   ] Not consecutive. Need not be consecutive.

(j) [   ]            Hours of Service within the [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

                                         time period following the Employee's Employment Commencement Date   (not exceeding 12 months for Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions and SIMPLE Contributions and not exceeding 24 months for other contributions) . If more than 12 months, 100% vesting is required. If the Employee does not complete the designated Hours of Service during the specified time period (if any), the Employee is subject to the one Year of Service (or two Years of Service if elect more than 12 months) requirement as defined in Election 16.

[ Note: The Employer may leave the time period option blank in Election 14(j) if the Employer wishes to impose an Hour of Service requirement without specifying a time period within which an Employee must complete the required Hours of Service. ]

 

(k) [X] Describe eligibility conditions:    The Plan requires an Eligible Employee to complete 60 days of service to be eligible for All Contributions.

 

[ Note: The Employer may use Election 14(k) to describe different eligibility conditions as to different Contribution Types or Employee groups (e.g., As to all Contribution Types, no eligibility requirements for Division A Employees and one Year of Service as to Division B Employees). The Employer also may elect different ages for different Contribution Types and/or to specify different months or Hours of Service requirements under Elections 14(h), (i), or (j) as to different Contribution Types. Any election must satisfy Code §410(a). ]

 

15. SPECIAL ELIGIBILITY EFFECTIVE DATE (DUAL ELIGIBILITY)   (2.01(E)) . The eligibility conditions of Election 14 and the entry date provisions of Election 17 apply to all Employees unless otherwise elected below (Choose (a) or (b) if applicable.) :

 

[ Note: Elections 15(a) or (b) may trigger a coverage failure under Code §410(b). ]

(a) [   ] Waiver of eligibility conditions for certain Employees.  For all Contribution Types, the eligibility conditions and entry dates apply solely to an Eligible Employee employed or reemployed by the Employer after                                        (specify date) . If the Eligible Employee was employed or reemployed by the Employer by the specified date, the Employee will become a Participant on the latest of: (i) the Effective Date; (ii) the restated Effective Date; (iii) the Employee's Employment Commencement Date or Re‑Employment Commencement Date; or (iv) the date the Employee attains age              (not exceeding age 21) .

[ Note: If the Employer does not wish to impose an age condition under clause (iv) as part of the requirements for the eligibility conditions waiver, leave the age blank. ]

(b) [   ] Describe special eligibility Effective Date(s):

[ Note: Under Election 15(b), the Employer may describe special eligibility Effective Dates as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., Eligibility conditions apply only as to Nonelective Contributions and solely as to the Eligible Employees of Division B who were hired or reemployed by the Employer after January 1, 2012). ]

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

9


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

16. YEAR OF SERVICE ‑ ELIGIBILITY   (2.02(A)) .   (Choose (a), (b), and (c) as applicable.) :

[ Note: If the Employer under Election 14 elects a one or two Year(s) of Service condition (including any requirement which defaults to such conditions under Elections 14(i), (j), and (k)) or elects to apply a Year of Service for eligibility under any other Adoption Agreement election, the Employer should complete this Election 16. The Employer should not complete Election 16 if it elects the Elapsed Time Method for eligibility. ]

(a) [X] Year of Service. An Employee must complete   1,000   Hour(s) of Service during the relevant Eligibility Computation Period to receive credit for one Year of Service under Article II. [ Note: The number may not exceed 1,000. If left blank, the requirement is 1,000 Hours of Service. ]

(b) [X] Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods. After the Initial Eligibility Computation Period described in Section 2.02(C)(2), the Plan measures Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods as (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3).) :

(1) [   ] Plan Year. The Plan Year beginning with the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

(2) [X] Anniversary Year. The Anniversary Year, beginning with the Employee's second Anniversary Year.

 

(3) [   ] Split. The Plan Year as described in Election 16(b)(1) as to:                                            (describe Contribution Type(s)) and the Anniversary Year as described in Election 16(b)(2) as to:                                            (describe Contribution Type(s)) .

 

[ Note: To maximize delayed entry under a two Years of Service condition for Nonelective Contributions or Matching Contributions, the Employer should elect to remain on the Anniversary Year for such contributions. ]

 

(c) [   ] Describe:     (e.g., Anniversary Year as to Division A and Plan Year as to Division B.)

 

17. ENTRY DATE   (2.02(D)) . Entry Date means the Effective Date and (Choose one or more of (a) through (g). Choose Contribution Types as applicable.) :   17 p.10 17

 

[ Note: For this Election 17, unless described otherwise in Election 17(g), Elective Deferrals includes Pre‑Tax Deferrals, Roth Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions (except Operational QMACs under Section 3.03(C)(2)) and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions (except Operational QNECs under Section 3.04(C)(2)). Entry as to Prevailing Wage Contributions is on the Employment Commencement Date. See Section 2.02(D)(3). ]

 

(1) (2) (3) (4)

All Elective

Contributions Deferrals Matching Nonelective

(a) [   ] Semi‑annual. The first day of the first month [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

and of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

(b) [   ] First day of Plan Year. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(c) [   ] First day of each Plan Year quarter. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(d) [X] The first day of each   month. [X] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(e) [   ] Immediate. Upon Employment Commencement Date [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

or if later, upon satisfaction of eligibility conditions.

(f) [   ] First day of each payroll period. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

 

(g) [   ] Describe Entry Date(s):  

 

[ Note: Under Election 17(g), the Employer may describe Entry Dates from the elections available under Elections 17(a) through (f), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type or may elect additional Entry Dates (e.g., As to Matching Contributions excluding Additional Matching, immediate as to Division A Employees and semi-annual as to Division B Employees OR The earlier of the Plan's semi‑annual Entry Dates or the entry dates under the Employer's medical plan). ]

 

18. PROSPECTIVE/RETROACTIVE ENTRY DATE   (2.02(D)) . An Employee after satisfying the eligibility conditions in Election 14 will become a Participant (unless an Excluded Employee under Election 8) on the Entry Date (if employed on that date) (Choose one or more of (a) through (f). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

[ Note: Unless otherwise excluded under Election 8, an Employee who remains employed by the Employer on the relevant date must become a Participant by the earlier of: (i) the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee completes the age and service requirements of Code §410(a); or (ii) 6 months after the date the Employee completes those requirements. For this Election 18, unless described otherwise in Election 18(f), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions (except Operational QMACs under Section 3.03(C)(2)) and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions, (except Operational QNECs under Section 3.04(C)(2)). ]

 

(1) (2) (3) (4)

All Elective

Contributions Deferrals Matching Nonelective

(a) [X] Immediately following or coincident with the date [X] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

the Employee completes the eligibility conditions.

(b) [   ] Immediately following the date the Employee [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

10


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

completes the eligibility conditions.

(c) [   ] Immediately preceding or coincident with the date N/A N/A [   ] [   ]

the Employee completes the eligibility conditions.

(d) [   ] Immediately preceding the date the Employee N/A N/A [   ] [   ]

completes the eligibility conditions.

(e) [   ] Nearest the date the Employee completes the N/A N/A [   ] [   ]

eligibility conditions.

 

(f) [   ] Describe retroactive/prospective entry relative to Entry Date:  

 

[ Note: Under Election 18(f), the Employer may describe the timing of entry relative to an Entry Date from the elections available under Elections 18(a) through (e), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., As to Matching Contributions excluding Additional Matching nearest as to Division A Employees and immediately following as to Division B Employees). ]

 

19. BREAK IN SERVICE ‑ PARTICIPATION   (2.03) .   The one year hold‑out rule described in Section 2.03(C) (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c).) :

(a) [X] Does not apply.

(b) [   ] Applies. Applies to the Plan and to all Participants.

(c) [   ] Limited application. Applies to the Plan, but only to a Participant who has incurred a Severance from Employment.

[ Note: The Plan does not apply the rule of parity under Code §410(a)(5)(D) unless the Employer in Appendix B specifies otherwise. See Section 2.03(D). ]

 

ARTICLE III

PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

 

20. ELECTIVE DEFERRAL LIMITATIONS   (3.02(A)) . The following limitations apply to Elective Deferrals under Election 6(b), which are in addition to those limitations imposed under the basic plan document (Choose (a) or choose (b) and (c) as applicable.) :   20 p.11 20

(a) [   ] None. No additional Plan imposed limits (skip to Election 21) .

[ Note: The Employer under Election 20 may not impose a lower deferral limit applicable only to Catch‑Up Eligible Participants and the Employer's elections must be nondiscriminatory. The elected limits apply to Pre‑Tax Deferrals and to Roth Deferrals unless described otherwise. Under a safe harbor plan: (i) NHCEs must be able to defer enough to receive the maximum Safe Harbor Matching and Additional Matching Contribution under the Plan and must be permitted to defer any lesser amount; and (ii) the Employer may limit Elective Deferrals to a whole percentage of Compensation or to a whole dollar amount. See Section 1.57(C) as to administrative limitations on Elective Deferrals. ]

 

(b) [X] Additional Plan limit(s). (Choose (1) and (2) as applicable. Complete (3) if (1) or (2) is chosen.) :

(1) [X] Maximum deferral amount. A Participant's Elective Deferrals may not exceed:   20%     (specify dollar amount and/or percentage of Compensation).

(2) [X] Minimum deferral amount. A Participant's Elective Deferrals may not be less than:   1%     (specify dollar amount and/or percentage of Compensation) .

(3) Application of limitations. The Election 20(b)(1) and (2) limitations apply based on Elective Deferral Compensation described in Elections 9 ‑ 11. If the Employer elects Plan Year/Participating Compensation under column (1) and in Election 10 elects Participating Compensation, in the Plan Years commencing after an Employee becomes a Participant, apply the elected minimum or maximum limitations to the Plan Year. Apply the elected limitation based on such Compensation during the designated time period and only to HCEs as elected below. ( Choose a. or choose b. and c. as applicable. Under each of a., b., or c. choose one of (1) or (2). Choose (3) if applicable.) :

(1) (2) (3)

Plan Year/Participating Payroll HCEs only

Compensation period

a. [X] Both. Both limits under Elections 20(b)(1) and (2). [X] [   ] [   ]

b. [   ] Maximum limit. The maximum amount limit under [   ] [   ] [   ]

Election 20(b)(1).

c. [   ] Minimum limit. The minimum amount limit under [   ] [   ] [   ]

Election 20(b)(2).

 

(c) [   ] Describe Elective Deferral limitation(s):  

[ Note: Under Election 20(c), the Employer: (i) may describe limitations on Elective Deferrals from the elections available under Elections 20(a) and (b) or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., No limit applies to Division A Employees. Division B Employees may not defer in excess of 10% of Plan Year Compensation); (ii) may elect a different time period to which the limitations apply; and/or (iii) may apply a different limitation to Pre‑Tax Deferrals and to Roth Deferrals. ]

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

11


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

 

21. AUTOMATIC DEFERRAL (ACA/EACA/QACA)   (3.02(B)) .   The Automatic Deferral provisions of Section 3.02(B) (Choose one of (a) or (b). Also see Election 34 regarding Automatic Escalation of Salary Reduction Agreements.) :

(a) [   ] Do not apply. The Plan is not an ACA, EACA, or QACA (skip to Election 22) .

(b) [X] Apply. The Automatic Deferral Effective Date is the effective date of automatic deferrals or, as appropriate, any subsequent amendment thereto. (As to an EACA or QACA, this provision may not be effective earlier than Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008) .   (Complete (1), (2), and (3). Complete (4) and (5) if an EACA or an EACA/QACA. Choose (6), (7), and/or (8) as applicable.) :

(1) Type of Automatic Deferral Arrangement. The Plan is an (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a. [X] ACA. The Plan is an Automatic Contribution Arrangement (ACA) under Section   3.02(B)(1).

b. [   ] EACA. The Plan is an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) under Section 3.02(B)(2).

c. [   ] EACA/QACA. The Plan is a combination EACA and Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA) under Sections 3.02(B)(3) and 3.05(J).

[ Note: If the Employer chooses Elections 21(b)(1)c, the Employer also must choose election 6(e) and complete Election 30 as to the Safe Harbor Contributions under the QACA .]

 

(2) Participants affected. The Automatic Deferral applies to (Choose one of a., b., c., or d. Choose e. if applicable.) :

a. [   ] All Participants. All Participants, regardless of any prior Salary Reduction Agreement, unless and until they make a Contrary Election after the Automatic Deferral Effective Date.

b. [X] Election of at least Automatic Deferral Percentage. All Participants, except those who have in effect a Salary Reduction Agreement on the Automatic Deferral Effective Date provided that the Elective Deferral amount under the Agreement is at least equal to the Automatic Deferral Percentage.

c. [   ] No existing Salary Reduction Agreement. All Participants, except those who have in effect a Salary Reduction Agreement on the Automatic Deferral Effective Date regardless of the Elective Deferral amount under the Agreement.

d. [   ] New Participants (not applicable to QACA). Each Employee whose Entry Date is on or following the Automatic Deferral Effective Date.

e. [   ] Describe affected Participants (not applicable to QACA):

[ Note: The Employer in Election 21(b)(2)e. may further describe affected Participants, e.g., non‑Collective Bargaining Employees OR Division A Employees. However, for Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2010, all Employees eligible to defer must be Covered Employees to apply the 6‑month correction period without excise tax under Code §4979 .]

 

(3) Automatic Deferral Percentage/Scheduled increases.   (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a. [X] Fixed percentage. The Employer, as to each Participant affected, will withhold as the Automatic Deferral Percentage,   2   % from the Participant's Compensation each payroll period unless the Participant makes a Contrary Election. The Automatic Deferral Percentage will or will not increase in Plan Years following the Plan Year containing the Automatic Deferral Effective Date (or, if later, the Plan Year or partial Plan Year in which the Automatic Deferral first applies to a Participant) as follows (Choose one of d., e., or f.) :

[ Note: In order to satisfy the QACA requirements, enter an amount between 6% and 10% if no scheduled increase. ]

b. [   ] QACA statutory increasing schedule. The Automatic Deferral Percentage will be:

Plan Year of application to a Participant Automatic Deferral Percentage

1 3%

2 3%

3 4%

4 5%

5 and thereafter 6%

c. [   ] Other increasing schedule. The Automatic Deferral Percentage will be:

Plan Year of application to a Participant Automatic Deferral Percentage

                      %

                      %

                      %

                      %

                      %

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

12


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

d. [X] No scheduled increase. The Automatic Deferral Percentage applies in all Plan Years.

e. [   ] Automatic increase. The Automatic Deferral Percentage will increase by            % per year up to a maximum of            % of Compensation.

f. [   ] Describe increase:

[ Note: To satisfy the QACA requirements, the Automatic Deferral Percentage must be: (i) a fixed percentage which is at least 6% and not more than 10% of Compensation; (ii) an increasing Automatic Deferral Percentage in accordance with the schedule under Election 20(b)(3)b.; or (iii) an alternative schedule which must require, for each Plan Year, an Automatic Deferral Percentage that is at least equal to the Automatic Deferral Percentage under the schedule in Election 21(b)(3)b. and which does not exceed 10%. See Section 3.02(B)(3). ]

 

(4) EACA permissible withdrawal. The permissible withdrawal provisions of Section 3.02(B)(2)(d) (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a. [   ] Do not apply.

b. [   ] 90 day withdrawal. Apply within 90 days of the first Automatic Deferral.

c. [   ] 30‑90 day withdrawal. Apply, within             days of the first Automatic Deferral (may not be less than 30 nor more than 90 days) .

(5) Contrary Election/Covered Employee. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2010, any Participant who makes a Contrary Election (Choose one of a. or b.; leave blank if an ACA or a QACA not subject to the ACP test.) :

a. [   ] Covered Employee. Is a Covered Employee and continues to be covered by the EACA provisions. [ Note: Under this Election, the Participant's Contrary Election will remain in effect, but the Participant must receive the EACA annual notice. ]

b. [   ] Not a Covered Employee. Is not a Covered Employee and will not continue to be covered by the EACA provisions. [ Note: Under this Election, the Participant no longer must receive the EACA annual notice, but the Plan cannot use the six‑month period for relief from the excise tax of Code §4979(f)(1). ]

(6) Change Date. The Elective Deferrals under Election 21(b)(3)b., c., e., or f. will increase on the following day each Plan Year:

a. [   ] First day of the Plan Year.

b. [   ] Other:   (must be a specified or definitely determinable date that occurs at least annually)

(7) First Year of Increase. The automatic increase under Election 21(b)(3)e. or f. will apply to a Participant beginning with the first Change Date after the Participant first has automatic deferrals withheld, unless a. is selected below:

a. [   ] The increase will apply as of the second Change Date thereafter.

 

(8) [   ] Describe Automatic Deferral:  

[ Note: Under Election 21(b)(8), the Employer may describe Automatic Deferral provisions from the elections available under Election 21 and/or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., Automatic Deferrals do not apply to Division A Employees. All Division B Employee/Participants are subject to an Automatic Deferral Amount equal to 3% of Compensation effective as of January 1, 2013). ]

 

22. CODA   (3.02(C)) . The CODA provisions of Section 3.02(C) (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

 

(a) [X] Do not apply.

(b) [   ] Apply. For each Plan Year for which the Employer makes a designated CODA contribution under Section 3.02(C), a Participant may elect to receive directly in cash not more than the following portion (or, if less, the Elective Deferral Limit) of his/her proportionate share of that CODA contribution (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] All or any portion.

(2) [   ]            %

 

23. CATCH‑UP DEFERRALS   (3.02(D)) . The Plan permits Catch‑Up Deferrals unless the Employer elects otherwise below. (Choose (a) if applicable.)

(a) [   ] Not Permitted. May not make Catch‑Up Deferrals to the Plan.

 

24. MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS (EXCLUDING SAFE HARBOR MATCH AND ADDITIONAL MATCH UNDER SECTION 3.05)   (3.03(A)) . The Employer Matching Contributions under Election 6(c) are subject to the following additional elections regarding type (discretionary/fixed), rate/amount, limitations and time period (collectively, such elections are "the matching formula") and the allocation of Matching Contributions is subject to Section 3.06 except as otherwise provided (Choose one or more of (a) through (g) as applicable; then, for the elected match, complete (1), (2), and/or (3) as applicable. If the Employer completes (2) or (3), also complete one of (4), (5), or (6).) :

[ Note: If the Employer wishes to make any Matching Contributions that satisfy the ADP or ACP safe harbor, the Employer should make these Elections under Election 30, and not under this Election 24. ]

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

13


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

 

 

(1)

 

Match

Rate/Amt

[$/% of Elective Deferrals]

(2)

Limit on Deferrals Matched

[$/% of Compensation]

(3)

 

Limit on Match Amount

[$/% of Compensation]

(4)

 

Apply limit(s) per Plan Year ["true‑up"]

(5)

Apply limit(s) per payroll period [no "true‑up"]

(6)

Apply limit(s) per designated time period [no "true‑up"]

 

 

(a) [X] Discretionary – see Section 1.35(B) ( The Employer may, but is not required to complete (a)(1)‑(6). See the "Note" following Election 24. )

          

          

          

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]             

(b) [   ] Fixed – uniform rate/amount

          

          

          

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]             

(c) [   ] Fixed – tiered

Elective

Deferral %

        %

        %

        %

        %

Matching

Rate

        %

        %

        %

        %

          

          

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]             

 

 

(d) [   ] Fixed – Years of Service

Years

of Service

        

        

        

        

Matching

Rate

        %

        %

        %

        %

          

          

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]             

(1) "Years of Service" under this Election 24(d) means (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] Eligibility. Years of Service for eligibility in Election 16.

b. [   ] Vesting. Years of Service for vesting in Elections 43 and 44.

(e) [   ] Fixed – multiple formulas

Formula 1:                     

          

          

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]             

 

Formula 2:                     

          

          

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]             

 

Formula 3:                     

          

          

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]             

 

 

(f) [X] Related and Participating Employers. If any Related and Participating Employers (or in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, Participating Employers regardless of whether they are Related Employers) contribute Matching Contributions to the Plan, the following apply (Complete (1) and (2).) :

(1) Matching formula. The matching formula for the Participating Employer(s) (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] All the same. Is (are) the same as for the Signatory Employer under this Election 24.

b. [X] At least one different. Is (are) as follows:  a fixed match equal to 50% of elective deferrals not exceeding 6% of Compensation each Plan Year .

(2) Allocation sharing. The Plan Administrator will allocate the Matching Contributions made by the Signatory Employer and by any Participating Employer (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [X] Employer by Employer. Only to the Participants directly employed by the contributing Employer.

b. [   ] Across Employer lines. To all Participants regardless of which Employer directly employs them and regardless of whether their direct Employer made Matching Contributions for the Plan Year.

[ Note: Unless the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, the Employer should not elect 24(f) unless there are Related Employers which are also Participating Employers .   See Section 1.24(D). ]

(g) [X] Describe:  The Fixed Matching Contribution applies to the Employees of The Around the Clock Freightliner Group, LLC; ATC Chattanooga, LLC; ATC Knoxville, LLC; and ATC West Texas, LLC and the Discretionary Matching Contribution applies to

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

14


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

Employees of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. except Employees of Local 355 of the United Service Workers Union of OCT Partnership (d/b/a Gateway Toyota) or Local 259 UAW, AFL-CIO of Westbury Superstore, Ltd. (d/b/a Westbury Toyota) who are excluded from the Discretionary Matching Contribution.   (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401‑1(b). If the formula is non‑uniform, it is not a design‑based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.)

 

[ Note: See Section 1.35(A) as to Fixed Matching Contributions. A Participant's Elective Deferral percentage is equal to the Participant's Elective Deferrals divided by his/her Compensation. The matching rate/amount is the specified rate/amount of match for the corresponding Elective Deferral amount/percentage. Any Matching Contributions apply to Pre‑Tax Deferrals and to Roth Deferrals unless described otherwise in Election 24(g). Matching Contributions for nondiscrimination testing purposes are subject to the targeting limitations. See Section 4.10(D). The Employer under Election 24(a) in its discretion may determine the amount of a Discretionary Matching Contribution and the matching contribution formula. Alternatively, the Employer in Election 24(a) may specify the Discretionary Matching Contribution formula. ]

 

25. QMAC (PLAN‑DESIGNATED)   (3.03(C)(1)) . The following provisions apply regarding Plan‑Designated QMACs (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

[ Note: Regardless of its elections under this Election 25, the Employer under Section 3.03(C)(2) may elect for any Plan Year where the Plan is using Current Year Testing to make Operational QMACs which the Plan Administrator will allocate only to NHCEs for purposes of correction of an ADP or ACP test failure. ]

(a) [X] Not applicable. There are no Plan‑Designated QMACs.

(b) [   ] Applies. There are Plan‑Designated QMACs to which the following provisions apply (Complete (1) and (2).) :

(1) Matching Contributions affected. The following Matching Contributions (as allocated to the designated allocation group under Election 25(b)(2)) are Plan‑Designated QMACs (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] All. All Matching Contributions.

b. [   ] Designated. Only the following Matching Contributions under Election 24: .

(2) Allocation Group. Subject to Section 3.06, allocate the Plan‑Designated QMAC (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] NHCEs only. Only to NHCEs who make Elective Deferrals subject to the Plan‑Designated QMAC.

b. [   ] All Participants. To all Participants who make Elective Deferrals subject to the Plan‑Designated QMAC.

The Plan Administrator will allocate all other Matching Contributions as Regular Matching Contributions under Section 3.03(B), except as provided in Sections 3.03(C)(2) or 3.05.

[ Note: See Section 4.10(D) as to targeting limitations applicable to QMAC nondiscrimination testing. ]

 

26. MATCHING CATCH‑UP DEFERRALS   (3.03(D)) . If a Participant makes a Catch‑Up Deferral, the Employer (Choose one of (a) or (b); leave blank if Election 23(a) is selected.) :

(a) [   ] Match. Will apply to the Catch‑Up Deferral (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] All. All Matching Contributions.

(2) [   ] Designated. The following Matching Contributions in Election 24: .

(b) [X] No Match. Will not match any Catch‑Up Deferrals.

[ Note: Election 26 does not apply to a safe harbor 401(k) plan unless the Employer will apply the ACP test. See Elections 38(a)(2)b. In this case, Election 26 applies only to Additional Matching, if any. A safe harbor 401(k) Plan will apply the Basic Match, QACA Basic Match or Enhanced Match to Catch‑Up Deferrals. If the Employer elects to apply the ACP test safe harbor under Election 38(a)(2)a., Election 26 does not apply and the Plan also will apply any Additional Match to Catch‑Up Deferrals. ]

 

27. NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS (TYPE/AMOUNT) INCLUDING PREVAILING WAGE CONTRIBUTIONS   (3.04(A)) . The Employer Nonelective Contributions under Election 6(d) are subject to the following additional elections as to type and amount (Choose one or more of (a) through (e) as applicable.) :   27 p.16 27

 

(a) [   ] Discretionary. An amount the Employer in its sole discretion may determine.

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

15


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

(b) [   ] Fixed. (Choose one or more of (1) through (3) as applicable.) :

(1) [   ] Uniform %.            % of each Participant's Compensation, per                                            (e.g., Plan Year, month) .

(2) [   ] Fixed dollar amount.  $            , per                                            (e.g., Plan Year, month, HOS, per Participant per month) .

(3) [   ] Describe:     (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b). If the formula is non-uniform, it is not a design-based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.)

[ Note: The Employer under Election 27(b)(3) may specify any Fixed Nonelective Contribution formula not described under Elections 27(b)(1) or (2) (e.g., For each Plan Year, 2% of net profits exceeding $50,000, or The cash value of unused paid time off, as described in Section 3.04(A)(2)(a) and the Employer's Paid Time Off Plan) and/or the Employer may describe different Fixed Nonelective Contributions as applicable to different Participant groups (e.g., A Fixed Nonelective Contribution equal to 5% of Plan Year Compensation applies to Division A Participants and a Fixed Nonelective Contribution equal to $500 per Participant each Plan Year applies to Division B Participants). ]

 

(c) [   ] Prevailing Wage Contribution. The Prevailing Wage Contribution amount(s) specified for the Plan Year or other applicable period in the Employer's Prevailing Wage Contract(s). The Employer will make a Prevailing Wage Contribution only to Participants covered by the Contract and only as to Compensation paid under the Contract. The Employer must specify the Prevailing Wage Contribution by attaching an appendix to the Adoption Agreement that indicates the contribution rate(s) applicable to the prevailing wage employment/job classification(s). If the Participant accrues an allocation of Employer Contributions (including forfeitures) under the Plan or any other Employer plan in addition to the Prevailing Wage Contribution, the Plan Administrator will (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] No offset. Not reduce the Participant's Employer Contribution allocation by the amount of the Prevailing Wage Contribution.

(2) [   ] Offset. Reduce the Participant's Employer Contribution allocation by the amount of the Prevailing Wage Contribution.

(d) [   ] Related and Participating Employers. If any Related and Participating Employers (or in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, Participating Employers regardless of whether they are Related Employers) contribute Nonelective Contributions to the Plan, the contribution formula(s) (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] All the same. Is (are) the same as for the Signatory Employer under this Election 27.

(2) [   ] At least one different. Is (are) as follows: .

[ Note: Unless the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, the Employer should not elect 27(d) unless there are Related Employers which are also Participating Employers .   See Section 1.24(D).   The Employer electing 27(d) also must complete Election 28(g) as to the allocation methods which apply to the Participating Employers. ]

(e) [   ] Describe:     (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401‑1(b). If the formula is non‑uniform, it is not a design‑based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.)

[ Note: Under Election 27(e), the Employer may describe the amount and type of Nonelective Contributions from the elections available under Election 27 and/or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., A Discretionary Nonelective Contribution applies to Division A Employees. A Fixed Nonelective Contribution equal to 5% of Plan Year Compensation applies to Division B Employees). ]

 

28. Nonelective CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION   (3.04(B)) . The Plan Administrator, subject to Section 3.06, will allocate to each Participant any Nonelective Contribution (excluding QNECs) under the following contribution allocation formula (Choose one or more of (a) through (h) as applicable.) :

 

(a) [   ] Pro rata. As a uniform percentage of Participant Compensation.

(b) [   ] Permitted disparity. In accordance with the permitted disparity allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(2), under which the following permitted disparity formula and definition of "Excess Compensation" apply (Complete (1) and (2).) :

(1) Formula   (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a. [   ] Two‑tiered.

b. [   ] Four‑tiered.

c. [   ] Two‑tiered , except that the four‑tiered formula will apply in any Plan Year for which the Plan is top‑heavy.

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

16


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

(2) Excess Compensation. For purposes of Section 3.04(B)(2), "Excess Compensation" means Compensation in excess of the integration level provided below (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] Percentage amount.            %   (not exceeding 100%) of the Taxable Wage Base in effect on the first day of the Plan Year, rounded to the next highest $              (not exceeding the Taxable Wage Base) .

b. [   ] Dollar amount. The following amount: $              (not exceeding the Taxable Wage Base in effect on the first day of the Plan Year) .

 

(c) [   ] Incorporation of contribution formula. The Plan Administrator will allocate any Fixed Nonelective Contribution under Elections 27(b), 27(d), or 27(e), or any Prevailing Wage Contribution under Election 27(c), in accordance with the contribution formula the Employer adopts under those Elections.

 

(d) [   ] Classifications of Participants.  [ This is a nondesigned based safe harbor allocation method. ]  In accordance with the classifications allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(3). (Complete (1) and (2).) :

(1) Description of the classifications.  [ This is a nondesigned based safe harbor allocation method. ] The classifications are (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

[ Note:   Typically, the Employer would elect 28(d) where it intends to satisfy nondiscrimination requirements using "cross‑testing" under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)‑8. However, choosing this election does not necessarily require application of cross‑testing and the Plan may be able to satisfy nondiscrimination as to its classification‑based allocations by testing allocation rates. ]

a. [   ] Each in own classification. Each Participant constitutes a separate classification.

b. [   ] NHCEs/HCEs. Nonhighly Compensated Employee/Participants and Highly Compensated Employee/Participants.

c. [   ] Describe the classifications:  

[ Note: Any classifications under Election 28(d) must result in a definitely determinable allocation under Treas. Reg. §1.401‑1(b)(1)(ii). The classifications cannot limit the NHCEs benefiting under the Plan only to those NHCE/Participants with the lowest Compensation and/or the shortest periods of Service and who may represent the minimum number of benefiting NHCEs necessary to pass coverage under Code §410(b). In the case of a self‑employed Participant (i.e., sole proprietorships or partnerships), the requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)‑1(a)(6) apply and the allocation method should not result in a cash or deferred election for the self‑employed Participant. The Employer by the due date of its tax return (including extensions) must advise the Plan Administrator or Trustee in writing as to the allocation rate applicable to each Participant under Election 28(d)(1)a. or applicable to each classification under Elections 28(d)(1)b. or c. for the allocation Plan Year. ]

(2) Allocation method within each classification. Allocate the Nonelective Contribution within each classification as follows (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a. [   ] Pro rata. As a uniform percentage of Compensation of each Participant within the classification.

b. [   ] Flat dollar. The same dollar amount to each Participant within the classification.

c. [   ] Describe:   (e.g., Allocate pro rata to NHCEs and flat dollar to HCEs.)

 

(e) [   ] Age‑based. [ This is a nondesigned based safe harbor allocation method. ]  In accordance with the age‑based allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(5). The Plan Administrator will use the Actuarial Factors based on the following assumptions (Complete both (1) and (2).) :

(1) Interest rate.   (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a. [   ] 7.5% b. [   ] 8.0% c. [   ] 8.5%

(2) Mortality table.   (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] UP‑1984. See Appendix D.

b. [   ] Alternative:                                            (Specify 1983 GAM, 1983 IAM, 1971 GAM or 1971 IAM and attach applicable tables using such mortality table and the specified interest rate as replacement Appendix D.)

(f) [   ] Uniform points. In accordance with the uniform points allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(6). Under the uniform points allocation formula, a Participant receives (Choose one or both of (1) and (2). Choose (3) if applicable.) :

(1) [   ] Years of Service.                                          point(s) for each Year of Service. The maximum number of Years of Service counted for points is                                          .

"Year of Service" under this Election 28(f) means (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] Eligibility. Years of Service for eligibility in Election 16.

b. [   ] Vesting. Years of Service for vesting in Elections 43 and 44.

[ Note: A Year of Service must satisfy Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)‑11(d)(3) for the uniform points allocation to qualify as a safe harbor allocation under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)‑2(b)(3). ]

(2) [   ] Age.                                          point(s) for each year of age attained during the Plan Year.

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

17


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

(3) [   ] Compensation.                                          point(s) for each $              (not to exceed $200) increment of Plan Year Compensation.

 

(g) [   ] Related and Participating Employers. If any Related and Participating Employers (or in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, Participating Employers regardless of whether they are Related Employers) contribute Nonelective Contributions to the Plan, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Nonelective Contributions made by the Participating Employer(s) under Election 27(d) (Complete (1) and (2).) :

(1) Allocation Method.   (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] All the same. Using the same allocation method as applies to the Signatory Employer under this Election 28.

b. [   ] At least one different. Under the following allocation method(s): .

(2) Allocation sharing. The Plan Administrator will allocate the Nonelective Contributions made by the Signatory Employer and by any Participating Employer (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] Employer by Employer. Only to the Participants directly employed by the contributing Employer.

b. [   ] Across Employer lines. To all Participants regardless of which Employer directly employs them and regardless of whether their direct Employer made Nonelective Contributions for the Plan Year.

[ Note: Unless the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, the Employer should not elect 28(g) unless there are Related Employers which are also Participating Employers. See Section 1.24(D) and Election 27(d). If the Employer elects 28(g)(2)a., the Employer should also elect 11(k)(2), to disregard the Compensation paid by "Y" Participating Employer in determining the allocation of the "X" Participating Employer contribution to a Participant (and vice versa) who receives Compensation from both X and Y. If the Employer elects 28(g)(2)b., the Employer should not elect 11(k)(2). Election 28(g)(2)a. does not apply to Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. ]

(h) [   ] Describe:   (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401‑1(b).  If the formula is non‑uniform, it is not a design‑based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.)

 

29. QNEC (PLAN‑DESIGNATED)   (3.04(C)(1)) . The following provisions apply regarding Plan‑Designated QNECs (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

[ Note: Regardless of its elections under this Election 29, the Employer under Section 3.04(C)(2) may elect for any Plan Year where the Plan is using Current Year Testing to make Operational QNECs which the Plan Administrator will allocate only to NHCEs for purposes of correction of an ADP or ACP test failure .]

(a) [   ] Not applicable. There are no Plan‑Designated QNECs.

(b) [   ] Applies. There are Plan‑Designated QNECs to which the following provisions apply (Complete (1), (2), and (3).) :

(1) Nonelective Contributions affected. The following Nonelective Contributions (as allocated to the designated allocation group under Election 29(b)(2)) are Plan‑Designated QNECs (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] All. All Nonelective Contributions.

b. [   ] Designated. Only the following Nonelective Contributions under Election 27: .

(2) Allocation Group. Subject to Section 3.06, allocate the Plan‑Designated QNEC (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] NHCEs only. Only to NHCEs under the method elected in Election 29(b)(3).

b. [   ] All Participants. To all Participants under the method elected in Election 29(b)(3).

(3) Allocation Method. The Plan Administrator will allocate a Plan‑Designated QNEC using the following method (Choose one of a., b., c., or d.) :

a. [   ] Pro rata.

b. [   ] Flat dollar.

 

c. [   ] Reverse. See Section 3.04(C)(3).

d. [   ] Describe:     (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401‑1(b).  If the formula is non‑uniform, it is not a design‑based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.)

 

[ Note: See Section 4.10(D) as to targeting limitations applicable to QNEC nondiscrimination testing. ]

 

30. SAFE HARBOR 401(k) PLAN (SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS/ADDITIONAL MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS)   (3.05) . The Employer under Election 6(e) will (or in the case of the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution may) contribute the following Safe Harbor Contributions described in Section 3.05(E) and will or may contribute Additional Matching Contributions described in Section 3.05(F) (Choose one of (a) through (e) when and as applicable. Complete (f) and (i). Choose (g), (h), and (j) as applicable.) :   30 p.19 30

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

18


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

(a) [   ] Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution (including QACA). The Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution equals            % of a Participant's Compensation [ Note: The amount in the blank must be at least 3%. The Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution applies toward (offsets) most other Employer Nonelective Contributions. See Section 3.05(E)(12). ]

(b) [   ] Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution (including QACA)/delayed year‑by‑year election (maybe and   supplemental notices). In connection with the Employer's provision of the maybe notice under Section   3.05(I)(1), the Employer elects into safe harbor status by giving the supplemental notice   and by making this Election 30(b) to provide for a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution equal to            %   (specify amount at least equal to 3%) of a Participant's Compensation. This Election 30(b) and safe harbor status applies for the Plan Year ending:                                            (specify Plan Year end) , which is the Plan Year to which the Employer's maybe and supplemental notices apply.

[ Note: An Employer distributing the maybe notice can use election 30(b) without completing the year. Doing so requires the Plan to perform Current Year Testing unless the Employer decides to elect safe harbor status. If the Employer wishes to elect safe harbor status for a single year, the Employer must amend the Plan to enter the Plan Year end above. ]

 

(c) [   ] Basic Matching Contribution. A Matching Contribution equal to 100% of each Participant's Elective Deferrals not exceeding 3% of the Participant's Compensation, plus 50% of each Participant's Elective Deferrals in excess of 3% but not in excess of 5% of the Participant's Compensation. See Sections 1.35(E) and 3.05(E)(4). (Complete (1).) :

(1) Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(c), "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for:                                          . [ Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the Basic Match, such as "each payroll period," "each calendar month," "each Plan Year quarter" or "the Plan Year." ]

(d) [   ] QACA Basic Matching Contribution. A Matching Contribution equal to 100% of a Participant's Elective Deferrals not exceeding 1% of the Participant's Compensation, plus 50% of each Participant's Elective Deferrals in excess of 1% but not in excess of 6% of the Participant's Compensation. (Complete (1).) : [ Note: This election is available only if the Employer has elected the QACA automatic deferrals provisions under Election 21. ]

(1) Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(d), "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for:                                          . [ Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the QACA Basic Match, such as "each payroll period," "each calendar month," "each Plan Year quarter" or "the Plan Year." ]

 

(e) [   ] Enhanced Matching Contribution (including QACA). See Sections 1.35(F) and 3.05(E)(6). (Choose one of (1) or (2) and complete (3) for any election.) :

(1) [   ] Uniform percentage. A Matching Contribution equal to            % of each Participant's Elective Deferrals but not as to Elective Deferrals exceeding            % of the Participant's Compensation.

(2) [   ] Tiered formula. A Matching Contribution equal to the specified matching rate for the corresponding level of each Participant's Elective Deferral percentage. A Participant's Elective Deferral percentage is equal to the Participant's Elective Deferrals divided by his/her Compensation.

Elective Deferral Percentage Matching Rate

           %            %

           %            %

           %            %

(3) Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(e), "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for:                                          . [ Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the Enhanced Match, such as "each payroll period," "each calendar month," "each Plan Year quarter" or "the Plan Year." ]

[ Note: The matching rate may not increase as the Elective Deferral percentage increases and the Enhanced Matching formula otherwise must satisfy the requirements of Code §§401(k)(12)(B)(ii) and (iii) (taking into account Code §401(k)(13)(D)(ii) in the case of a QACA). If the Employer elects to satisfy the ACP safe harbor under Election 38(a)(2)a., the Employer also must limit Elective Deferrals taken into account for the Enhanced Matching Contribution to a maximum of 6% of Plan Year Compensation. ]

 

(f) Participants who will receive Safe Harbor Contributions. The allocation of Safe Harbor Contributions (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3). Choose (4) if applicable.) :

(1) [   ] Applies to all Participants. Applies to all Participants except as may be limited under Election 30(g).

(2) [   ] NHCEs only. Is limited to NHCE Participants only and may be limited further under Election 30(g). No HCE will receive a Safe Harbor Contribution allocation.

(3) [   ] NHCEs and designated HCEs. Is limited to NHCE Participants and to the following HCE Participants and may be limited further under Election 30(g): .

[ Note: Any HCE allocation group the Employer describes under Election 30(f)(3) must be definitely determinable.   (e.g., Division "A" HCEs OR HCEs who own more than 5% of the Employer without regard to attribution rules) .]

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

19


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

(4) [   ] Applies to all Participants except Collective Bargaining Employees. Notwithstanding Elections 30(f)(1), (2) or (3), the Safe Harbor Contributions are not allocated to Collective Bargaining (union) Employees and may be further limited under Election 30(g).

(g) [   ] Early Elective Deferrals/delay of Safe Harbor Contribution. The Employer may elect this Election 30(g) only if the Employer in Election 14 elects eligibility requirements for Elective Deferrals of less than age 21 and/or one Year of Service but elects age 21 and one Year of Service for Safe Harbor Matching or for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. The Employer under this Election 30(g) applies the rules of Section 3.05(D) to limit the allocation of any Safe Harbor Contribution under Election 30 for a Plan Year to those Participants who the Plan Administrator in applying the OEE rule described in Section 4.06(C), treats as benefiting in the disaggregated plan covering the Includible Employees.

 

(h) [   ] Another plan. The Employer will make the Safe Harbor Contribution to the following plan: .

(i) Additional Matching Contributions. See Sections 1.35(G) and 3.05(F). (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] No Additional Matching Contributions. The Employer will not make any Additional Matching Contributions to its safe harbor Plan.

(2) [   ] Additional Matching Contributions. The Employer will or may make the following Additional Matching Contributions to its safe harbor Plan. (Choose a., b., and c. as applicable.) :

a. [   ] Fixed Additional Matching Contribution. The following Fixed Additional Matching Contribution (Choose (i) and (ii) as applicable and complete (iii) for any election.) :

(i) [   ] Uniform percentage. A Matching Contribution equal to            % of each Participant's Elective Deferrals but not as to Elective Deferrals exceeding            % of the Participant's Compensation.

(ii) [   ] Tiered formula. A Matching Contribution equal to the specified matching rate for the corresponding level of each Participant's Elective Deferral percentage. A Participant's Elective Deferral percentage is equal to the Participant's Elective Deferrals divided by his/her Compensation.

Elective Deferral Percentage Matching Rate

           %            %

           %            %

           %            %

(iii) Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(i)(2)a., "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for: . [ Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the Additional Match, e.g., each payroll period, each calendar month, each Plan Year quarter OR the Plan Year. If the Employer elects a match under both (i) and (ii) and will apply a different time period to each match, the Employer may indicate as such in the blank line. ]

 

b. [   ] Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution. The Employer may make a Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution. If the Employer makes a Discretionary Matching Contribution, the Discretionary Matching Contribution will not apply as to Elective Deferrals exceeding            % of the Participant's Compensation (complete the blank if applicable or leave blank) .

(i) Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(i)(2)b., "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for: . [ Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the Additional Discretionary Matching Contribution, e.g., each payroll period, each calendar month, each Plan Year quarter OR the Plan Year. If the Employer fails to specify a time period, the Employer is deemed to have elected to compute its Additional Matching Contribution based on the Plan Year. ]

c. [   ] Describe Additional Matching Contribution formula and time period:     (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401‑1(b) and, if the Employer elects to satisfy the ACP safe harbor under Election 38(a)(2)a., the formula must comply with Section 3.05(G).)

[ Note: If the Employer elects to satisfy the ACP safe harbor under Election 38(a)(2)a. then as to any and all Matching Contributions, including Fixed Additional Matching Contributions and Discretionary Additional Matching Contributions: (i) the matching rate may not increase as the Elective Deferral percentage increases; (ii) no HCE may be entitled to a greater rate of match than any NHCE; (iii) the Employer must limit Elective Deferrals taken into account for the Additional Matching Contributions to a maximum of 6% of Plan Year Compensation; (iv) the Plan must apply all Matching Contributions to Catch‑Up Deferrals; and (v) in the case of a Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution, the contribution amount may not exceed 4% of the Participant's Plan Year Compensation. ]

 

(j) [   ] Multiple Safe Harbor Contributions in disaggregated Plan. The Employer elects to make different Safe Harbor Contributions and/or Additional Matching Contributions to disaggregated parts of its Plan under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)‑1(b)(4) as follows:   (Specify contributions for disaggregated plans, e.g., as to collectively bargained employees a 3% Nonelective Safe Harbor Contribution applies and as to non‑collectively bargained employees, the Basic Matching Contribution applies) .

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

20


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

31. ALLOCATION CONDITIONS   (3.06(B)/(C)) . The Plan does not apply any allocation conditions to: (i) Elective Deferrals; (ii) Safe Harbor Contributions; (iii) Additional Matching Contributions which will satisfy the ACP test safe harbor; (iv) Employee Contributions; (v) Rollover Contributions; (vi) Designated IRA Contributions; (vii) SIMPLE Contributions; or (viii) Prevailing Wage Contributions. To receive an allocation of Matching Contributions, Nonelective Contributions or Participant forfeitures, a Participant must satisfy the following allocation condition(s) (Choose one of (a) or (b). Choose (c) if applicable.) :

(a) [   ] No conditions. No allocation conditions apply to Matching Contributions, to Nonelective Contributions or to forfeitures.

 

(b) [X] Conditions. The following allocation conditions apply to the designated Contribution Type and/or forfeitures (Choose one or more of (1) through (7). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

 

[ Note: For this Election 31, except as the Employer describes otherwise in Election 31(b)(7) or as provided in Sections 3.03(C)(2) and 3.04(C)(2) regarding Operational QMACs and Operational QNECs, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions to which allocation conditions may apply. The Employer under Election 31(b)(7) may not impose an Hour of Service condition exceeding 1,000 Hours of Service in a Plan Year. ]

 

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Matching,

Nonelective

and Forfeitures Matching Nonelective Forfeitures

(1) [   ] None. N/A [   ] [   ] [   ]

(See Election 31(a))

(2) [   ] 501 HOS/terminees (91 consecutive days if [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

Elapsed Time). See Section 3.06(B)(1)(b).

 

(3) [   ] Last day of the Plan Year. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(4) [X] Last day of the Election 31(c) time period. [   ] OR [X] [   ] [X]

(5) [   ] 1,000 HOS   in the Plan Year (182 consecutive [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

days in Plan Year if Elapsed Time).

(6) [   ]            (specify) HOS within the Election [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

31(c) time period, (but not exceeding 1,000 HOS in a Plan Year).

(7) [X] Describe conditions:    No allocation conditions apply to Fixed Matching Contributions.   (e.g., Last day of the Plan Year as to Nonelective Contributions for Participating Employer "A" Participants. No allocation conditions for Participating Employer "B" Participants.)

(c) [X] Time period. Under Section 3.06(C), apply Elections 31(b)(4), (b)(6), or (b)(7) to the specified contributions/forfeitures based on each (Choose one or more of (1) through (5). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

(1) [   ] Plan Year. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(2) [   ] Plan Year quarter. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(3) [   ] Calendar month. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(4) [   ] Payroll period. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(5) [X] Describe time period:    A Participant shall share in the Discretionary Matching Contribution if employed on the last day of the Plan Year quarter regardless of the amount of service completed during the Plan Year.

[ Note: If the Employer elects 31(b)(4) or (b)(6), the Employer must choose (c). If the Employer elects 31(b)(7), choose (c) if applicable. ]

 

32. ALLOCATION CONDITIONS ‑ APPLICATION/WAIVER/SUSPENSION (3.06(D)/(F)) . Under Section 3.06(D), in the event of Severance from Employment as described below, apply or do not apply Election 31(b) allocation conditions to the specified contributions/forfeitures as follows (If the Employer elects 31(b), the Employer must complete Election 32. Choose one of (a) or (b). Complete (c).) :

 

[ Note: For this Election 32, except as the Employer describes otherwise in Election 31(b)(7) or as provided in Sections 3.03(C)(2) and 3.04(C)(2) regarding Operational QMACs and Operational QNECs, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions to which allocation conditions may apply. ]

 

(a) [X] Total waiver or application. If a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment on account of or following death, Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] Do not apply. Do not apply elected allocation conditions to Matching Contributions, to Nonelective Contributions or to forfeitures.

(2) [X] Apply. Apply elected allocation conditions to Matching Contributions, to Nonelective Contributions and to forfeitures.

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

21


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

(b) [   ] Application/waiver as to Contribution Types events. If a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment, apply allocation conditions except such conditions are waived if Severance from Employment is on account of or following death, Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age as specified, and as applied to the specified Contribution Types/forfeitures (Choose one or more of (1) through (4). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

 

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Matching,

Nonelective

and Forfeitures Matching Nonelective Forfeitures

(1) [   ] Death. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(2) [   ] Disability. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(3) [   ] Normal Retirement Age. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(4) [   ] Early Retirement Age. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

 

(c) Suspension. The suspension of allocation conditions of Section 3.06(F) (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] Applies. Applies as follows   (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

 

a. [   ] Both. Applies both to Nonelective Contributions and to Matching Contributions.

b. [   ] Nonelective. Applies only to Nonelective Contributions.

c. [   ] Match. Applies only to Matching Contributions.

 

(2) [X] Does not apply.

 

33. FORFEITURE ALLOCATION METHOD   (3.07) .   (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :   33 p.22 33

[ Note: Even if the Employer elects immediate vesting, the Employer should complete Election 33. See Section 7.07. ]

 

(a) [   ] Safe harbor/top‑heavy exempt. Apply all forfeitures to Safe Harbor Contributions and Plan expenses in accordance with Section 3.07(A)(4).

(b) [X] Apply to Contributions. The Plan Administrator will allocate a Participant forfeiture attributable to all Contribution Types or attributable to all Nonelective Contributions or to all Matching Contributions as follows (Choose one or more of (1) through (6) and choose Contribution Type as applicable. Choose (5) only in conjunction with at least one other election.) :

(1) (2) (3)

All Nonelective Matching

Forfeitures Forfeitures Forfeitures

(1) [   ] Additional Nonelective. Allocate as additional Discretionary [   ] OR [   ] [   ]

Nonelective Contribution.

(2) [   ] Additional Match. Allocate as additional Discretionary [   ] OR [   ] [   ]

Matching Contribution.

(3) [   ] Reduce Nonelective. Apply to Nonelective Contribution. [   ] OR [   ] [   ]

(4) [X] Reduce Match. Apply to Matching Contribution. [X] OR [   ] [   ]

(5) [X] Plan expenses. Pay reasonable Plan expenses. [X] OR [   ] [   ]

(See Section 7.04(C).)

(6) [   ] Describe:     (must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b) and be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner; e.g., Forfeitures attributable to transferred balances from Plan X are allocated only to former Plan X participants.)

 

34. AUTOMATIC ESCALATION   (3.02(G)) .   The Automatic Escalation provisions of Section 3.02(G) (Choose one of (a) or (b). See Election 21 regarding Automatic Deferrals. Automatic Escalation applies to Participants who have a Salary Reduction Agreement in effect.) :

(a) [X] Do not apply.

(b) [   ] Apply. (Complete (1), (2), (3), and if appropriate (4).) :

(1) Participants affected. The Automatic Escalation applies to (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a. [   ] All Deferring Participants. All Participants who have a Salary Reduction Agreement in effect to defer at least            % of Compensation.

b. [   ] New Deferral Elections. All Participants who file a Salary Reduction Agreement after the effective date of this Election, or, as appropriate, any amendment thereto, to defer at least            % of Compensation.

c. [   ] Describe affected Participants:

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

22


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

[ Note: The Employer in Election 34(b)(1)c. may further describe affected Participants, e.g., non‑Collective Bargaining Employees OR Division A Employees. The group of Participants must be definitely determinable and if an EACA under Election 21, must be uniform. ]

(2) Automatic Increases. (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] Automatic increase. The Participant’s Elective Deferrals will increase by            % per year up to a maximum of            % of Compensation unless the Participant has filed a Contrary Election after the effective date of this Election or, as appropriate, any amendment thereto.

b. [   ] Describe increase:

[ Note: The Employer in Election 34(b)(2)b. may define different increases for different groups of Participants or may otherwise limit Automatic Escalation. Any such provisions must be definitely determinable. ]

(3) Change Date. The Elective Deferrals will increase on the following day each Plan Year:

a. [   ] First day of the Plan Year.

b. [   ] Other:   (must be a specified or definitely determinable date that occurs at least annually)  

(4) First Year of Increase. The automatic escalation provision will apply to a participant beginning with the first Change Date after the Participant files a Salary Reduction Agreement (or, if sooner, the effective date of this Election, or, as appropriate, any amendment thereto), unless a. is selected below:

a. [   ] The escalation provision will apply as of the second Change Date thereafter.  

 

35. IN‑PLAN ROTH ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION   (3.08(E)) .   The following provisions apply regarding In‑Plan Roth Rollover Contributions (Choose one of (a) or (b); also see Election 56(d)(1); leave blank if Election 6(b)(1) is not selected.) :

(a) [   ] Not Applicable. The Plan does not permit In Plan Roth Rollover Contributions.

(b) [   ] Applies. The Plan permits In Plan Roth Rollover Contributions. (Choose (1) if applicable.)

(1) [   ] Effective Date.                                            (enter date not earlier than September 28, 2010; may be left blank if same as Plan or Restatement Effective Date).

 

36. EMPLOYEE (AFTER‑TAX) CONTRIBUTIONS   (3.09) . The following additional elections apply to Employee Contributions under Election 6(f).   (Choose one or both of (a) and (b) if applicable.) :

(a) [   ] Additional limitations. The Plan permits Employee Contributions subject to the following limitations, if any, in addition to those already imposed under the Plan:

[ Note: Any designated limitation(s) must be the same for all Participants and must be definitely determinable (e.g., Employee Contributions may not exceed the lesser of $5,000 dollars or 10% of Compensation for the Plan Year and/or Employee Contributions may not be less than $50 or 2% of Compensation per payroll period). ]

(b) [   ] Apply Matching Contribution. For each Plan Year, the Employer's Matching Contribution made as to Employee Contributions is:

[ Note: The Employer Matching Contribution formula must be the same for all Participants and must be definitely determinable (e.g., A fixed Matching Contribution equal to 50% of Employee Contributions not exceeding 6% of Plan Year Compensation or A Discretionary Matching Contribution based on Employee Contributions). ]

 

37. DESIGNATED IRA CONTRIBUTIONS   (3.12) . Under Election 6(h), a Participant may make Designated IRA Contributions. (Complete (a) and (b).) :

(a) Type of IRA contribution. A Participant's Designated IRA Contributions will be (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3).) :

(1) [   ] Traditional.

(2) [   ] Roth.

(3) [   ] Traditional/Roth. As the Participant elects at the time of contribution.

(b) Type of Account. A Participant's Designated IRA Contributions will be held in the following form of Account(s) (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3).) :

(1) [   ] IRA.

(2) [   ] Individual Retirement Annuity.

(3) [   ] IRA/Individual Retirement Annuity. As the Participant elects at the time of contribution.

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

23


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

ARTICLE IV

LIMITATIONS AND TESTING

 

38. ANNUAL TESTING ELECTIONS   (4.06(B)) . The Employer makes the following Plan specific annual testing elections under Section 4.06(B). (Complete (a) and (b) as applicable. Leave (a) blank if the Plan is a SIMPLE 401(k) plan.) :   38 p.24 38

(a) [X] Nondiscrimination testing.   (Choose one or more of (1), (2), and (3).) :  

 

(1) [X] Traditional 401(k) Plan/ADP/ACP test. The following testing method(s) apply:

[ Note: The Plan may "split test". For Current Year Testing, See Section 4.11(E). For Prior Year Testing, see Section 4.11(I) and, as to the first Plan Year, see Sections 4.10(B)(4)(f)(iv) and 4.10(C)(5)(e)(iv). ]

ADP Test (Choose one of a. or b.)

a. [X] Current Year Testing.

b. [   ] Prior Year Testing.

ACP Test (Choose one of c., d., or e.)

c. [   ] Not applicable. The Plan does not permit Matching Contributions or Employee Contributions and the Plan Administrator will not recharacterize Elective Deferrals as Employee Contributions for testing.

d. [X] Current Year Testing.

e. [   ] Prior Year Testing.

(2) [   ] Safe Harbor Plan / No testing or ACP test only. (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] No testing. ADP test safe harbor applies and if applicable, ACP test safe harbor applies.

b. [   ] ACP test only. ADP test safe harbor applies, but Plan will perform ACP test as follows (Choose one of (i) or (ii).) :

(i) [   ] Current Year Testing.

(ii) [   ] Prior Year Testing.

(3) [   ] Maybe notice (Election 30(b)). See Section 3.05(I).

[ Note: The Employer may make elections under both the Traditional 401(k) Plan and Safe Harbor Plan elections, in order to accommodate a Plan that applies both testing elections (e.g., Safe Harbor Includible Employees group and tested Otherwise Excludible Employees group, or Safe Harbor Plan with tested after‑tax Employee Contributions). In the absence of an election regarding ADP or ACP tested contributions, Current Year Testing applies. ]

 

(b) [   ] HCE determination. The Top‑Paid Group election and the calendar year data election are not used unless elected below (Choose one or both of (1) and (2) if applicable.) :

(1) [   ] Top‑paid group election applies.

(2) [   ] Calendar year data election (fiscal year Plan only) applies.

 

ARTICLE V

VESTING REQUIREMENTS

 

39. NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE   (5.01) . A Participant attains Normal Retirement Age under the Plan on the following date (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :   39 p.25 39

(a) [X] Specific age. The date the Participant attains age   65   . [ Note: The age may not exceed age 65. ]

(b) [   ] Age/participation. The later of the date the Participant attains age            or the            anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan. [ Note: The age may not exceed age 65 and the anniversary may not exceed the 5th. ]

 

40. EARLY RETIREMENT AGE (5.01) .   (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :   40 p.25 40

(a) [X] Not applicable. The Plan does not provide for an Early Retirement Age.

(b) [   ] Early Retirement Age. Early Retirement Age is the later of: (i) the date a Participant attains age            ; (ii) the date a Participant reaches his/her            anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (iii) the date a Participant completes            Years of Service.

[ Note: The Employer should leave blank any of clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) which are not applicable. ]

"Years of Service" under this Election 40 means (Choose one of (1) or (2) as applicable.) :

(1) [   ] Eligibility. Years of Service for eligibility in Election 16.

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

24


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

(2) [   ] Vesting. Years of Service for vesting in Elections 43 and 44.

[ Note: Election of an Early Retirement Age does not affect the time at which a Participant may receive a Plan distribution. However, a Participant becomes 100% vested at Early Retirement Age. ]

 

41. ACCELERATION ON DEATH OR DISABILITY   (5.02) . Under Section 5.02, if a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment as a result of death or Disability (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c).) :

(a) [X] Applies. Apply 100% vesting.

(b) [   ] Not applicable. Do not apply 100% vesting. The Participant's vesting is in accordance with the applicable Plan vesting schedule.

(c) [   ] Limited application. Apply 100% vesting, but only if a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment as a result of (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] Death.

(2) [   ] Disability.

 

42. VESTING SCHEDULE   (5.03) . A Participant has a 100% Vested interest at all times in his/her Accounts attributable to: (i) Elective Deferrals; (ii) Employee Contributions; (iii) QNECs; (iv) QMACs; (v) Safe Harbor Contributions (other than QACA Safe Harbor Contributions); (vi) SIMPLE Contributions; (vii) Rollover Contributions; (viii) Prevailing Wage Contributions; (ix) DECs; and (x) Designated IRA Contributions. The following vesting schedule applies to Regular Matching Contributions, to Additional Matching Contributions (irrespective of ACP testing status), to Nonelective Contributions (other than Prevailing Wage Contributions) and to QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.  (Choose (a) or choose one or both of (b) and (c) as applicable.) :   42 p.26 42

(a) [   ] Immediate vesting. 100% Vested at all times in all Accounts.

[ Note: Unless all Contribution Types are 100% Vested, the Employer should not elect 42(a). If the Employer elects immediate vesting under 42(a), the Employer should not complete the balance of Election 42 or Elections 43 and 44 (except as noted therein). The Employer must elect 42(a) if the eligibility Service condition under Election 14 as to all Contribution Types (except Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions) exceeds one Year of Service or more than 12 months. The Employer must elect 42(b)(1) as to any Contribution Type where the eligibility service condition exceeds one Year of Service or more than 12 months. The Employer should elect 42(b) if any Contribution Type is subject to a vesting schedule. ]

 

(b) [X] Vesting schedules: Apply the following vesting schedules (Choose one or more of (1) through (6). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Additional

All Regular Matching (See QACA

Contributions Nonelective Matching Section 3.05(F)) Safe Harbor

(1) [   ] Immediate vesting. N/A [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

(See Election 42(a))

(2) [   ] 6‑year graded. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ] N/A

(3) [X] 3‑year cliff. [X] OR [   ] [   ] [   ] N/A

(4) [   ] Modified schedule: [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ] N/A

Years of Service Vested %

Less than 1 a.           

1 b.           

2 c.           

3 d.           

4 e.           

5 f.           

6 or more 100%

(5) [   ] 2‑year cliff. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

(6) [   ] Modified 2‑year schedule: [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

Years of Service Vested %

Less than 1 a.           

1 b.           

2 100%

 

[ Note: If the Employer does not elect 42(a), the Employer under 42(b) must elect immediate vesting or must elect one of the specified alternative vesting schedules. The Employer must elect either 42(b)(5) or (6) as to QACA Safe Harbor Contributions. The modified top-heavy schedule of Election 42(b)(4) must satisfy Code §411(a)(2)(B). If the Employer elects Additional Matching under Election 30(i), the Employer should elect vesting under the Additional Matching column in this Election 42(b). That election applies to the Additional Matching even if the Employer has given the maybe notice but does not give the supplemental notice for any Plan Year and as to such Plan

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

25


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

Years, the Plan is not a safe harbor plan and the Matching Contributions are not Additional Matching Contributions. If the Plan's Effective Date is before January 1, 2007, the Employer may wish to complete the override elections in Appendix B relating to the application of non‑top‑heavy vesting. ]

 

(c) [X] Special vesting provisions:    The following vesting schedule applies to the prior matching contributions transferred into this Plan from the Ford of Tulsa 401(k) Plan:  1 Year of Service 20%, 2 Years of Service 40%, 3 Years of Service 60%, 4 Years of Service 80%, 5 or more Years of Service 100%. A Participant who was a former participant in The Around the Clock Freightliner Group, LLC 401(k) Plan or ATC West Texas, LLC 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and who had an account at the date of merger into this Plan will become 100% in their prior account if employed on or after age 59 1/2.

[ Note: The Employer under Election 42(c) may describe special vesting provisions from the elections available under Election 42 and/or a combination thereof as to a: (i) Participant group (e.g., Full vesting applies to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date. 6-year graded vesting applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); and/or (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Full vesting applies as to Discretionary Nonelective Contributions. 6-year graded vesting applies to Fixed Nonelective Contributions). Any special vesting provision must satisfy Code §411(a) and must be nondiscriminatory. ]

 

43. YEAR OF SERVICE ‑ VESTING   (5.05) .   (Complete both (a) and (b).) :

[ Note: If the Employer elects the Elapsed Time Method for vesting the Employer should not complete this Election 43. If the Employer elects immediate vesting, the Employer should not complete Election 43 or Election 44 unless it elects to apply a Year of Service for vesting under any other Adoption Agreement election. ]

(a) Year of Service. An Employee must complete at least   1,000   Hours of Service during a Vesting Computation Period to receive credit for a Year of Service under Article V. [ Note: The number may not exceed 1,000. If left blank, the requirement is 1,000. ]

(b) Vesting Computation Period. The Plan measures a Year of Service based on the following 12‑consecutive month period (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [X] Plan Year.

(2) [   ] Anniversary Year.

 

44. EXCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE ‑ VESTING   (5.05(C)) .   (Choose (a) or (b).) :   44 p.27 44

(a) [   ] None. None other than as specified in Section 5.05(C)(1).

(b) [X] Exclusions. The Plan excludes the following Years of Service for purposes of vesting (Choose one or more of (1) through (4).) :

(1) [   ] Age 18. Any Year of Service before the Vesting Computation Period during which the Participant attained the age of 18.

(2) [   ] Prior to Plan establishment. Any Year of Service during the period the Employer did not maintain this Plan or a predecessor plan.

(3) [X] Rule of   Parity. Any Year of Service excluded under the rule of parity. See Plan Section 5.06(C).

(4) [   ] Additional exclusions. The following Years of Service:

[ Note: The Employer under Election 44(b)(4) may describe vesting service exclusions provisions available under Election 44 and/or a combination thereof as to a: (i) Participant group (e.g., No exclusions apply to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date. The age 18 exclusion applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); or (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., No exclusions apply as to Discretionary Nonelective Contributions. The age 18 exclusion applies to Fixed Nonelective Contributions). Any exclusion specified under Election 44(b)(4) must comply with Code §411(a)(4). Any exclusion must be nondiscriminatory. ]

 

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNT BALANCE

 

45. MANDATORY DISTRIBUTION   (6.01(A)(1)/6.08(D)) . The Plan provides or does not provide for Mandatory Distribution of a Participant's Vested Account Balance following Severance from Employment, as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b). Choose (c) if applicable.) :

(a) [   ] No Mandatory Distribution. The Plan will not make a Mandatory Distribution following Severance from Employment.

(b) [X] Mandatory Distribution. The Plan will make a Mandatory Distribution following Severance from Employment.   (Complete (1) and (2). Choose (3) unless the Employer elects to limit Mandatory Distributions to $1,000 including Rollover Contributions under Elections 45(b)(1)b. and 45(b)(2)b.) :

(1) Amount limit. As to a Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment and who will receive distribution before attaining the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age, the Mandatory Distribution maximum amount is equal to (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a. [X] $5,000.

b. [   ] $1,000.

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

26


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

c. [   ] Specify amount:  $              (may not exceed $5,000) .

[ Note: This election only applies to the Mandatory Distribution maximum amount. For other Plan provisions subject to a $5,000 limit, see election 56(g)(7) in Appendix B. ]

 

(2) Application of Rollovers to amount limit. In determining whether a Participant's Vested Account Balance exceeds the Mandatory Distribution dollar limit in Election 45(b)(1), the Plan (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] Disregards Rollover Contribution Account.

b. [X] Includes Rollover Contribution Account.

(3) [X] Amount of Mandatory Distribution subject to Automatic Rollover. A Mandatory Distribution to a Participant before attaining the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age is subject to Automatic Rollover under Section 6.08(D) (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [X] Only if exceeds $1,000. Only if the amount of the Mandatory Distribution exceeds $1,000, which for this purpose must include any Rollover Contributions Account.

b. [   ] Specify lesser amount. Only if the amount of the Mandatory Distribution is at least: $              (specify $1,000 or less) , which for this purpose must include any Rollover Contributions Account.

(c) [   ] Required distribution at Normal Retirement Age. A severed Participant may not elect to delay distribution beyond the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age.

 

46. SEVERANCE DISTRIBUTION TIMING   (6.01) . Subject to the timing limitations of Section 6.01(A)(1) in the case of a Mandatory Distribution, or in the case of any Distribution Requiring Consent under Section 6.01(A)(2), for which consent is received, the Plan Administrator will instruct the Trustee to distribute a Participant's Vested Account Balance as soon as is administratively practical following the time specified below (Choose one or more of (a) through (i) as applicable; choose (j) if applicable.) :

[ Note: If a Participant dies after Severance from Employment but before receiving distribution of all of his/her Account, the elections under this Election 46 no longer apply. See Section 6.01(B) and Election 50. ]

 

(1) (2)

Mandatory Distribution

Distribution Requiring Consent

(a) [X] Immediate. Immediately following Severance from Employment. [X] [X]

(b) [   ] Next Valuation Date. After the next Valuation Date following [   ] [   ]

Severance from Employment.

(c) [   ] Plan Year. In the            Plan Year following [   ] [   ]

Severance from Employment  (e.g., next or fifth) .

(d) [   ] Plan Year quarter. In the            Plan Year quarter following [   ] [   ]

Severance from Employment  (e.g., next or fifth) .

(e) [   ] Contribution Type Accounts.                                            (specify timing) [   ] [   ]

as to the Participant's                                          Account(s) and

                                           (specify timing) as to the Participant's

                                         Account(s) (e.g., As soon as is practical following Severance from Employment as to the Participant's Elective Deferral Account and as soon as is practical in the next Plan Year following Severance from Employment as to the Participant's Nonelective and Matching Accounts) .

 

(f) [   ] Vesting controlled timing. If the Participant's total Vested Account [   ] [   ]

Balance exceeds $            , distribute                                    (specify timing) and if the Participant's total Vested Account Balance does not exceed $            , distribute                                    (specify timing).

(g) [   ] Distribute at Normal Retirement Age. As to a Mandatory Distribution, [   ] [   ]

distribute not later than 60 days after the beginning of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the previously severed Participant attains the earlier of Normal Retirement Age or age 65.

[ Note: An election under column (2) only will have effect if the Plan's NRA is less than age 62. ]

(h) [   ] No buy‑back/vesting controlled timing. Distribute as soon as is [   ] [   ]

practical following Severance from Employment if the Participant is fully Vested. Distribute as soon as is practical following a Forfeiture Break in Service if the Participant is not fully Vested.

 

(i) [   ] Describe Severance from Employment distribution timing:  

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

27


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

[ Note: The Employer under Election 46(i) may describe Severance from Employment distribution timing provisions from the elections available under Election 46 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Immediate distribution after Severance from Employment applies to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date. Distribution after the next Valuation Date following Severance from Employment applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); (ii) Contribution Type and Participant group (e.g., As to Division A Employees, immediate distribution after Severance from Employment applies as to Elective Deferral Accounts and distribution after the next Valuation Date following Severance from Employment applies to Nonelective Contribution Accounts); and/or (iii) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be distributable in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 46(i) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; (iii) comply with Code §401(a)(14) timing requirements; (iv) be nondiscriminatory and (v) preserve Protected Benefits as required. ]

 

(j) [   ] Acceleration. Notwithstanding any later specified distribution date in Election 46, a Participant may elect an earlier distribution following Severance from Employment (Choose (1) and (2) as applicable.) :

(1) [   ] Disability. If Severance from Employment is on account of Disability or if the Participant incurs a Disability following Severance from Employment.

(2) [   ] Hardship. If the Participant incurs a hardship under Section 6.07(B) following Severance from Employment.

 

47. IN‑SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS/EVENTS   (6.01(C)) . A Participant may elect an In‑Service Distribution of the designated Contribution Type Accounts based on any of the following events in accordance with Section 6.01(C) (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :   47 p.29 47

[ Note: If the Employer elects any In‑Service Distribution option, a Participant may elect to receive as many In‑Service Distributions per Plan Year (with a minimum of one per Plan Year) as the Plan Administrator's In‑Service Distribution form or policy may permit. If the form or policy is silent, the number of In‑Service Distributions is not limited. Prevailing Wage Contributions are treated as Nonelective Contributions. See Section 6.01(C)(4)(d) if the Employer elects to use Prevailing Wage Contributions to offset other contributions. ]

(a) [   ] None. The Plan does not permit any In‑Service Distributions except as to any of the following (if applicable): (i) RMDs under Section 6.02; (ii) Protected Benefits; and (iii) Designated IRA Contributions. Also see Section 6.01(C)(4)(e) with regard to Rollover Contributions, Employee Contributions and DECs.

(b) [X] Permitted. In‑Service Distributions are permitted as follows from the designated Contribution Type Accounts  (Choose one or more of (1) through (9).) :

 

[ Note: Unless the Employer elects otherwise in Election (b)(9) below, Elective Deferrals under Election 47(b) includes Pre‑Tax and Roth Deferrals and Matching Contributions includes Additional Matching Contributions (irrespective of the Plan's ACP testing status). ]

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

All Elective Safe Harbor Matching Nonelective/

Contrib. Deferrals Contrib. QNECs QMACs Contrib. SIMPLE

(1) [   ] None. Except for N/A [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

Election 47(a) (See Election

exceptions. 47(a))

(2) [X] Age (Choose one or

both of a. and b.) :

a. [X] Age   59 1/2     (must [X] OR [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

be at least 59 1/2) .

b. [   ] Age              (may N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A [   ] [   ]

be less than 59 1/2) .

(3) [X] Hardship (Choose one

or both of a. and b.) :

a. [X] Hardship (safe N/A [X] N/A N/A N/A [X] [   ]

harbor). See Section 6.07(A).

b. [   ] Hardship (non‑ N/A [   ] N/A N/A N/A [   ] [   ]

safe harbor). See Section 6.07(B).

 

(4) [   ] Disability. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

(5) [   ]            year N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A [   ] [   ]

contributions.

(specify minimum of two years) See Section 6.01(C)(4)(a)(i).

(6) [   ]            months of N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A [   ] [   ]

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

28


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

participation. (specify minimum of 60 months) See Section 6.01(C)(4)(a)(ii).

(7) [X] Qualified Reservist N/A [X] N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Distribution. See Section 6.01(C)(4)(b)(iii).

(8) [X] Deemed Severance [X] [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ] [   ]

Distribution.

See Section 6.11.

(9) [   ] Describe:  

 

[ Note: The Employer under Election 47(b)(9) may describe In‑Service Distribution provisions from the elections available under Election 47 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Division A Employee Accounts are distributable at age 59 1/2 OR Accounts of Employees hired on/before "x" date are distributable at age 59 1/2. No In-Service Distributions apply to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Discretionary Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable on Disability. Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable on Disability or Hardship (non-safe harbor)); and/or (iii) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be distributable in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 47(b)(9) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; (iii) preserve Protected Benefits as required; (iv) be nondiscriminatory; and (v) not permit an "early" distribution of any Restricted 401(k) Accounts or Restricted Pension Accounts. See Sections 6.01(C)(4) and 11.02(C)(3). ]

 

48. IN‑SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS/ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS   (6.01(C)) . The following additional conditions apply to In‑Service Distributions under Election 47(b) (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [X] Additional conditions. (Choose one or more of (1) through (3) as applicable.) :

 

(1) [   ] 100% vesting required. A Participant may not receive an In‑Service Distribution unless the Participant is 100% Vested in the distributing Account. This restriction applies to (Choose one or more of a. or b.) :

 

a. [   ] Hardship distributions. Distributions based on hardship.

b. [   ] Other In‑Service. In‑Service distributions other than distributions based on hardship.

 

(2) [   ] Minimum amount. A Participant may not receive an In‑Service Distribution in an amount which is less than: $              (specify amount not exceeding $1,000) .

(3) [X] Describe other conditions:  A Participant may make only two Hardship In-Service distributions and two Employee (after-tax) In-Service distributions within a Plan Year.  A Participant may not receive a Rollover Distribution in an amount which is less than $1,000 and may receive only one Rollover Distribution in any Plan Year.

[ Note: An Employer's election under Election 48(a)(3) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; (iii) preserve Protected Benefits as required; (iv) be nondiscriminatory; and (v) not permit an "early" distribution of any Restricted 401(k) Accounts or Restricted Pension Accounts. See Section 6.01(C)(4). ]

(b) [   ] No other conditions. A Participant may elect to receive an In‑Service Distribution upon any Election 47(b) event without further condition, provided that the amount distributed may not exceed the Vested amount in the distributing Account.

 

49. POST‑SEVERANCE AND LIFETIME RMD DISTRIBUTION METHODS   (6.03) . A Participant whose Vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000 (or any lesser amount elected in Appendix B, Election 56(g)(7)): (i) who has incurred a Severance from Employment and will receive a distribution; or (ii) who remains employed but who must receive lifetime RMDs, may elect distribution under one of the following method(s) of distribution described in Section 6.03 and subject to any Section 6.03 limitations. (Choose one or more of (a) through (f) as applicable.) :   49 p.30 49

[ Note: If a Participant dies after Severance from Employment but before receiving distribution of all of his/her Account, the elections under this Election 49 no longer apply. See Section 6.01(B) and Election 50. ]

 

(a) [X] Lump‑Sum. See Section 6.03(A)(3).

(b) [X] Installments only if Participant subject to lifetime RMDs. A Participant who is required to receive lifetime RMDs may receive installments payable in monthly, quarterly or annual installments equal to or exceeding the annual RMD amount. See Sections 6.02(A) and 6.03(A)(4)(a).

(c) [   ] Installments. See Section 6.03(A)(4).

(d) [   ] Alternative   Annuity: . See Section 6.03(A)(5).

 

[ Note: Under a Plan which is subject to the joint and survivor annuity distribution requirements of Section 6.04 (Election 51(b)), the Employer may elect under 49(d) to offer one or more additional annuities (Alternative Annuity) to the Plan's QJSA, QPSA or QOSA. If the Employer elects under Election 51(a) to exempt Exempt Participants from the joint and survivor annuity requirements, the Employer should not elect to provide an Alternative Annuity under 49(d). ]

 

(e) [   ] Ad‑Hoc distributions. See Section 6.03(A)(6).

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

29


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

[ Note: If an Employer elects to permit Ad‑Hoc distributions the option must be available to all Participants. ]

(f) [   ] Describe distribution method(s):

[ Note: The Employer under Election 49(f)   may describe Severance from Employment distribution methods from the elections available under Election 49 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Division A Employee Accounts are distributable in a Lump-Sum OR Accounts of Employees hired after "x" date are distributable in a Lump-Sum. Division B Employee Accounts are distributable in a Lump-Sum or in Installments OR Accounts of Employees hired on/before "x" date are distributable in a Lump-Sum or in Installments.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Discretionary Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable in a Lump-Sum. Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable in a Lump‑Sum or in Installments); and/or (iii) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be distributable in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 49(f) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer, Plan Administrator or Trustee discretion; (iii) be nondiscriminatory; and (iv) preserve Protected Benefits as required. ]

 

50. BENEFICIARY DISTRIBUTION ELECTIONS   (6.01(B)) . Distributions following a Participant's death will be made as follows (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c); choose (d) if applicable.) :

(a) [   ] Immediate. As soon as practical following the Participant's death.

(b) [   ] Next Calendar Year. At such time as the Beneficiary may elect, but in any event on or before the last day of the calendar year which next follows the calendar year of the Participant's death.

(c) [X] As Beneficiary elects. At such time as the Beneficiary may elect, consistent with Section 6.02.

(d) [   ] Describe:  

[ Note: The Employer under Election 50(d) may describe an alternative distribution timing or afford the Beneficiary an election which is narrower than that permitted under election 50(c), or include special provisions related to certain beneficiaries, (e.g., a surviving spouse). However, any election under Election 50(d) must require distribution to commence no later than the Section 6.02 required date. ]

 

51. JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS   (6.04) . The joint and survivor annuity distribution requirements of Section 6.04 (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [X] Profit sharing exception. Do not apply to an Exempt Participant, as described in Section 6.04(G)(1), but apply to any other Participants (or to a portion of their Account as described in Section 6.04(G)) (Complete (1).) :

(1) One‑year marriage rule. Under Section 7.05(A)(3) relating to an Exempt Participant's Beneficiary designation under the profit sharing exception (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] Applies. The one‑year marriage rule applies.

b. [X] Does not apply. The one‑year marriage rule does not apply.

(b) [   ] Joint and survivor annuity applicable. Section 6.04 applies to all Participants (Complete (1).) :

(1) One‑year marriage rule. Under Section 6.04(B) relating to the QPSA (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] Applies. The one‑year marriage rule applies.

b. [   ] Does not apply. The one‑year marriage rule does not apply.

 

ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

 

52. ALLOCATION OF EARNINGS   (7.04(B)) . For each Contribution Type provided under the Plan, the Plan allocates Earnings using the following method (Choose one or more of (a) through (f). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

 

[ Note: Elective Deferrals/Employee Contributions also includes Rollover Contributions, Transfers, DECs and Designated IRA Contributions, Matching Contributions includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective Contributions includes all Nonelective Contributions, unless described otherwise in Election 52(f). ]

 

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Elective Deferrals/

All Employee Matching Nonelective

Contributions Contributions Contributions Contributions

(a) [X] Daily. See Section 7.04(B)(4)(a). [X] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(b) [   ] Balance forward. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

See Section 7.04(B)(4)(b).

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

30


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

(c) [   ] Balance forward with adjustment. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

See Section 7.04(B)(4)(c). Allocate pursuant to the balance forward method, except treat as part of the relevant Account at the beginning of the Valuation Period            % of the contributions made during the following Valuation Period: .

(d) [   ] Weighted average. See Section [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

7.04(B)(4)(d). If not a monthly weighting period, the weighting period is: .

(e) [   ] Participant-Directed Account method. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

See Section 7.04(B)(4)(e).

 

(f) [   ] Describe Earnings allocation method:  

[ Note: The Employer under Election 52(f) may describe Earnings allocation methods from the elections available under Election 52 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Daily applies to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date. Balance forward applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Daily applies as to Discretionary Nonelective Contribution Accounts. Participant-Directed Account applies to Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts); (iii) investment type, investment vendor or Account type (e.g., Balance forward applies to investments placed with vendor A and Participant‑Directed Account applies to investments placed with vendor B OR Daily applies to Participant‑Directed Accounts and balance forward applies to pooled Accounts); and/or (iv) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be subject to Earnings allocation in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 52(f) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; and (iii) be nondiscriminatory. ]

 

ARTICLE VIII

TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

 

53. VALUATION OF TRUST   (8.02(C)(4)) . In addition to the last day of the Plan Year, the Trustee (or Named Fiduciary as applicable) must value the Trust Fund on the following Valuation Date(s) (Choose one or more of (a) through (d). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.) :

 

[ Note: Elective Deferrals/Employee Contributions also include Rollover Contributions, Transfers, DECs and Designated IRA Contributions, Matching Contributions includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective Contributions includes all Nonelective Contributions, unless described otherwise in Election 53(d). ]

 

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Elective Deferrals/

All Employee Matching Nonelective

Contributions Contributions Contributions Contributions

(a) [   ] No additional Valuation Dates. [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

(b) [X] Daily Valuation Dates. Each business day [X] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

of the Plan Year on which Plan assets for which there is an established market are valued and the Trustee is conducting business.

(c) [   ] Last day of a specified period. The [   ] OR [   ] [   ] [   ]

last day of each            of the Plan Year.

 

(d) [   ] Specified Valuation Dates:

[ Note: The Employer under Election 53(d) may describe Valuation Dates from the elections available under Election 53 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., No additional Valuation Dates apply to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date. Daily Valuation Dates apply to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., No additional Valuation Dates apply as to Discretionary Nonelective Contribution Accounts. The last day of each Plan Year quarter applies to Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts); (iii) investment type, investment vendor or Account type (e.g., No additional Valuation Dates apply to investments placed with vendor A and Daily Valuation Dates apply to investments placed with vendor B OR Daily Valuation Dates apply to Participant‑Directed Accounts and no additional Valuation Dates apply to pooled Accounts); and/or (iv) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be subject to Trust valuation in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 53(d) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; and (iii) be nondiscriminatory. ]

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

31


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

ARTICLE XII

MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN

 

54. MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN   (12.01/12.02/12.03) .   The Employer makes the following elections regarding the Plan's Multiple Employer Plan status and the application of Article XII (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [X] Not applicable. The Plan is not a Multiple Employer Plan and Article XII does not apply.

(b) [   ] Applies. The Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan and the Article XII Effective Date is:                                          . The Employer makes the following additional elections (Choose (1) if applicable.) :

(1) [   ] Participating Employer may modify. See Section 12.03. A Participating Employer in the Participation Agreement may modify Adoption Agreement elections applicable to each Participating Employer (including electing to not apply Adoption Agreement elections) as follows (Choose one of a. or b. Choose c. if applicable.) :

a. [   ] All. May modify all elections.

b. [   ] Specified elections. May modify the following elections:                                            (specify by election number) .

c. [   ] Restrictions. May modify subject to the following additional restrictions:   (Specify restrictions. Any restrictions must be definitely determinable and may not violate Code §412 or the regulations thereunder.) .

[ Note: If Election (b)(1) above is not chosen, Participating Employers may not modify any Adoption Agreement elections .   The Participation Agreement must be consistent with this Election 54(b)(1). Any Participating Employer election in the Participation Agreement which is not permitted under this Election 54(b)(1) is of no force or effect and the applicable election in the Adoption Agreement applies. ]

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

32


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

The Employer, by executing this Adoption Agreement, hereby agrees to the provisions of this Plan and Trust.

 

Employer:  Penske Automotive Group, Inc.

 

Date: 12-28-17

 

Signed: /s/ J.D. Carlson

 

J.D. Carlson         CFO

[ print name/title ]

The Trustee (and Custodian, if applicable), by executing this Adoption Agreement, hereby accepts its position and agrees to all of the obligations, responsibilities and duties imposed upon the Trustee (or Custodian) under the Volume Submitter Plan and Trust. If the Employer under Elections 5(c) or 5(e) will use a separate Trust, the Trustee need not execute this Adoption Agreement.

 

Nondiscretionary Trustee(s):  Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

Date: 12-28-17

 

Signed: /s/ Jill Larson

 

Jill Larson – Vice President, Rel. Mgr

[ print name/title ]

 

Nondiscretionary Trustee(s):

 

Date:

 

Signed:

 

   

[ print name/title ]

 

Custodian(s) (Optional) :  

 

Date:

 

Signed:

 

   

[ print name/title ]

 

Use of Adoption Agreement. Failure to complete properly the elections in this Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of the Employer's Plan. The Employer only may use this Adoption Agreement only in conjunction with the basic plan document referenced by its document number on Adoption Agreement page one.

Execution for Page Substitution Amendment Only. If this paragraph is completed, this Execution Page documents an amendment to Adoption Agreement Election(s)            effective                                      , by substitute Adoption Agreement page number(s)            . The Employer should retain all Adoption Agreement Execution Pages and amended pages. [ Note: The Effective Date may be retroactive or may be prospective .]

Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor. The Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor identified on the first page of the basic plan document will notify all adopting Employers of any amendment to this Volume Submitter Plan or of any abandonment or discontinuance by the Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor of its maintenance of this Volume Submitter   Plan. For inquiries regarding the adoption of the Volume Submitter Plan, the Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor's intended meaning of any Plan provisions or the effect of the Advisory Letter issued to the Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor, please contact the Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor at the following address and telephone number:  1525 West W.T. Harris Blvd., Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-1176, 800-669-5812 .

Reliance on Sponsor Advisory Letter. The Volume Submitter Plan Sponsor has obtained from the IRS an Advisory Letter specifying the form of this Adoption Agreement and the basic plan document satisfy, as of the date of the Advisory Letter, Code §401. An adopting Employer may rely on the Volume Submitter Sponsor's IRS Advisory Letter only to the extent provided in Rev. Proc. 2011‑49. The Employer may not rely on the Advisory Letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the Advisory Letter and in Rev. Proc. 2011‑49 or subsequent guidance. In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, the Employer must apply for a determination letter to Employee Plans Determinations of the IRS.

 

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

33


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

 

 

APPENDIX A

SPECIAL RETROACTIVE OR PROSPECTIVE EFFECTIVE DATES

 

55. SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATES   (1.20) . The Employer elects or does not elect Appendix A special Effective Date(s) as follows. (Choose (a) or one or more of (b) through (s) as applicable.) :

[ Note: If the Employer elects 55(a), do not complete the balance of this Election 55. ]

(a) [X] Not applicable. The Employer does not elect any Appendix A special Effective Dates.

[ Note: The Employer may use this Appendix A to specify an Effective Date for one or more Adoption Agreement elections which does not correspond to the Plan's new Plan or Restated Plan Effective Date under Election 4. As to Restated Plans, for periods prior to: (i) the below‑specified special Effective Date(s); or (ii) the Restated Plan's general Effective Date under Election 4, as applicable, the Plan terms in effect prior to its restatement under this Adoption Agreement control for purposes of the designated provisions. ]

(b) [   ] Trustee (1.67). The Trustee provisions under Election 5 or Appendix C are effective:                                          .

(c) [   ] Contribution Types (1.12). The Contribution Types under Election(s) 6            are effective:                                          .

(d) [   ] Excluded Employees (1.22(D)). The Excluded Employee provisions under Election(s) 8            are effective:

                                         .

(e) [   ] Compensation (1.11). The Compensation definition under Election(s)              (specify 9‑11 as applicable) are effective:

                                         .

(f) [   ] Hour of Service/Elective Service Crediting (1.32/1.59(C)). The Hour of Service and/or elective Service crediting provisions under Election(s)              (specify 12‑13 as applicable) are effective:                                          .

(g) [   ] Eligibility (2.01‑2.03). The eligibility provisions under Election(s)              (specify 14‑19 as applicable) are effective:

                                         .

 

(h) [   ] Elective Deferrals (3.02(A)‑(D)). The Elective Deferral provisions under Election(s)              (specify 20‑23 as applicable) are effective:                                          .

(i) [   ] Matching Contributions (3.03). The Matching Contribution provisions under Election(s)              (specify 24‑26 as applicable) are effective:                                          .

 

(j) [   ] Nonelective Contributions (3.04). The Nonelective Contribution provisions under Election(s)              (specify 27-29 as applicable) are effective:                                          .

 

(k) [   ] 401(k) safe harbor (3.05). The 401(k) safe harbor provisions under Election(s) 30            are effective:

                                         .

 

(l) [   ] Allocation conditions (3.06). The allocation conditions under Election(s)              (specify 31-32 as applicable) are effective:

                                         .

(m) [   ] Forfeitures (3.07). The forfeiture allocation provisions under Election(s) 33             are effective:

                                         .

(n) [   ] Employee Contributions (3.09). The Employee Contribution provisions under Election(s) 36             are effective:

                                         .

(o) [   ] Testing elections (4.06(B)). The testing elections under Election(s) 38             are effective:                                          .

(p) [   ] Vesting (5.03). The vesting provisions under Election(s)              (specify 39-44 as applicable) are effective:

                                         .

(q) [   ] Distributions (6.01, 6.03 and 6.04). The distribution elections under Election(s)              (specify 45-51 as applicable) are effective:                                          .

(r) [   ] Earnings/Trust valuation (7.04(B)/8.02(C)(4)). The Earnings allocation and Trust valuation provisions under Election(s)               (specify 52-53 as applicable) are effective:                                          .

(s) [   ] Special Effective Date(s) for other elections   (specify elections and dates) :   .

 

 

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

1


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

 

 

APPENDIX B

BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT OVERRIDE ELECTIONS

 

56. BASIC PLAN OVERRIDES . The Employer elects or does not elect to override various basic plan provisions as follows (Choose (a) or choose one or more of (b) through (l) as applicable.) :

[ Note: If the Employer elects 56(a), do not complete the balance of this Election 56 .]

(a) [   ] Not applicable. The Employer does not elect to override any basic plan provisions.

[ Note: The Employer at the time of restating its Plan with this Adoption Agreement may make an election on Appendix A (Election 55(s)) to specify a special Effective Date for any override provision the Employer elects in this Election 56. If the Employer, after it has executed this Adoption Agreement, later amends its Plan to change any election on this Appendix B, the Employer should document the Effective Date of the Appendix B amendment on the Execution Page or otherwise in the amendment. ]

 

(b) [   ] Definition (Article I) overrides.   (Choose one or more of (1) through (8) as applicable.) :

(1) [   ] W‑2 Compensation exclusion of paid/reimbursed moving expenses (1.11(B)(1)). W‑2 Compensation excludes amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the extent that, at the time of payment, it is reasonable to believe that the Employee may deduct these amounts under Code §217.

(2) [   ] Alternative (general) 415 Compensation (1.11(B)(4)). The Employer elects to apply the alternative (general) 415 definition of Compensation in lieu of simplified 415 Compensation.

(3) [   ] Inclusion of Deemed 125 Compensation (1.11(C)). Compensation under Section 1.11 includes Deemed 125 Compensation.

(4) [   ] Pre‑Regulatory inclusion of Post‑Severance Compensation (1.11(I) and 4.05(F)). Prior to the first Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007 (the Effective Date of the final 415 regulations), the Plan includes Post‑Severance Compensation within the meaning of Prop. Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)‑2(e) as described in Sections 1.11(I) and 4.05(F) as follows (Choose one or both of a. and b.) :

a. [   ] Include for 415 testing. Include for 415 testing and for other testing which uses 415 Compensation. This provision applies effective as of                                            (specify a date which is no earlier than January 1, 2005) .

b. [   ] Include for allocations. Include for allocations as follows   (specify affected Contribution Type(s) and any adjustments to Post‑Severance Compensation used for allocation) :   .

This provision applies effective as of                                            (specify a date which is no earlier than January 1, 2002) .

 

(5) [   ] Inclusion of Deemed Disability Compensation (1.11(K)). Include Deemed Disability Compensation. (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] NHCEs only. Apply only to disabled NHCEs.

b. [   ] All Participants. Apply to all disabled Participants. The Employer will make Employer Contributions for such disabled Participants for:   (specify a fixed or determinable period) .

(6) [   ] Treatment of Differential Wage Payments (1.11(L)). In lieu of the provisions of Section 1.11(L), the Employer elects the following (Choose one or more of a., b., c., and d. as applicable.) :

a. [   ] Effective date. The inclusion is effective for Plan Years beginning after                                            (may not be earlier than December 31, 2008) .

 

b. [   ] Elective Deferrals only. The inclusion only applies to Compensation for purposes of Elective Deferrals.

 

c. [   ] Not included. The inclusion does not apply to Compensation for purposes of any Contribution Type.

 

d. [   ] Other:     (specify other Contribution Type Compensation which includes Differential Wage Payments)

 

(7) [   ] Leased Employees (1.22(B)). (Choose one or both of a. and b. if applicable.) :

a. [   ] Inclusion of Leased Employees (1.22(B)). The Employer for purposes of the following Contribution Types, does not exclude Leased Employees:   (specify Contribution Types) .

b. [   ] Offset if contributions to leasing organization plan (1.22(B)(2)). The Employer will reduce allocations to this Plan for any Leased Employee   to the extent that the leasing organization contributes to or provides benefits under a leasing organization plan to or for the Leased Employee and which are attributable to the Leased Employee's services for the Employer.   The amount of the offset is as follows:

[ Note: The election of an offset under this Election 56(b)(7)b. may require that the Employer aggregate its plan with the leasing organization's plan for coverage and nondiscrimination testing. ]

(8) [   ] Inclusion of Reclassified Employees (1.22(D)(3)). The Employer for purposes of the following Contribution Types, does not exclude Reclassified Employees (or the following categories of Reclassified Employees):   (specify Contribution Types and/or categories of Reclassified Employees) .

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

1


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

 

(c) [   ] Rule   of parity ‑ participation (Article II) override (2.03(D)). For purposes of Plan participation, the Plan applies the "rule of parity" under Code §410(a)(5)(D).

(d) [   ] Contribution/allocation (Article III) overrides.   (Choose one or more of (1) through (9) as applicable.) :

 

(1) [   ] Roth overrides.   (Choose one or more of a., b., c., or d. as applicable.) :

a. [   ] Treatment of Automatic Deferrals as Roth Deferrals (3.02(B)). The Employer elects to treat Automatic Deferrals as Roth Deferrals in lieu of treating Automatic Deferrals as Pre‑Tax Deferrals.

b. [   ] In‑Plan Roth Rollovers limited to In‑Service only (3.08(E)(2)(a)). Only Participants who are Employees may elect to make an In‑Plan Roth Rollover Contribution.

c. [   ] Vested In‑Plan Roth Rollovers (3.08(E)(2)(b)). Distributions related to In‑Plan Roth Rollovers may only be made from accounts which are fully Vested.

d. [   ] Source of In‑Plan Roth Rollover Contribution (3.08(E)(3)(b)). The Plan permits an In‑Plan Roth Rollover only from the following qualifying sources (Choose one or more.) :

(i) [   ] Elective Deferrals

(ii) [   ] Matching Contributions (including any Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Additional Matching Contributions)

(iii) [   ] Nonelective Contributions

(iv) [   ] QNECs (including any Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions)

(v) [   ] Rollovers

(vi) [   ] Transfers

(vii) [   ] Other:   (specify account(s) and conditions in a manner that is definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion)

(2) [   ] No offset of Safe Harbor Contributions to other allocations (3.05(E)(12)). Any Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions allocated to a Participant's account will not be applied toward (offset) any allocation to the Participant of a non‑Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution.

 

(3) [   ] Short Plan Year or allocation period (3.06(B)(1)(c)). The Plan Administrator (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] No pro‑ration. Will not pro‑rate Hours of Service in any short allocation period.

b. [   ] Pro‑ration based on months. Will pro‑rate any Hour of Service requirement based on the number of months in the short allocation period.

(4) [   ] Limited waiver of allocation conditions for rehired Participants (3.06(G)). The allocation conditions the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement do not apply to rehired Participants in the Plan Year they resume participation, as described in Section 3.06(G).

(5) [   ] Associated Match forfeiture timing (3.07(A)(1)(c)). Forfeiture of associated matching contributions occurs in the Testing Year.

 

(6) [   ] Safe Harbor top‑heavy exempt fail‑safe (3.07(A)(4)). In lieu of ordering forfeitures as (a), (b), and (c) under Section 3.07(A)(4), the Employer establishes the following forfeiture ordering rules (Specify the ordering rules, for example, (b), (c), and (a).) :                                            .

 

(7) [   ] HEART Act continued benefit accrual (3.11(K)). The Employer elects to apply the benefit accrual provisions of Section 3.11(K). The provisions are effective as of (Choose one of a. or b.; and choose c. if the provisions no longer are effective.) :

a. [   ] 2007 Effective Date. The first day of the 2007 Plan Year.

b. [   ] Other Effective Date.                                              (may not be earlier than the first day of the 2007 Plan Year) .

c. [   ] No longer effective. The provisions no longer apply effective as of                                          .

 

(8) [   ] Classifications allocation formula (3.04(B)(3)). If a Participant shifts from one classification to another during a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator will apportion the Participant's allocation during that Plan Year (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a. [   ] Months in each classification. Pro rata based on the number of months the Participant spent in each classification.

b. [   ] Days in each classification. Pro rata based on the number of days the Participant spent in each classification.

c. [   ] One classification only. The Employer in a nondiscriminatory manner will direct the Plan Administrator to place the Participant in only one classification for the entire Plan Year during which the shift occurs.

(9) [   ] Suspension (3.06(F)(3)). The Plan Administrator in applying Section 3.06(F) will (Choose one or more of a., b., and c. as applicable.) :

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

2


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

a. [   ] Re‑order tiers. Apply the suspension tiers in Section 3.06(F)(2) in the following order:                                          (specify order) .

b. [   ] Hours of Service tie‑breaker. Apply the greatest Hours of Service as the tie‑breaker within a suspension tier in lieu of applying the lowest Compensation.

c. [   ] Additional/other tiers. Apply the following additional or other tiers:                                          (specify suspension tiers and ordering) .

 

(e) [   ] Testing (Article IV) overrides.   (Choose one or both of (1) and (2) as applicable.) :

(1) [   ] First few weeks rule for Code §415 testing Compensation (4.05(F)(1)). The Plan applies the first few weeks rule in Section 4.05(F)(1).

(2) [   ] Post‑Severance Compensation for Code §415 testing Compensation (4.05(F)). The Employer elects the following adjustments to Post-Severance Compensation for purposes of determining 415 testing Compensation (Choose one or more of a. through d.) :

[ Note: Under the basic plan document, if the Employer does not elect any adjustments, post-severance compensation includes leave cashouts and deferred compensation, and excludes military and disability continuation payments. ]

a. [   ] Exclude leave cash‑outs. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(b).

b. [   ] Exclude deferred compensation. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(c).

c. [   ] Include salary continuation for military service. See Section 1.11(I)(2).

d. [   ] Include salary continuation for disabled Participants. See Section 1.11(I)(3). (Choose one of (i) or (ii).) :

(i) [   ] For Nonhighly Compensated Employees only.

(ii) [   ] For all Participants. In which case the salary continuation will continue for the following fixed or determinable period: .

 

(f) [   ] Vesting (Article V) overrides.   (Choose one or more of (1) through (6) as applicable.) :

(1) [   ] Application of non‑top‑heavy vesting and top‑heavy vesting (5.03(A)(2)). The Employer makes the following elections regarding the application of non top heavy vesting and top‑heavy vesting (Choose a., b., and c. as applicable.) :

a. [   ] Election of non‑top‑heavy vesting. As to Plan Years where permitted and in such Plan Years when the Plan is not top heavy, the following vesting schedule(s) apply. See Section 5.03(B). (Choose one or more of (i), (ii), or (iii) as applicable and complete (iv) and (v).) :

(i) [   ] 5‑year cliff.

(ii) [   ] 7‑year graded.

(iii) [   ] Modified non‑top‑heavy. A modified non‑top‑heavy schedule as follows:

[ Note: A modified non‑top‑heavy schedule must satisfy Code §411(a)(2). ]

(iv) Application to Contribution Types. Apply the elected non‑top‑heavy vesting schedule (Choose one of A. or B.) :

A. [   ] All. To all Contribution Types subject to vesting (other than QACA Safe Harbor Contributions).

B. [   ] Describe application to affected Contribution Type(s):

(v) Application of top heavy and non top heavy schedules.   (Choose one of A. or B.) :

A. [   ] Apply top heavy schedule in all Plan Years once top‑heavy.

B. [   ] Apply top heavy schedule only in top heavy Plan Years.

b. [   ] Election to eliminate HOS requirement post EGTRRA or post PPA for top heavy vesting. The   top‑heavy vesting schedule(s) apply (Choose one or both of (i) and (ii).) :

(i) [   ] No post‑EGTRRA HOS requirement for   Matching. To all Participants even if they do not have one Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001.

(ii) [   ] No post‑PPA HOS requirement for   affected other Employer Contributions. To all Participants even if they do not have one Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006.

 

c. [   ] Election to apply top‑heavy vesting only as to post‑EGTRRA or post‑PPA contributions. The   top heavy vesting schedule(s) apply (Choose one or both of (i) and (ii).) :

(i) [   ] Post‑EGTRRA Matching Contributions. Only to Regular Matching Contributions and Additional Matching Contributions made in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001 and to the associated Earnings.

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

3


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

(ii) [   ] Post‑PPA other Employer Contributions. Only to non Matching Contributions made in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006, and to the associated Earnings.

(2) [   ] Alternative "grossed‑up" vesting formula (5.03(C)(2)). The Employer elects the alternative vesting formula described in Section 5.03(C)(2).

(3) [   ] Source of Cash‑Out forfeiture restoration (5.04(B)(5)).  To restore a Participant's Account Balance as described in Section 5.04(B)(5), the Plan Administrator, to the extent necessary, will allocate from the following source(s) and in the following order (Specify, in order, one or more of the following: Forfeitures, Earnings, and/or Employer Contribution) :   .

(4) [   ] Deemed Cash‑Out of 0% Vested Participant (5.04(C)). The deemed cash‑out rule of Section 5.04(C) does not apply to the Plan.

(5) [   ] Accounting for Cash‑Out repayment; Contribution Type (5.04(D)(2)). In lieu of the accounting described in Section 5.04(D)(2), the Plan Administrator will account for a Participant's Account Balance attributable to a Cash‑Out repayment (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] Nonelective rule. Under the nonelective rule.

b. [   ] Rollover rule. Under the rollover rule.

(6) [   ] One‑year hold‑out rule ‑ vesting (5.06(D)). The one‑year hold‑out Break in Service rule under Code §411(a)(6)(B) applies.

 

(g) [X] Distribution (Article VI) overrides.   (Choose one or more of (1) through (9) as applicable.) :

(1) [   ] Restriction on In‑Service Rollover Distributions (6.01(C)). A Participant shall be entitled to receive a distribution of Rollover Contributions, Employee Contributions and DECs (Choose one or more of a. through d. as applicable.) :

 

a. [   ] Deferrals. Under the same provisions which apply to Elective Deferrals.

b. [   ] Match. Under the same provisions which apply to Matching Contributions.

c. [   ] Nonelective. Under the same provisions which apply to Nonelective Contributions.

d. [   ] Other:  

 

[Note : The Employer under Election 56(g)(1)d. may describe In‑Service Rollover Distribution restrictions using the options available for In-Service Distributions under Election 47 and/or a combination thereof as to all Participants or as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Division A Rollover Accounts are distributable at age 59 1/2 OR Rollover Accounts of Employees hired on/before "x" date are distributable at age 59 1/2. No In‑Service Rollover Distributions apply to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date). An Employer's election under Election 56(g)(1)d.   must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; (iii) preserve Protected Benefits as required; (iv) be nondiscriminatory; and (v) not permit an "early" distribution of any Restricted 401(k) Accounts or Restricted Pension Accounts. See Sections 6.01(C)(4) and 11.02(C)(3). ]

 

(2) [   ] Elections related to In‑Plan Roth Rollovers (6.01(C)(7)). (Choose one or more of a. through c. as applicable.) :

a. [   ] In‑Service Roth Rollover events. The Employer elects to permit In‑Service Distributions under the following conditions solely for purposes of making an In‑Plan Roth Rollover Contribution (Choose one or more of (i) through (iv); select (v) if applicable.) :

(i) [   ] Age. The Participant has attained age            .

(ii) [   ] Participation. The Participant has            months of participation (specify minimum of 60 months) . Section 6.01(C)(4)(a)(ii).

(iii) [   ] Seasoning. The amounts being distributed have accumulated in the Plan for at least            years (at least 2) . See Section 6.01(C)(4)(a)(i).

(iv) [   ] Other (describe):   (must be definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion (e.g., age 50, but only with respect to Nonelective Contributions, and not Matching Contributions))

[ Note: Regardless of any election above to the contrary, In‑Plan Roth Rollover Contributions are not permitted from a Participant's Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account, Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account and accounts attributable to Safe Harbor Contributions prior to age 59 1/2. ]

(v) [   ] Distribution for withholding. A Participant may elect to have a portion of the amount that may be distributed as an In‑Plan Roth Rollover Contribution distributed solely for purposes of federal or state income tax withholding related to the In‑Plan Roth Rollover Contribution.

b. [   ] Minimum amount. The minimum amount that may be rolled over is              (may not exceed $1,000) .

c. [   ] No transfer of loans. Loans may not be distributed as part of an In‑Plan Roth Rollover Contribution. (if not selected, any loans may be transferred)

 

(3) [X] Elections related to Required Minimum Distributions. (Choose one or more of a. through c. as applicable.) :

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

4


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

a. [   ] RMD overrides if Participant dies before DCD (6.02(B)(1)(e)). If the Participant dies before the DCD and the Beneficiary is a designated Beneficiary, the RMD distribution rules are modified as follows (Choose one of (i) through (iv).) :

(i) [   ] Election of 5‑year rule. If a Designated Beneficiary does not make a timely election, the 5‑year rule applies in lieu of the Life Expectancy rule.

(ii) [   ] Life Expectancy rule. The Life Expectancy rule applies to the Designated Beneficiary. See Section 6.02(B)(1)(d).

(iii) [   ] 5‑year rule. The 5‑year rule applies to the Beneficiary. See Section 6.02(B)(1)(c).

(iv) [   ] Other:     (Describe, e.g., the 5‑year rule applies to all Beneficiaries other than a surviving spouse Beneficiary.)

b. [   ] RBD definition (6.02(E)(7)(c)). In lieu of the RBD definition in Section 6.02(E)(7)(a) and (b), the Plan Administrator (Choose one of (i) or (ii).) :

(i) [   ] SBJPA definition indefinitely. Indefinitely will apply the pre‑SBJPA RBD definition.

(ii) [   ] SBJPA definition to specified date. Will apply the pre‑SBJPA definition until                                            (the stated date may not be earlier than January 1, 1997) , and thereafter will apply the RBD definition in Sections 6.02(E)(7)(a) and (b).

 

c. [X] 2009 RMD waiver elections   (6.02(F)). In lieu of the 2009 RMDs suspension (subject to a Participant or Beneficiary election to continue), as provided in Section 6.02(F) (Choose one of (i) through (iii) if applicable. Choose (iv) or (v) if applicable.) :

(i) [   ] RMDs continued unless election. 2009 RMDs are continued as provided in Section 6.02(F)(2), unless a Participant or Beneficiary otherwise elects.

(ii) [   ] RMDs continued ‑ no election. 2009 RMDs are continued as provided in Section 6.02(F)(3), without regard to a waiver. No election is available to Participants or Beneficiaries.

(iii) [   ] Other:   (Describe, e.g., the Plan suspended 2009 RMDs and did not offer an election or the Plan changed from one treatment of 2009 RMDs to another treatment during 2009.)

Treatment as Eligible Rollover Distribution. For purposes of 2009 RMDs, the Plan also will treat the following distributions as Eligible Rollover Distributions (Choose (iv) or (v), if applicable. If the Employer elects neither (iv) nor (v), then a direct rollover for 2009 will be offered only for distributions that would be Eligible Rollover Distributions without regard to Code §401(a)(9)(H).) :

(iv) [X] 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs, both as defined in Section 6.02(F).

(v) [   ] 2009 RMDs, as defined in Section 6.02(F), but only if paid with an additional amount that is an Eligible Rollover Distribution without regard to Code §401(a)(9)(H).

 

(4) [   ] Distribution Methods   (Choose one or both of a. and b. if applicable.) :

a. [   ] Default Distribution Methods (6.03(B)(2)). If a Participant or Beneficiary does not make a timely election as to distribution method and timing the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute using the following method and timing:   (Describe, e.g., Installments sufficient to satisfy RMD beginning at the Required Beginning Date. The selected method and timing must not be discriminatory and must be an option the plan makes available to participants and/or beneficiaries.)

b. [   ] Beneficiary Distribution Methods (6.03(A)(2)). The Plan will distribute to the Beneficiary under the following distribution method(s). If more than one method is elected, the Beneficiary may choose the method of distribution:

(i) [   ] Lump‑Sum. See Section 6.03(A)(3).

(ii) [   ] Installments sufficient to satisfy RMD. See Section 6.03(A)(4)(a).

(iii) [   ] Ad‑Hoc sufficient to satisfy RMD. See Section 6.03(A)(6).

(iv) [   ] Other:     (Describe, e.g., Lump‑Sum or Installments for surviving spouse Beneficiaries, Lump‑Sum only for all other Beneficiaries.)

(5) [   ] Annuity Distributions (6.04). (Choose one or both of a. and b. if applicable.) :

a. [   ] Modification of QJSA (6.04(A)(3)). The Survivor Annuity percentage will be            %. (Specify   a percentage between 50% and 100%.)

b. [   ] Modification of QPSA (6.04(B)(2)). The QPSA percentage will be            %. (Specify   a percentage between 50% and 100%.)

 

(6) [   ] Hardship Distributions (6.07). (Choose one or both of a. and b. if applicable.) :

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

5


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

a. [   ] Restriction on hardship source; grandfathering (6.07(E)). The hardship distribution limit includes grandfathered amounts.

b. [   ] Hardship acceleration. The existence of a hardship occurring after Separation from Service/Severance from Employment will be determined under the non‑safe harbor rules of Section 6.07(B).

 

(7) [   ] Replacement of $5,000 amount (6.09). All Plan references (except in Sections 3.02(D), 3.10 and 3.12(C)(2)) to "$5,000" will be $            .   (Specify   an amount less than $5,000.)

(8) [X] Beneficiary's hardship need (6.07(H)). Effective   August 17, 2006     (Specify date not earlier than August 17, 2006) , a Participant's hardship includes an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant's primary Designated Beneficiary under the Plan, as described in Section 6.07(H).

(9) [   ] Non‑spouse beneficiary rollover not permitted before required (6.08(G)). For distributions after December 31, 2006, and before                                           ( Specify a date not later than January 1, 2010) , the Plan does not permit a Designated Beneficiary other than the Participant's surviving spouse to elect to roll over a death benefit distribution.

 

(h) [X] Administrative overrides (Article VII).   (Choose one or more of (1) through (7) as applicable.) :

(1) [   ] Contributions prior to accrual or precise determination (7.04(B)(5)(b)). The Plan Administrator will allocate Earnings described in Section 7.04(B)(5)(b) as follows (Choose one of a., b., or c.) :

a. [   ] Treat as contribution. Treat the Earnings as an Employer Matching or Nonelective Contribution and allocate accordingly.

b. [   ] Balance forward. Allocate the Earnings using the balance forward method described in Section 7.04(B)(4)(b).

c. [   ] Weighted average. Allocate the Earnings on Matching Contributions using the weighted average method in a manner similar to the method described in Section 7.04(B)(4)(d).

(2) [   ] Automatic revocation of spousal designation (7.05(A)(1)). The automatic revocation of a spousal Beneficiary designation in the case of divorce does not apply.

(3) [   ] Limitation on frequency of Beneficiary designation changes (7.05(A)(4)). Except in the case of a Participant incurring a major life event, a period of at least                                          must elapse between Beneficiary designation changes. (Specify a period of time, e.g., 90 days OR 12 months.)

(4) [   ] Definition of "spouse" (7.05(A)(5)). The following definition of "spouse" applies:                                            (Specify   a definition.)

(5) [X] Administration of default provision; default Beneficiaries (7.05(C)). The following list of default Beneficiaries will apply:   deceased Participant's spouse, if living, if not, to the deceased Participant's estate.     (Specify, in order, one or more Beneficiaries who will receive the interest of a deceased Participant.)

(6) [   ] Subsequent restoration of forfeiture‑sources and ordering (7.07(A)(3)). Restoration of forfeitures will come from the following sources, in the following order                                            (Specify, in order, one or more of the following: Forfeitures, Employer Contribution, Trust Fund Earnings.)

(7) [X] State law (7.10(H)). The law of the following state will apply:   Delaware     (Specify   one of the 50 states or the District of Columbia, or other appropriate legal jurisdiction, such as a territory of the United States or an Indian tribal government.)

 

(i) [   ] Trust and insurance overrides (Articles VIII and IX).   (Choose one or more of (1) through (3) if applicable.) :

 

(1) [   ] Employer securities/real property in Profit Sharing Plans/401(k) Plans (8.02(A)(13)(a)). The Plan   limit on investment in qualifying Employer securities/real property is            %. (Specify   a percentage which is less than 100%.)

 

(2) [   ] Provisions relating to insurance and insurance company (9.08). The following provisions apply:   (Specify such language as necessary to accommodate life insurance Contracts the Plan holds.)

[ Note: The provisions in this Election 56(i)(2) may override provisions in Article IX of the Plan, but must be consistent with all other provisions of the Plan. ]

 

(3) [   ] Cross‑pay when more than one entity adopts Plan not applicable (8.12). The cross‑pay provisions of Section 8.12 do not apply.

 

(j) [   ] Code Section 415 (Article XI) override (11.02(A)(1), 4.02(F)). Because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, to satisfy Code §415, the following overriding provisions apply:   (Specify such language as necessary to satisfy §415, e.g., the Employer will reduce Additional Additions to this plan before reducing Annual Additions to other plans.)

(k) [   ] Code Section 416 (Article XI) override (11.02(A)(1), 10.03(D)). Because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, to satisfy Code §416, the following overriding provisions apply:     (Specify such language as necessary to satisfy §416, e.g., If an Employee participates in this Plan and another Plan the Employer maintains, the Employer will satisfy any Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation in this Plan and not the other plan.)

 

(l) [   ] Multiple Employer Plan (Article XII) overrides. (Choose (1) if applicable.) :

(1) [   ] No involuntary termination for Participating Employer (12.11). The Lead Employer may not involuntarily terminate the participation of any Participating Employer under Section 12.11.

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

6


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

 

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

7


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

 

 

APPENDIX C

LIST OF GROUP TRUST FUNDS/PERMISSIBLE TRUST AMENDMENTS

 

57. [   ] INVESTMENT IN GROUP TRUST FUND (8.09) .   The nondiscretionary Trustee, as directed or the discretionary Trustee acting without direction (and in addition to the discretionary Trustee's authority to invest in its own funds under Section 8.02(A)(3)), may invest in any of the following group trust funds: .   (Specify the names of one or more group trust funds in which the Plan can invest.)

[ Note: A discretionary or nondiscretionary Trustee also may invest in any group trust fund authorized by an independent Named Fiduciary. ]

 

58. [   ] DUTY TO COLLECT   (8.02(D)(1)) .                                            is hereby appointed as a Trustee for the Plan, and is referred to as the Special Trustee. The sole responsibility of the Special Trustee is to collect contributions the Employer owes to the Plan. No other Trustee has any duty to ensure that the contributions received comply with the provisions of the Plan or is obliged to collect any contributions from the Employer. No Trustee, other than the Special Trustee, is obliged to ensure that funds deposited are deposited according to the provisions of the Plan. The Special Trustee will execute a form accepting its position and agreeing to its obligations hereunder.

 

59. [   ] PERMISSIBLE TRUST AMENDMENTS (8.11) . The Employer makes the following amendments to the Trust as permitted under Rev. Proc. 2011‑49, Sections 5.09 and 14.04 (Choose one or more of (a) through (c) as applicable.) :

[ Note: Any amendment under this Election 59 must not: (i) conflict with any Plan provision unrelated to the Trust or Trustee; or (ii) cause the Plan to violate Code §401(a). The amendment may override, add to, delete or otherwise modify the Trust provisions. Do not use this Election 59 to substitute another pre‑approved trust for the Trust. See Election 5(c) as to a substitute trust. ]

(a) [   ] Investments. The Employer amends the Trust provisions relating to Trust investments as follows:

.

(b) [   ] Duties. The Employer amends the Trust provisions relating to Trustee (or Custodian) duties as follows:

.

(c) [   ] Other administrative provisions. The Employer amends the other administrative provisions of the Trust as follows:

.

 

 

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

1


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

 

 

APPENDIX D

TABLE I: ACTUARIAL FACTORS

UP‑1984

Without Setback

 

Number of years

from attained age

at the end of Plan Year until

Normal Retirement Age 7.50% 8.00% 8.50%

 

0 8.458 8.196 7.949

1 7.868 7.589 7.326

2 7.319 7.027 6.752

3 6.808 6.506 6.223

4 6.333 6.024 5.736

5 5.891 5.578 5.286

6 5.480 5.165 4.872

7 5.098 4.782 4.491

8 4.742 4.428 4.139

9 4.412 4.100 3.815

10 4.104 3.796 3.516

11 3.817 3.515 3.240

12 3.551 3.255 2.986

13 3.303 3.014 2.752

14 3.073 2.790 2.537

15 2.859 2.584 2.338

16 2.659 2.392 2.155

17 2.474 2.215 1.986

18 2.301 2.051 1.831

19 2.140 1.899 1.687

20 1.991 1.758 1.555

21 1.852 1.628 1.433

22 1.723 1.508 1.321

23 1.603 1.396 1.217

24 1.491 1.293 1.122

25 1.387 1.197 1.034

26 1.290 1.108 0.953

27 1.200 1.026 0.878

28 1.116 0.950 0.810

29 1.039 0.880 0.746

30 0.966 0.814 0.688

31 0.899 0.754 0.634

32 0.836 0.698 0.584

33 0.778 0.647 0.538

34 0.723 0.599 0.496

35 0.673 0.554 0.457

36 0.626 0.513 0.422

37 0.582 0.475 0.389

38 0.542 0.440 0.358

39 0.504 0.407 0.330

40 0.469 0.377 0.304

41 0.436 0.349 0.280

42 0.406 0.323 0.258

43 0.377 0.299 0.238

44 0.351 0.277 0.219

45 0.327 0.257 0.202

 

Note: A Participant's Actuarial Factor under Table I is the factor corresponding to the number of years until the Participant reaches his/her Normal Retirement Age under the Plan. A Participant's age as of the end of the current Plan Year is his/her age on his/her last birthday. For any Plan Year beginning on or after the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the factor for "zero" years applies.

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

1


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

 

 

APPENDIX D

TABLE II: ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUARIAL FACTORS FOR NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE

OTHER THAN 65

UP‑1984

Without Setback

 

Normal Retirement Age 7.50% 8.00% 8.50%

 

55 1.2242 1.2147 1.2058

56 1.2043 1.1959 1.1879

57 1.1838 1.1764 1.1694

58 1.1627 1.1563 1.1503

59 1.1411 1.1357 1.1305

60 1.1188 1.1144 1.1101

61 1.0960 1.0925 1.0891

62 1.0726 1.0700 1.0676

63 1.0488 1.0471 1.0455

64 1.0246 1.0237 1.0229

65 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000

66 0.9752 0.9760 0.9767

67 0.9502 0.9518 0.9533

68 0.9251 0.9274 0.9296

69 0.8998 0.9027 0.9055

70 0.8740 0.8776 0.8810

71 0.8478 0.8520 0.8561

72 0.8214 0.8261 0.8307

73 0.7946 0.7999 0.8049

74 0.7678 0.7735 0.7790

75 0.7409 0.7470 0.7529

76 0.7140 0.7205 0.7268

77 0.6874 0.6942 0.7008

78 0.6611 0.6682 0.6751

79 0.6349 0.6423 0.6494

80 0.6090 0.6165 0.6238

 

Note: Use Table II only if the Normal Retirement Age for any Participant is not 65. If a Participant's Normal Retirement Age is not 65, adjust Table I by multiplying all factors applicable to that Participant in Table I by the appropriate Table II factor.

 

 

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

2


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

 

 

PPD ADOPTION AGREEMENT

ADMINISTRATIVE CHECKLIST

  January 1, 2018  

 

This Administrative Checklist ("AC") is not part of the Adoption Agreement or Plan but is for the use of the Plan Administrator in administering the Plan. Relius software also uses the AC and the following Supporting Forms Checklist ("SFC") in preparing the Plan's SPD and some administrative forms, such as the Loan Policy, if applicable.

 

The plan document preparer need not complete the AC but may find it useful to do so. The preparer may modify the AC, including adding items, without affecting reliance on the Plan's opinion or advisory letter since the AC is not part of the approved Plan. Any change to this AC is not a Plan amendment and is not subject to any Plan provision or to Applicable Law regarding the timing or form of Plan amendments. However, the Plan Administrator's administration of any AC item must be in accordance with applicable Plan terms and with Applicable Law.

 

The AC reflects the Plan policies and operation as of the date set forth above and may also reflect Plan policies and operation pre‑dating the specified date.

 

AC1. PLAN LOANS   (7.06) . The Plan permits or does not permit Participant Loans as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [   ] Does not permit.

(b) [X] Permitted pursuant to the Loan Policy. See SFC Election 74 to complete Loan Policy.

 

AC2. PARTICIPANT DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT   (7.03(B)) . The Plan permits Participant direction of investment or does not permit Participant direction of investment as to some or all Accounts as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [   ] Does not permit. The Plan does not permit Participant direction of investment of any Account.

(b) [X] Permitted as follows. The Plan permits Participant direction of investment. (Complete (1) through (4).) :

(1) Accounts affected.   (Choose a. or choose one or more of b. through f.) :

a. [X] All Accounts.

b. [   ] Elective Deferral Accounts (Pre-tax and Roth) and Employee Contributions.

c. [   ] All Nonelective Contribution Accounts.

d. [   ] All Matching Contribution Accounts.

e. [   ] All Rollover Contribution and Transfer Accounts.

f. [   ] Specify Accounts:  

(2) Restrictions on Participant direction (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [X] None. Provided the investment does not result in a prohibited transaction, give rise to UBTI, create administrative problems or violate the Plan terms or Applicable Law.

b. [   ] Restrictions:  

(3) ERISA §404(c).   (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [X] Applies.

b. [   ] Does not apply.

(4) QDIA (Qualified Default Investment Alternative).   (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [X] Applies. See SFC Election 122 for details.

b. [   ] Does not apply.

 

AC3. ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS   (3.08) . The Plan permits or does not permit Rollover Contributions as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [   ] Does not permit.

(b) [X] Permits. Subject to approval by the Plan Administrator and as further described below (Complete (1) and (2).) :

(1) Who may roll over.   (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [   ] Participants only.

b. [X] Eligible Employees or Participants.

(2) Sources/Types. The Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution (Choose one of a. or b.) :

a. [X] All. From any Eligible Retirement Plan and as to all Contribution Types eligible to be rolled into this Plan.

b. [   ] Limited. Only from the following types of Eligible Retirement Plans and/or as to the following Contribution Types: .

 

AC4. PLAN EXPENSES   (7.04(C)) . The Employer will pay or the Plan will be charged with non‑settlor Plan expenses as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [   ] Employer pays all expenses except those intrinsic to Trust assets which the Plan will pay (e.g., brokerage commissions).

(b) [X] Plan pays some or all non‑settlor expenses. See SFC Election 119 for details.

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

1


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

AC5. RELATED AND PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS/MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN   (1.24(C)/(D)) . There are or are not Related Employers and Participating Employers as follows (Complete (a) through (d).) :

(a) Related Employers.   (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] None.

(2) [X] Name(s) of Related Employers:    The Around the Clock Freightliner Group, LLC; ATC Chattanooga, LLC; ATC Knoxville, LLC; ATC West Texas, LLC

(b) Participating (Related) Employers.   (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] None.

(2) [X] Name(s) of Participating Employers:    The Around the Clock Freightliner Group, LLC; ATC Chattanooga, LLC; ATC Knoxville, LLC; ATC West Texas, LLC See SFC Election 76 for details.

(c) Former Participating Employers.   (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [X] None.

(2) [   ] Applies.

 

Name(s) Date of cessation

 

 

 

 

(d) Multiple Employer Plan status.   (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [X] Does not apply.

(2) [   ] Applies. The Signatory Employer is the Lead Employer and at least one Participating Employer is not a Related Employer. (Complete a.)

a. Name(s) of Participating Employers (other than Related Employers described above):      . See SFC Election 76 for details.

 

AC6. TOP‑HEAVY MINIMUM‑MULTIPLE PLANS   (10.03) . If the Employer maintains another plan, this Plan provides that the Plan Administrator operationally will determine in which plan the Employer will satisfy the Top‑Heavy Minimum Contribution (or benefit) requirement as to Non‑Key Employees who participate in such plans and who are entitled to a Top‑Heavy Minimum Contribution (or benefit). This Election documents the Plan Administrator's operational election. (Choose (a) or choose one of (b) or (c).) :

(a) [X] Does not apply.

(b) [   ] If only another Defined Contribution Plan. Make the Top‑Heavy Minimum Allocation (Choose one of (1) or (2).) :

(1) [   ] To this Plan.

(2) [   ] To another Defined Contribution Plan:   (plan name)

(c) [   ] If one or more Defined Benefit Plans. Make the Top‑Heavy Minimum Allocation or provide the top‑heavy minimum benefit (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3).) :

(1) [   ] To this Plan. Increase the Top‑Heavy Minimum Allocation to 5%.

(2) [   ] To another Defined Contribution Plan. Increase the Top‑Heavy Minimum Allocation to 5% and provide under the: (name of other Defined Contribution Plan).

(3) [   ] To a Defined Benefit Plan. Provide the 2% top‑heavy minimum benefit under the:                               (name of Defined Benefit Plan) and applying the following interest rate and mortality assumptions:                               .

 

AC7. SELF‑EMPLOYED PARTICIPANTS   (1.22(A)) . One or more self‑employed Participants with Earned Income benefits in the Plan as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [X] None.

(b) [   ] Applies.

 

AC8. PROTECTED BENEFITS   (11.02(C)) . The following Protected Benefits no longer apply to all Participants or do not apply to designated amounts/Participants as indicated, having been eliminated by a Plan amendment (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [X] Does not apply. No Protected Benefits have been eliminated.

(b) [   ] Applies. Protected Benefits have been eliminated as follows (Choose one or more of rows (1) through (4) as applicable. Choose one of columns (1), (2), or (3), and complete column (4).) :

 

 

(1)

All

Participants/

Accounts

(2)

Post‑E.D.

Contribution

Accounts only

(3)

Post‑E.D.

Participants

only

(4)

Effective

Date

(E.D.)

(1) [   ] QJSA/QPSA distributions

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

                        

(2) [   ] Installment distributions

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

                        

(3) [   ] In‑kind distributions

[   ]

[   ]

[   ]

                        

(4) [   ] Specify:  

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

2


 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Plan

 

AC9. LIFE INSURANCE   (9.01) . The Trust invests or does not invest in life insurance Contracts as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [X] Does not apply.

(b) [   ] Applies. Subject to the limitations and other provisions in Article IX and/or Appendix B.

 

AC10. DISTRIBUTION OF CASH OR PROPERTY   (8.04) . The Plan provides for distribution in the form of (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [   ] Cash only. Except where property distribution is required or permitted under Section 8.04.

(b) [X] Cash or property. At the distributee's election and consistent with any Plan Administrator policy under Section 8.04.

 

AC11. EMPLOYER SECURITIES/EMPLOYER REAL PROPERTY   (8.02(A)(13)) . The Trust invests or does not invest in qualifying Employer securities and/or qualifying Employer real property as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b).) :

(a) [   ] Does not apply.

(b) [X] Applies. Such investments are subject to the limitations of Section 8.02(A)(13) and/or Appendix B.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

© 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. or its suppliers

3


Exhibit 12

 

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

548.2

 

$

508.1

 

$

491.9

 

$

457.9

 

$

371.8

 

Less undistributed earnings of equity method investments

 

 

(107.6)

 

 

(69.5)

 

 

(39.3)

 

 

(40.8)

 

 

(30.7)

 

Plus distributed earnings of equity method investments

 

 

54.6

 

 

23.2

 

 

16.1

 

 

15.5

 

 

10.8

 

Plus amortization of capitalized interest

 

 

0.8

 

 

0.8

 

 

0.8

 

 

0.8

 

 

0.8

 

Income from continuing operations before undistributed earnings of equity method investments, amortization of capitalized interest, and taxes

 

$

496.0

 

$

462.6

 

$

469.5

 

$

433.4

 

$

352.7

 

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest expense (includes amortization of debt issuance costs)

 

$

107.4

 

$

85.4

 

$

69.4

 

$

52.8

 

$

45.3

 

Floor plan interest expense

 

 

63.4

 

 

50.9

 

 

44.5

 

 

46.5

 

 

43.5

 

Capitalized interest

 

 

1.6

 

 

1.6

 

 

0.8

 

 

0.8

 

 

0.7

 

Interest factor in rental expense

 

 

74.4

 

 

68.2

 

 

66.6

 

 

63.1

 

 

57.3

 

Total fixed charges

 

$

246.8

 

$

206.1

 

$

181.3

 

$

163.2

 

$

146.8

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized interest

 

$

1.6

 

$

1.6

 

$

0.8

 

$

0.8

 

$

0.7

 

Earnings

 

$

741.2

 

$

667.1

 

$

650.0

 

$

595.8

 

$

498.8

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

 

3.0

 

 

3.2

 

 

3.6

 

 

3.7

 

 

3.4

 

 


Exhibit 21

 

Subsidiary Legal Name (a)

   

Jurisdiction

   

Assumed Name or d/b/a

Classic Auto Group, Inc. (b)

 

New Jersey

 

Chevrolet of Turnersville,

Cadillac of Turnersville

Dan Young Chevrolet, Inc. (c)

 

Indiana

 

N/A

DiFeo Partnership, LLC (d)

 

Delaware

 

N/A

Florida Chrysler Plymouth, Inc. (e)

 

Florida

 

N/A

Goodman Retail Limited (f)

 

England and Wales

 

N/A

Isaac Agnew (Holdings) Limited (g)

 

Northern Ireland

 

N/A

Jacobs Holding GmbH (h)

 

Germany

 

N/A

Landers Auto Sales, LLC (i)

 

Delaware

 

Landers Chrysler Jeep Dodge

Late Acquisition 1, LLC (j)

 

Delaware

 

N/A

MAN Automotive Imports Pty Ltd. (k)

 

Australia

 

NA

Maranello Holdings Ltd. (l)

 

England & Wales

 

N/A

PAG Atlanta Management, LLC (m)

 

Delaware

 

N/A

PAG Canadian Holdings ULC (n)

 

British Columbia

 

N/A

PAG Greenwich Holdings, LLC (o)

 

Delaware

 

N/A

PAG Italy S.r.l. (p)

 

Italy

 

N/A

PAG Orlando Limited, LLC (q)

 

Delaware

 

N/A

PAG West, LLC (r)

 

Delaware

 

N/A

Penske Automotive Europe GmbH (s)

 

Germany

 

N/A

Penske Commercial Vehicles Investments NZ Pty Ltd. (t)

 

New Zealand

 

N/A

Penske Commercial Vehicles Pty Ltd. (u)

 

Australia

 

N/A

Penske Commercial Vehicles US, LLC (v)

 

Delaware

 

N/A

Penske Power Systems Investments NZ Pty Ltd. (w)

 

New Zealand

 

N/A

Penske Transportation Group International Pty Ltd. (x)

 

Australia

 

N/A

PPS Holdings Australia Pty. Ltd. (y)

 

Australia

 

N/A

SDG Automotive Investments, LLC (z)

 

Ohio

 

N/A

Sytner Group Limited (aa)

 

England and Wales

 

N/A

Tamburro Enterprises, Inc. (ab)

 

Nevada

 

N/A

UAG Caribbean, Inc. (ac)

 

Delaware

 

N/A

UAG Classic, Inc. (ad)

 

Delaware

 

N/A

UAG Connecticut I, LLC (ae)

 

Delaware

 

N/A

UAG Houston Acquisition, Ltd. (af)

 

Texas

 

N/A

UAG UK Holdings Limited (ag)

 

England and Wales

 

N/A

United Auto Finance, Inc. (ah)

 

Delaware

 

N/A

Volkswagen Zentrum Aachen (VW) GmbH (ai)

 

Germany

 

N/A


(a)

Certain subsidiaries were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K, including 34 subsidiaries owned directly by Registrant which are automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United States.

 

 

(b)

3 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United States were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(c)

2 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United States were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(d)

6 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United States were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(e)

1 automotive retail subsidiary operating in the United States was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(f)

1 automotive retail subsidiary operating in the United Kingdom was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(g)

4 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United Kingdom were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(h)

7 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in Germany were omitted pursuant to Item 601(21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.


 

 

 

(i)

7 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United States were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K. 

 

 

(j)

1 automotive retail subsidiary operating in the United States was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K. 

 

 

(k)

1 commercial vehicle distribution subsidiary operating in Australia was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(l)

1 automotive retail subsidiary operating in the United Kingdom was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K. 

 

 

(m)

2 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United States were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K. 

 

 

(n)

1 retail commercial vehicle subsidiary operating in Canada was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(o)

1 automotive retail subsidiary operating in the United States was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K. 

 

 

(p)

8 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in Italy were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K. 

 

 

(q)

1 automotive retail subsidiary operating in the United States was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(r)

41 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United States were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.  

 

 

(s)

2 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in Germany was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K. 

 

 

(t)

1 commercial vehicle distribution subsidiary operating in New Zealand was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(u)

3 commercial vehicle distribution subsidiaries operating in Australia and New Zealand were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(v)

4 retail commercial vehicle subsidiaries operating in the United States were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K. 

 

 

(w)

1 commercial vehicle distribution subsidiary operating in New Zealand was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K. 

 

 

(x)

1 commercial vehicle distribution subsidiary operating in Australia was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(y)

1 commercial vehicle distribution subsidiary operating in Australia was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K. 

 

 

(z)

1 automotive retail subsidiary operating in the United States was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K. 

 

 

(aa)

10 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United Kingdom were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(ab)

3 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United States were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.


 

 

 

(ac)

2 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in Puerto Rico were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(ad)

4 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United States were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(ae)

3 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United States were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(af)

2 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in the United States was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(ag)

1 automotive retail subsidiary operating in Spain was omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(ah)

1 automotive retail subsidiary operating in the United States were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

 

(ai)

3 automotive retail subsidiaries operating in Germany were omitted pursuant to Item 601 (21) (ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 


Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-204337, 333-26219, 333-177855, and 333-184734 on Form S-8 and in Registration Statement No. 333-216228 on Form S-3 of our report dated February 22, 2018,  relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

    

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Detroit, Michigan

February 22, 2018


Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Sytner Group Limited:  

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-26219, 333-177855, 333-184734 and 333-204337) on Form S-8 and registration statement (No. 333-216228) on Form S-3 of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. of our report dated February 24, 2017, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Sytner Group Limited as of December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for the year then ended and the related financial statement schedule, which report appears in the December 31, 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. Neither the aforementioned financial statements nor the related financial statement schedule are presented in the Form 10-K.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Milton Keynes, United Kingdom

February 22, 2018


Exhibit 23.3

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

UAG UK Holdings Limited:

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-26219, 333-177855, 333-184734 and 333-204337) on Form S-8 and registration statement (No. 333-216228) on Form S-3 of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. of our report dated February 25, 2016, with respect to the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows of UAG UK Holdings Limited, and the related financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 2015, which report appears in the December 31, 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. Neither the aforementioned financial statements nor the related financial statement schedule are presented in the Form 10-K.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Milton Keynes, United Kingdom

February 22, 2018


Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Roger S. Penske, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Penske Automotive Group, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

/s/   ROGER S. PENSKE

 

 

Roger S. Penske

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

February 22, 2018


Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

 I, J.D. Carlson, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Penske Automotive Group, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

/s/   J.D. CARLSON

 

 

J.D. Carlson

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

February 22, 2018


Exhibit 32

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the annual report of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), we, Roger S. Penske and J.D. Carlson, Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, respectively, of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

/s/   ROGER S. PENSKE

 

 

Roger S. Penske

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

February 22, 2018

 

 

 

 

/s/   J.D. CARLSON

 

 

J.D. Carlson

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

February 22, 2018

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Penske Automotive Group, Inc. and will be retained by Penske Automotive Group, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.